Skip to main content

Full text of "India-rubber laboratory practice"

See other formats


INDIA-RUBBER    LABORATORY 
PRACTICE 


MACMILLAN  AND   CO.,   LIMITED 

LONDON  .  BOMBAY  .  CALCUTTA 
MELBOURNE 

THE   MACMILLAN   COMPANY 

NEW  YORK   .    BOSTON   .    CHICAGO 
DALLAS   .    SAN   FRANCISCO 

THE   MACMILLAN   CO.  OF  CANADA,    LTD. 

TORONTO 


INDIA-RUBBER 
LABORATORY    PRACTICE 


BY 

W.  A.  CASPARI 

&Sc.  (Viet.),  PH.D.  (Jena),  F.I.C. 


MACMILLAN     AND     CO.,     LIMITED 
ST.     MARTIN'S     STREET,     LONDON 

1914 


COPYRIGHT 


PREFACE 


IN  these  pages  an  attempt  is  made  to  give  the 
specialized  practical  information — at  least  in  broad  out- 
lines— required  by  chemists  of  sound  general  training 
who  may  be  called  upon,  in  whatever  capacity,  to  deal 
with  india-rubber  and  its  accessories.  The  botany  and 
theoretical  chemistry  of  india-rubber,  with  which  it  has 
become  almost  common  form  to  embellish  all  books  on 
the  subject,  are  here  barely  mentioned.  More  reluctantly, 
two  important  branches  of  science  applied  to  india-rubber? 
viz.,  the  production  of  the  raw  material  and  the  mechanical 
testing  of  manufactured  rubber,  have  also  been  passed 
over,  mainly  because  they  are  as  yet  in  the  mere 
beginnings  of  giving  rise  to  systematic  laboratory  practice. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  analytical  text-book,  the  more 
or  less  exhaustive  and  less  or  more  critical  compilation 
from  literature,  and  the  strictly  practical  (and  inevitably 
somewhat  biassed)  manual  based  on  personal  experience. 
Which  of  the  two  is  the  more  valuable  is  a  debatable 
point ;  and  indeed  they  are  rather  complements  than 
competitors.  The  present  work,  at  any  rate,  claims  in  all 
modesty  to  belong  to  the  second  category,  no  analytical 


vi  PREFACE 

method  being  described  in  it  which  has  not  been  practised 
and  found  satisfactory  by  the  author,  in  the  course  of  the 
last  ten  years.  If  thus  some  information  of  value  to  the 
rubber  chemist  fails  to  find  a  place,  it  may  be  hoped,  on 
the  other  hand,  that  the  minimum  of  space  is  taken 
up  by  matter  which  time  and  experiment  have  proved 

otiose. 

W.  A.  C. 
LONDON,  Dec.  1913. 


CONTENTS 


CHAPTER  I 

PAGE 
CRUDE  AND  WASHED  RUBBER 1 

Wild    and  Plantation   Rubbers.      Sampling.       Analysis. 
Significance  of  Analytical  Data. 

CHAPTER  II 

MACHINERY  AND  APPARATUS 18 

Washing  Mills.    Determination  of  Washing  Loss.    Mixing 
Mills.     Centrifuges.     Laboratory  Apparatus. 

CHAPTER  III 

RUBBER   DILUENTS 37 

Factice.     Reclaim.     Bitumen  and  Pitch.     Resins. 
CHAPTER   IV 

SOLID  COMPOUNDING  MATERIALS 60 

Accelerators.     Fillers.     Pigments. 

CHAPTER  V 

MISCELLANEOUS  ACCESSORIES 85 

Solvents.      Sulphur    and    Sulphur    Chloride.      Oils    and 
Waxes.     Fabrics. 


viii  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  VI 

PAGE 
SPECIFIC   GRAVITIES 99 

Liquids.     Powders.     India-Rubber. 

CHAPTER    VII 

ANALYSIS  OF  MANUFACTURED  RUBBER:  ORGANIC  .     .    .     .110 

Extractions.     Combined   Sulphur.     Unvulcanized  Goods. 
Solutions.     Ebonite.     Reclaim  in  Rubber  Goods. 

CHAPTER   VIII 

ANALYSIS   OF   MANUFACTURED   RUBBER  :    INORGANIC        .          .          .      140 

Isolation  of  Charge.     Analysis  of  Charge.     Special  Deter-  • 
minations.     Ash-Analysis. 

CHAPTER   IX 

GUTTA-PERCHA    AND   BALATA 167 

Crude  and  Manufactured  Material.     Analytical  Methods. 
APPENDIX 

TABLES 181 

INDEX  193 


INDIA-RUBBER    LABORATORY 
PRACTICE 

CHAPTEE  I 

CEUDE  AND  WASHED  RUBBER 

THE  raw  material  which  forms  the  basis  of  the'rubber 
industry  is  a  gum  imported  from  the  tropical  regions  of 
Asia,  Africa,  and  America.  Most  of  it  is  obtained  prim- 
arily in  the  form  of  an  aqueous  emulsion  or  latex  secreted 
by  the  bark  of  certain  trees  and  creepers  ;  from  this  latex 
the  rubber  is  won,  as  a  tenacious,  springy,  self-adhesive 
mass,  by  methods  of  coagulation  which  vary  somewhat 
widely  with  botanical  origin,  local  custom,  and  other 
factors.  In  a  few  instances  (notably  that  of  Guayule,  a 
Mexican  sort),  the  rubber  as  such  is  directly  extracted 
from  roots  and  other  plant  parts.  Bather  more  than 
half  the  total  production  of  rubber  originates  from  plants 
growing  wild,  and  this  "  wild  "  rubber,  which  is  almost 
the  only  kind  produced  in  America  and  Africa,  is  always 
more  or  less  moist,  dirty,  and  inhomogeneous.  The 

B 


CHA1'. 


2   ^   c  JMr)IA:RU£$ER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE 

imports  from  Asia  nowadays  consist  for  the  greater  part 
of  clean  dry  rubbers  prepared  by  rational  methods  on 
plantations  organized  and  managed  by  Europeans  in 
Ceylon,  the  Malay  Peninsula,  the  Malay  Archipelago 
islands,  and  India.  At  the  same  time,  plantation  rubber 
is  now  also  being  produced  in  East  and  West  Africa, 
whilst  Asia  continues  to  export  a  certain  amount  of  wild 
rubber. 

Wild  rubbers  arrive  in  a  great  variety  of  forms,  such 
as  sheets ;  blocks  or  slabs  composed  of  sheets ;  balls 
ranging  in  size  from  a  fives  ball  to  a  large  gourd  and 
composed  either  of  stratified  concentric  layers  or  of 
wound  cord;  spindles,  thimbles,  spiral  twists,  etc.;  and 
scraps  of  irregular  size  and  shape,  which  represent  the 
offal  of  larger  pieces  and  may  be  either  loose,  or  com- 
pressed into  blocks,  or  sewn  into  bags.  Each  sort  of 
rubber  has  a  characteristic  and  more  or  less  powerful 
odour,  which  may  be  due  to  resinous  constituents,  de- 
caying albuminoids,  or  foreign  matter  introduced  in  the 
preparation.  Wild  rubbers  are  usually  soiled  with  vege- 
table refuse  and  earthy  impurities  and  in  addition  contain 
amounts  of  moisture  which  may  rise  to  50  per  cent,  or 
over.  In  the  manufacture  of  rubber  goods,  the  crude 
wild  rubber  is  first  of  all  subjected  to  processes  of  washing 
and  drying  whence  it  emerges  in  the  form  of  corrugated 
sheets  or  crapes  (also  spelled  crepes)  which  are  light  grey 
when  wet  and  dark  grey  or  brown  when  dry.  The 
percentage  diminution  of  weight  undergone  by  crude 
rubber  as  the  result  of  this  treatment  is  known  as 
washing  loss ;  it  represents  the  moisture,  dirt,  and 
(almost,  but  not  completely)  the  soluble  non-rubbers 
originally  present,  and  its  amount,  needless  to  say,  is  of 
high  commercial  importance. 


i         CRUDE  AND  WASHED  RUBBER         3 

Plantation  rubbers  are  produced  on  well-organized  and 
scientific  lines,  and  leave  little  to  be  desired  on  the  score 
of  purity.  As  a  rule  they  are  sufficiently  free  from 
moisture,  dirt,  and  albuminous  matter  to  require  no 
washing  in  the  factory.  They  appear  on  the  European 
markets  in  the  form  of  sheets ;  biscuits  resembling  tea- 
cakes  ;  crapes ;  or  translucent  blocks.  The  colour  is 
mostly  light  yellow  and  the  odour  sweetish  and  very 
faint.  Smoked  sheet  and  crape  have  a  dark  red  colour 
and  a  pronounced  smoky  smell. 

Chemically,  crude  rubber  is  composed  of  rubber  proper 
(rubber  hydrocarbon),  resin,  moisture,  dirt,  albuminoids 
or  "  protein,"  arid  soluble  organic  substances  of  the  nature 
of  carbohydrates  and  tannins.  The  four  last-named 
impurities  are  removed  in  the  washing  and  drying 
operations,  and  constitute  washing  loss.  Speaking 
generally,  and  leaving  out  of  account  physical  and 
vulcanizational  properties,  it  suffices  for  purposes  of  tech- 
nical analysis  to  determine  total  washing  loss  and,  in  the 
thoroughly  washed  and  dried  material,  the  proportion  of 
resin  to  true  rubber  and  the  ash.  At  the  same  time, 
occasions  when  more  detailed  analyses  are  desirable  arise 
frequently  enough,  notably  in  the  case  of  abnormal  or 
unfamiliar  rubbers. 

Now  crude  rubber,  especially  when  it  takes  the  shape 
of  large  compact  masses,  is  such  a  very  inhomogeneous 
material  that  correct  sampling  is  a  matter  of  no  small 
difficulty.  The  only  really  accurate  way,  therefore,  of 
ascertaining  washing  loss  is  from  the  weights  recorded  in 
the  factory  process  itself,  where  batches  of  the  order  of  a 
hundredweight  are  worked  up.  But  the  problem  which 
commonly  confronts  the  chemist  is  that  of  determining 
washing  loss  upon  a  comparatively  small  sample.  This 

B2 


4  INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

is  done  in  the  laboratory  by  means  of  a  miniature  washing 
mill  and  drying  oven,  and  is  in  itself  an  operation 
admitting  of  high  precision.  If  a  definite  hand-sample 
of  crude  rubber  should  be  submitted,  then  the  whole  of 
the  sample  is  thus  dealt  with,  and  the  chemist's  responsi- 
bility is  limited  to  carrying  out  the  assay  correctly. 
When,  on  the  other  hand,  a  large  quantity  of  rubber  has 
to  be  reported  upon,  much  care  and  judgment  must  be 
exercised  in  drawing  as  representative  a  sample  as 
possible.  Generally  speaking,  rubbers  in  small  pieces 
can  be  far  more  accurately  sampled  than  those  which  are 
in  large  masses,  because  the  former  are  usually  com- 
paratively dry,  whereas  the  moisture  content  of  the  latter 
is  very  unevenly  distributed. 

A  ten  to  twenty  pound  lot  of  crude  rubber  should  be 
drawn  for  experimental  washing,  and  should  be  imme- 
diately wrapped  in  oilcloth  or  rubber  sheeting  pending 
treatment,  so  that  evaporation  of  moisture  may  be 
reduced  to  a  minimum.  The  following  modes  of  proce- 
dure, modified  in  such  ways  as  the  sampler's  judgment 
may  suggest,  are  to  be  recommended  for  sampling  from 
bulk  :- 

If  the  consignment  consists  of  more  than  one  cases  or 
bales,  it  is  best  to  take  one  sample  from  each.  Should 
there  be  many  packages,  the  contents  of  which  seem 
much  alike  on  inspection,  a  sample  may  be  taken  from 
every  second  or  third  package.  Each  sample  is  assayed 
separately  for  washing  loss,  and  the  arithmetical  mean  is 
taken.  Aliquot  parts  of  each  washed  lot  are  then  mixed 
on  the  rollers  to  form  a  single  sample  on  which  the 
further  analysis  can  be  conducted. 

The  whole  contents  of  a  package  should  be  turned  out 
on  the  floor  and  inspected.  If  the  rubber  is  in  the  form 


i  CRUDE  AND    WASHED  RUBBER  5 

of  fairly  regular  small  pieces,  sampling  is  comparatively 
easy :  pieces  of  normal  appearance  are  picked  from 
various  places  all  over  the  heap  until  the  required 
quantity  is  made  up.  If  the  pieces  are  balls  of  medium 
(and  possibly  varying)  size,  a  representative  collection, 
amounting  to  more  than  the  sample  quantity,  is  first 
made,  and  the  sample  is  then  reduced  to  convenient 
weight  by  halving  or  quartering  each  ball. 

In  the  case  of  small  scrap,  the  bulk  should  be  classified 
by  eye  into  a  few  dominant  categories  according  to  size 
and  shape,  and  specimens  of  each  picked  in  due  proportion. 

Large  balls,  slabs  and  sheets  are  more  difficult  to 
sample.  Usually  the  outside  is  the  dirtiest  and  driest 
portion,  moisture  and  with  it  the  soluble  constituents 
being  concentrated  inwards  ;  often  a  white,  dripping  _wet 
core  is  concealed  by  a  dark  dry  exterior.  There  will  not 
be  many  large  balls  or  ball  segments  in  one  package,  and 
the  safest  plan  is  to  cut  a  proportional  fragment  from 
each.  The  correct  sample  to  take  from  a  ball  is  a  wedge 
with  its  apex  at  the  centre.  The  cutting  is  performed 
with  a  long-bladed  knife  or  toothless  saw.  A  half-ball, 
i.e.,  a  hemispherical  piece,  may  be  sampled  by  cutting 
out  a  parallel-sided  slice  through  the  middle. 

With  sheet  and  slab  rubber  also,  it  is  best  to  cut 
a  portion  from  each  slab  or  agglomeration  of  slabs  that  is 
covered  all  over  with  a  dark  crust.  A  slice  or  rasher  cut 
diagonally  from  corner  to  corner  of  a  rectangular  slab  re- 
presents the  best  average  ;  but  it  does  nearly  as  well,  and 
is  less  troublesome,  to  cut  a  rasher  right  through  the 
middle,  at  right  angles  to  the  longer  side  of  the  slab. 
The  bulk  of  each  slice  should  be  roughly  proportioned  to 
that  of  the  slab  itself,  and  total  weight  may  afterwards 
be  reduced,  if  necessary,  by  halving. 


6  INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

Details  of  the  process  of  determining  washing  loss  are 
given  in  the  next  chapter  (p.  21).  Washing  losses  and 
other  analytical  data  for  the  chief  types  of  crude  rubber 
are  tabulated  in  the  Appendix  (p.  181). 

When  it  is  desired  to  make  an  analysis  of  crude  rubber 
before  it  has  been  washed,  a  suitable  sample,  which  may 
be  much  smaller  than  a  washing  sample,  is  dried  in  the 
vacuum  oven  and  is  subsequently  mixed  to  a  homogeneous 
sheet  on  the  hot  rollers.  This  method  is  by  no  means  to 
be  recommended  for  crude  rubber  analysis  generally,  but 
may  often  prove  serviceable  in  the  absence  of  a  washing 
mill,  or  when  the  rubber  is  not  intended  to  be  washed  on 
the  large  scale. 

Plantation  rubbers,  in  the  nature  of  things,  are  mostly 
quite  uniform  for  a  given  consignment  from  one  estate, 
and  seldom  contain  more  than  one  or  two  per  cent,  of 
moisture,  dirt  being  practically  absent.  There  is  rarely 
need,  therefore,  for  extra  care  in  sampling,  or  indeed 
for  washing.  Unless  obviously  wet  or  dirty,  plantation 
rubbers  may  be  regarded  as  ready  for  chemical  examina- 
tion without  preliminary  treatment. 

Analysis  of  Crude  or  Washed  Rubber. 

1.  Moisture. — The  most  satisfactory  method  of  deter- 
mining moisture  consists  in  heating  5-10  gr.  of  rubber, 
cut  into  snippets  and  laid  on  a  flat  porcelain  dish,  in  a 
laboratory  vacuum-oven  (see  p.  23).  Factory-dried 
rubber  requires  about  two  hours,  being  already  not  far 
from  anhydrous  ;  damp  material  such  as  unwashed  crude 
rubber  should  be  heated  until  the  weight  is  constant,  and 
may  require  a  day  or  more.  Unvulcanized  rubber  of  the 
better  sort,  being  less  prone  to  oxidation  than  vulcanized, 
may  indeed  be  dried  in  an  ordinary  air-oven  without 


I  CRUDE  AND    WASHED  RUBBER  7 

serious  error,  provided  the  operation  be  conducted  ex- 
peditiously.  Flabby  or  resinous  sorts,  however,  are  best 
dealt  with  in  vacuo  at  a  temperature  of  about  60°. 
Drying  over  sulphuric  acid  in  a  vacuum-exsiccator  is  an 
excellent  method,  but  far  too  tedious,  since  it  always 
requires  days  and  sometimes  weeks. 

2.  Resin. — In  rubber  generally,  whether  vulcanized  or 
not,  resin  is  determined  by  extraction  with  boiling  ace- 
tone. This  is  carried  out  by  means  of  a  Knofler  extractor, 
which  acts  intermittently  on  the  Soxhlet  principle  whilst 
surrounding  the  centre  of  extraction  with  acetone  vapour 
(cf.  Fig.  13).  For  raw  rubber  analyses  the  inner  tube 
may  with  advantage  be  about  25  mm.  wide,  with  a 
siphoning  height  of  about  8  cm. ;  a  filter- thimble  may  be 
dispensed  with.  The  rubber  should  be  cut  up  into  cubes 
of  about  2  mm.,  but  very  thin  crapes  may  be  extracted 
without  previous  comminution,  if  only  they  are  rolled  up 
loosely  enough  to  provide  circulation-space  within  the 
spiral.  Soft  resinous  rubbers  are  apt  to  run  together  in 
the  extractor  and  so  prevent  complete  extraction.  In 
such  cases  the  original  snippets  may  be  spread  on  a,  sheet 
of  muslin  which  is  then  rolled  into  a  spiral.  Or  again, 
the  snippets  may  be  extracted  as  usual  and  the  sintered 
lump  dried,  cut  up  afresh,  and  re-extracted. 

Of  Brazilian  and  plantation  rubbers  not  less  than  10  gr. 
should  be  weighed  out ;  of  African  sorts,  Borneo,  Guayule, 
&c.,  5  gr.  will  suffice.  A  duration  of  ten  hours  is  ample 
for  complete  extraction.  The  acetone  solution  is  then 
distilled  nearly  dry  on  a  water-bath  and  heated  for  three 
hours  in  an  air-oven  at  110°,  by  which  time  the  weight  of 
the  residue,  unless  there  be  an  unusually  large  amount  of 
it,  will  be  constant.  Fluid  resins  of  the  Brazilian  and 
plantation  types  give  off  volatile  matter  at  110°  and  never 


8  INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

attain  real  constancy,  but  three  hours  is  a  useful  con- 
ventional drying  period  to  apply  to  them. 

With  the  majority  of  crude  rubbers  a  certain  amount 
of  carbohydrate  matter  (mainly  sugars  of  the  inosite  class) 
will  be  found  in  the  extract.  This  impurity,  though 
freely  soluble  in  water,  is  seldom  completely  got  rid  of  in 
washing  the  rubber,  and  may  make  up  as  much  as  5  per 
cent,  of  the  acetone  extract.  It  is  only  sparingly  soluble 
in  acetone,  and  generally  gathers  into  a  white  sub  crystal- 
line ring  near  the  top  of  the  extraction-flask ;  a  separation 
from  resin  proper  may  easily  be  effected  by  means  of 
chloroform,  but  as  a  rule  there  is  no  harm  in  weighing 
the  carbohydrate  as  part  of  the  resin. 

3.  Ash. — Of  the  roughly  cut  up  material  5  gr.  are 
weighed  in  a  flat  porcelain  dish  and  gently  heated  to 
fusion  and  decomposition.  It  is  well  not  to  allow  the 
vapours  to  kindle ;  if  nevertheless  they  should  take  fire, 
the  flame  should  be  extinguished  by  an  improvised  lid  of 
sheet  metal  or  asbestos.  Royal  Berlin  porcelain  dishes 
are  the  best  to  use,  as  being  little  liable  to  crack  on  heat- 
ing. After  the  bulk  of  volatile  matter  has  been  driven  off, 
the  dish  is  heated  to  redness  in  a  muffle  until  all  charred 
matter  has  disappeared. 

The  ash  of  washed  and  plantation  rubber  ranges  from 
0-1  to  1-5  per  cent.,  rising  exceptionally  to  4  or  5  per  cent. 
In  most  cases  the  ash  is  white  or  pale  yellow  and  infu- 
sible, and  consists  mainly  of  silica,  lime,  and  magnesia. 
A  few  rubbers  give  ashes  so  highly  ferruginous  as  to  be  of 
brick-red  colour.  The  ash  content  of  a  rubber  is  signifi- 
cant (1)  as  an  item  in  the  non-rubbers  and  (2)  as  a  check 
on  the  effectiveness  of  washing  operations.  Occasionally  it 
may  prove  useful,  qualitatively  and  quantitatively,  for 
characterizing  the  species  and  botanical  origin  of  a  rubber, 


I  CRUDE  AND   WASHED   RUBBER  9 

4.  Proteid  and  other  Nitrogenous  Matter. — Direct  deter- 
minations of  protein  in  rubber  cannot  be  made  :  indeed  it 
is  not  yet  known  what  the  nature  of  rubber  protein  is. 
The  usual  custom  is  to  determine  total  nitrogen  and  to 
multiply  by  the  conventional  factor  6*25.  Kjeldahl's 
method  of  nitrogen  assay  is  applied  as  follows : — 

Two  gr.  of  rubber  are  placed  in  a  100  c.c.  long-necked 
decomposing  flask  with  30  c.c.  of  concentrated  sulphuric 
acid  and  a  small  drop  (about  1  gr.)  of  mercury.  The 
flask  is  loosely  stoppered  with  a  small  funnel  and  heated 
over  the  naked  flame.  At  first  there  is  copious  evolution 
of  sulphur  dioxide,  and  the  flame  must  be  cautiously 
regulated.  Later  on,  the  dark  liquid  is  heated  to  vigorous 
ebullition.  After  five  or  six  hours  the  liquid  will  usually 
have  become  straw-coloured,  beyond  which  point  it  is 
needless  to  go.  Should  there  be  any  difficulty  in  reach- 
ing straw-colour,  the  cooled  liquid  may  be  treated  with  a 
little  permanganate  and  boiled  up  afresh.  The  residue  is 
now  cautiously  diluted  and  rinsed  into  a  large  flask ;  one 
or  two  gr.  of  sodium  sulphide,  an  excess  of  caustic  soda 
solution,  and  a  few  scraps  of  zinc  are  added.  The 
ammonia  is  distilled,  with  the  usual  precautions,  into  20 
c.c.  of  N/5  sulphuric  acid,  which  are  subsequently 
titrated  back  with  N/5  alkali  and  methyl  orange. 

5.  Insoluble  Matter,  i.e.,  matter  insoluble  in  rubber  sol- 
vents. This  includes  all  such  mechanical  impurities  as 
sand,  clay,  woody  fibre,  humus,  &c.,  but  not  the  whole 
of  the  nitrogenous  nor  of  the  colouring  matter.  As  a  rule 
it  includes  slightly  less  than  the  total  ash,  part  of  the 
inorganic  matter  being  present  as  salts  of  calcium  and 
other  metals  soluble  in  organic  solvents.  The  determin- 
ation of  insoluble  would  be  easy  enough  if  it  were  not  for 
the  extreme  viscosity  of  rubber  solutions  and  the  presence 


io          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP 

of  part  of  the  rubber  in  a  pectous  modification  not  directly 
soluble  in  cold  solvents.  With  some  few  low-grade  rub- 
bers, simple  dissolution,  filtration,  and  washing  of  the 
residue  are  practicable  within  reasonable  time.  In  general, 
however,  it  is  necessary  to  begin  by  applying  heat  treat- 
ment to  the  rubber.  The  three  following  methods  are 
available  : — 

1.  Where  mixing  rollers  are  at  hand,  a  quantity  of  the 
rubber  is  worked  hot  until  plasticized,  i.e.,  until  it  can  be 
drawn  out  in  a  uniform  translucent  sheet.     The  pectous 
part    of   the  rubber  is   thus  rendered    soluble,    and   the 
resulting  solutions  are  comparatively  fluid.     Two  gr.   of 
the  prepared  material  are  swelled  overnight  in  100  c.c.  of 
toluene    or   solvent  naphtha  and  dissolved  by  shaking. 
Should  the  solution  still  be  too  viscous  to  be  manageable, 
it  is  now  boiled  under  reflux  condensation,  by  the  aid  of 
an  oil-bath,  for  several  hours.  The  liquid,  when  sufficiently 
deviscified,  is  allowed  to  settle  and  is  filtered  ;    or,  far 
better,  it  is  whirled  in  a  centrifuge  (see  p.  27),  when  the 
insoluble  goes  to  the  bottom  in  so  compact  a  form  that 
the  supernatant  liquid  can  be  simply  poured  off.     The 
insoluble  is  ^best  received  on  a  tared  ashless  filter ;  for 
washing,  there  is  no  neater  method  than  suspension  in 
toluene   vapour   for  an    hour  or  so  (see  under  "  Gutta- 
Percha,"  p.  172).     The  weighed  filter  is  incinerated  and 
the  ash  is  deducted.     This  gives  organic  insoluble,  which 
is  the  true  objective  of  the  assay. 

2.  C.  Beadle  and  H.  P.  Stevens 1  heat  one  gr.  of  finely- 
cut  rubber  in  a  test-tube  with  5-10  c.c.  of  phenetol  for 
several  hours,  first  at  100°,  then  at  temperatures  rising 
to  140°  or  over.    The  thin  solution  is  diluted  with  100  c.c. 
of  benzene  and  allowed  to  settle.     The  residue  may  be 

1  India-Rubber  Journal,  43  (1912),  p.  193. 


CRUDE  AND    WASHED   RUBBER 


filtered  off,  or  it  may  be  washed  repeatedly  by  decantation, 
rinsed  on  to  a  tared  dish,  and  dried. 

3.  In  lieu  of  phenetol,  petroleum  may  be  used  for 
obtaining  thin  solutions  from  unworked  rubber,  the 
procedure  .being  exactly  the  same  as  that  applied  to 
vulcanized  rubber  (see  p.  141).  Two  gr.  are  heated  with 
15  c.c,  of  petroleum  (B.P.  200°  upwards)  in  a  small  flask 
until  reduced  to  a  thick,  but  homogeneous,  solution. 
Half  an  hour's  heating  at  200°  generally  suffices.  After 
dilution  with  100  c.c.  of  any  convenient  solvent,  the 
insoluble  is  filtered  off  directly  or  after  centrifugal  treat- 
ment, and 'dealt  with  as  under  1.  On  the  whole,  this 
method  is  the  cheapest  and  most  expeditious  ;  unlike  the 
first  two  methods,  however,  it  provides  no  possibility  of 
simultaneously  determining  the  rubber-substance  which 
has  gone  into  solution. 

The  following  figures,  obtained  by  method  3,  give  some 
idea  of  the  amounts  of  insoluble  that  may  be  expected. 
They  represent  percentages  upon  washed  dry  material : — 


Rubber  Sort. 

Acetone 
Extract. 

Ash. 

Total 
In  sol. 

Ash  of 
Insol. 

Organic 
Insol. 

Para 

3  -04 

0-26 

0'50 

O'lO 

0'40 

Sernamby      
Manitoba  

1-84 
3-10 

1-27 
2-60 

1-55 
4-90 

1-05 
2-35 

0-50 
2-55 

Gruayule 

29-40 

2*36 

4-35 

2-10 

2'25 

Gaboon  Ball             .        .    . 

26-50 

0-40 

1-80 

0-35 

1-45 

Borneo  ....        .... 

8-92 

0-37 

0-50 

o-io 

0-40 

Manihot  Plantation   .... 
Malay  Plantation  Crape    .    . 
Ceylon  Plantation  Biscuit    . 

8-25 
3-30 

2-87 

1-93 
0-30 
0-40 

4-10 
1-10 
1-80 

1-10 
0-25 
0"25 

3-00 
0-85 
1-55 

6.  Rubber  Proper. — The  most  widely  practised,  and 
certainly  the  least  troublesome,  method  of  arriving  at 
the  percentage  of  true  rubber  hydrocarbon  in  unvulcanized 


12          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

material  is  the  simple  process  of  subtracting  the  combined 
percentages  of  moisture,  ash,  organic  insoluble,  protein, 
and  acetone  extract  from  100.  For  technical  purposes  it 
commonly  suffices  to  subtract  resin  and  ash  only ;  but 
this  involves  a  possible  error  of  one  or  two  per  cent.,  and 
in  the  case  of  badly  washed  rubbers  of  several  per  cent. 

In  washed  rubber  the  estimation  of  rubber  hydro- 
carbon by  difference  from  the  fully  determined  non-rubbers 
is  usually  accurate  to  within  one  per  cent.,  sufficiently, 
that  is,  for  all  ordinary  purposes.  When,  as  may  some- 
times be  the  case,  it  is  inconvenient  to  determine  all  the 
non-rubbers,  rubber  proper  may  be  determined  directly, 
either  as  such  (the  determination  is  then  in  principle  the 
same  as  that  by  difference)  or  in  the  form  of  a  derivative. 
Direct  determination  is  also  to  be  preferred,  as  a  rule, 
in  the  analysis  of  uncured  doughs  and  rubber  solutions. 

Determinations  in  which  the  rubber  is  weighed  as  such 
may  be  carried  out  (1)  by  precipitation  or  (2)  by 
evaporation. 

1.  A  deviscified  solution  of  one  or  two  gr.  of  material 
in  rather  less  than  100  c.c.  of  toluene  is  prepared  as 
described  under  "Insoluble  Matter''  (p.  10).  When  cool, 
it  is  made  up  to  100  c.c.  and  allowed  to  settle  completely  ; 
this  may  be  accelerated  by  warming  on  a  water-bath  or 
by  the  aid  of  a  centrifugal  machine.  Of  the  clear  liquid 
50  c.c.  are  pipetted  off,  and  dropped  into  100  c.c.  of  warm 
alcohol,  which  is  kept  in  brisk  motion  the  while.  Eubber 
hydrocarbon  is  thus  precipitated  as  a  clot.  Should  there 
be  present  10  or  more  parts  of  resin  to  100  of  rubber, 
the  clot  is  redissolved  and  reprecipitated ;  if  the  proportion 
of  resin  be  very  high,  a  further  reprecipitation  is  advisable. 
The  clot  is  kneaded  with  several  relays  of  warm  alcohol, 
drained  as  far  as  possible,  transferred  to  a  tared  dish, 


I  CRUDE  AND    WASHED   RUBBER  13 

dried  to  constant  weight  in  the  vacuum  oven,  and 
weighed. 

2.  Fifty  c.c.  of  clear  solution  are  pipetted  off  as  above 
into  a  tared  wide-mouthed  flask  of  100  c.c.  capacity.  The 
solvent  is  distilled  off  and  the  flask  is  cursorily  dried  in 
the  vacuum  oven.  Alcohol  is  then  added  and  the  flask  is 
set  to  boil  for  an  hour  under  reflux,  when  the  film  of 
rubber  detaches  itself  from  the  glass  and  gives  up  its  con- 
tent of  resin  to  the  alcohol.  This  treatment  with  alcohol 
is  repeated  three  or  four  times,  whereupon  the  liquid  is 
drained  off  and  the  flask  is  dried  to  constancy  in  the 
vacuum  oven  and  weighed. 

Both  these  methods  work  better,  as  regards  accuracy, 
the  less  resin  there  is  present.  With  highly  resinous 
rubbers  it  is  preferable  to  begin  by  submitting  the  material 
to  acetone  extraction.  If  the  extraction  has  been  exhaus- 
tive, a  single  boiling  out  with  alcohol  will  suffice  in 
method  2 ;  it  is  less  safe  to  dispense  with  alcohol  alto- 
gether, owing  to  the  difficulty  of  driving  off  the  last  traces 
of  original  solvent.  In  this  and  all  similar  analytical 
processes  it  is  well  to  weigh  out  original  substance  before 
extraction  rather  than  to  start  from  a  weighed  quantity  of 
extracted  material.  Errors  due  to  imperfect  drying  and 
to  oxidation  are  thus  avoided,  and  calculation  is  simpli- 
fied. 

Eubber  can  also  be  determined  on  the  orthodox  analy- 
tical principle  of  weighing  the  object  of  assay  in  the  form 
of  a  derivative,  which  in  this  case  is  an  addition-product, 
rubber  tetrabromide.  The  rubber  molecule,  unfortunately, 
cannot  be  trusted  to  combine  quite  neatly  with  just  four 
atoms  of  bromine  per  C]0H16  radical,  and  there  are  ques- 
tions with  regard  to  the  behaviour  under  bromination  of 
proteins  and  resins,  and  the  analytical  decomposition  of  the 


14          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

tetrabromide,  which  are  nob  fully  cleared  up.  Hence  in 
point  of  accuracy  determination  as  bromide  has  little  or 
no  advantage  over  determination  as  isolated  rubber. 
Nevertheless,  the  tetrabromide  method  is  not  without  its 
usefulness  in  emergencies.  It  is  carried  out  (T.  Budde's  l 
method,  modified  by  D.  Spence  and  J.  C.  Galletly2)  as 
follows  : — 

About  0'2  gr.  of  material  is  weighed  out,  extracted  with 
acetone,  covered  in  a  wide-mouthed  stoppered  bottle  with 
50  c.c.  of  carbon  tetrachloride,  and  allowed  to  swell  over- 
night. Fifty  c.c.  of  a  reagent  composed  of  6  c.c.  of  bromine 
and  1  gr.  of  iodine  in  a  litre  of  carbon  tetrachloride  are  added 
to  the  solution  and  left  to  react  for  six  hours  with  occa- 
sional shaking.  The  tetrabromide  is  precipitated  by 
adding  50  c.c.  of  alcohol  with  constant  stirring  and  is 
washed  by  decantation  several  times  with  alcohol.  To 
remove  the  last  traces  of  free  bromine  and  foreign 
bromides,  the  drained  precipitate  is  allowed  to  swell  in 
carbon  disulphide,  reprecipitated  by  50  c.c:  of  petroleum 
spirit,  well  washed  with  alcohol,  and  roughly  dried  at  low 
temperature.  Instead  of  being  weighed  as  such,  the 
tetrabromide  is  now  transferred  to  a  porcelain  or  metal 
crucible,  where  it  is  mixed  and  covered  with  about  4  gr.  of 
a  mixture  of  sodium  carbonate  and  potassium  nitrate 
(2  :  1).  The  crucible  is  heated  to  redness,  but  to  a  point 
just  short  of  complete  fusion.  The  contents  are  dissolved 
in  the  minimum  of  water,  acidified  with  a  decided  excess 
of  nitric  acid,  and  well  boiled.  On  cooling,  the  bromine 
is  determined  by  adding  an  excess  of  TV/10  silver  nitrate 
solution  and  titrating  back  with  thiocyanate  solution  in 
presence  of  iron  alum.  For  converting  the  bromine  thus 

1  Gummi-Zeitung,  24  (1909),  p.  4. 

2  Le  Caoutchouc  et  la  Guttapercha,  8  (1911),  p.  5513. 


i  CRUDE  AND    WASHED  RUBBER  15 

found  into  terms  of  rubber  hydrocarbon,  the  factor  0'42 
may  be  used. 

General  Remarks  on  Raw  Rubber  Analysis. 

For  the  works  control  of  crude  wild  rubbers  it  suffices 
to  assay  each  consignment,  after  washing,  for  ash  and 
resin.  The  ash-content  is  of  interest  with  respect  to  the 
efficiency  of  the  washing  process ;  in  special  cases  it  may 
be  desirable  to  determine  insoluble  as  well.  The  efficiency 
of  works  drying  ovens  may  be  tested  by  determining 
moisture  from  time  to  time.  Even  the  stickiest  rubber 
can  quite  well  be  dried  on  the  large  scale  to  within  O5  per 
cent,  of  moisture,  and  this  should  be  set  as  an  upper  limit. 
Plantation  rubbers  are  comparatively  easy  to  control  by 
simple  inspection,  and  call  for  chemical  examination  only 
in  exceptional  cases.  As  for  rubber  "  protein,"  that 
portion  of  it  which  remains  after  washing  is  practically 
inert  and  need  not  claim  the  regular  attention  of  the 
laboratory.  • 

The  washing  loss  of  crude  rubber  is  of  importance  in 
regard  to  the  price  of  the  material,  but  has  nothing  to  do 
with  the  quality  of  the  rubber.  For  a  given  rubber  sort  it  is, 
within  easy  limits,  constant  and  therefore  to  a  certain 
extent  characteristic. 

Resin-content  varies  between  1  per  cent,  and  30  per 
cent.,  but  in  a  given  rubber  sort  is  constant  within  fairly 
close  limits.  South  Americans  as  a  class  are  mostly  poor 
in  resin :  in  Hevea  rubbers  it  rarely  exceeds  4,  in  Manihot 
rubbers  7  per  cent.  Plantation  rubbers  usually  contain 
only  2 — 3  per  cent.,  but  young  trees  are  apt  to  yield  rather 
more  resinous  rubbers.  From  the  manufacturing  point  of 
view  it  is  by  no  means  to  be  assumed  that  a  rubber  is 
better  the  less  resin  it  contains  :  the  wide  variations  in 


16          INDTA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

the  physical  properties  of  the  rubber  hydrocarbon  itself 
are  of  far  greater  import.  At  the  same  time,  it  does 
usually  happen  that  rubbers  associated  with,  say,  20 
per  cent,  of  resin  are  of  poorer  quality  than  rubbers 
associated  with,  say,  2  per  cent.,  but  even  this  mild 
generalization  cannot  be  regarded  as  free  from  exceptions. 
In  any  case,  resin  is  always  a  non-rubber  and  always  a 
diluent,  just  as  much  as  added  pitch  or  wax  would  be. 
Further,  when  present  in  a  large  amount,  rubber-resin  is 
apt  to  exercise  an  unfavourable  effect  on  vulcanization. 

South  American  resins  are  generally  liquid,  dark  in 
colour,  and  of  an  empyreumatic  odour.  Plantation  resins 
are  similar,  but  of  a  lighter  colour.  The  majority  of 
African  resins  are  yellow,  transparent,  and  brittle,  but  still 
capable  of  flowing  slowly  at  ordinary  temperatures.  A 
very  few  resins  (Gambia,  certain  Congos,  Rambong, 
Penang,  Java,  &c.)  are  hard  and  pulverizable.  Eesins 
from  Para  and  plantation  rubbers  are  optically  inactive, 
whereas  most  others  show  a  moderate  dextro-rotation.1 
A  list  of  the  resin-contents  of  various  rubber  sorts  will  be 
found  in  the  Appendix,  p.  181. 

Nitrogen  in  crude  unwashed  rubber  may  amount  to  as 
much  as  1  per  cent.  The  usual  practice  of  classifying 
the  whole  of  this  as  proteid  nitrogen  and  multiplying  by 
6-25  is  open  to  question,  but  for  the  present  there  is 
nothing  better  to  offer.  A  portion  of  the  nitrogen 
certainly  exists  as  albuminoids  soluble  in  water,  which 
are,  or  should  be,  completely  removed  by  washing.  It  is 
this  impurity  which  by  its  putrefaction  gives  rise  to  the 
evil  odour  emitted  by  some  rubbers,  and  there  is  reason 
to  believe  that  decay  of  the  associated  albuminoids  has  a 

1  F.  W.  Hinrichsen  and  J.  Marcusson,  Z.  Angew.  Chem.,  23 
(1910),  p.  49. 


I  CRUDE  AND    WASHED   RUBBER  17 

deleterious  effect  on  the  rubber  itself.  Hence  in  general  it 
may  be  said  that  a  crude  rubber  will  keep  better,  the  less 
nitrogen  it  contains.  The  only  practicable  method  of 
determining  soluble  albuminoids  is  by  the  difference 
between  nitrogen  in  the  crude  and  nitrogen  in  the 
washed  rubber,  due  allowance  being  made  for  washing 
loss. 

The  remainder  of  the  nitrogen,  which  in  extreme  cases 
(notably  in  hard  fine  Para)  may  reach  0*4  per  cent,  of  the 
washed  dry  rubber,  appears  to  be  a  sign  of  strength  rather 
than  of  weakness.  In  what  form  exactly  it  exists  is  not 
known,  but  it  would  seem  to  be  closely  bound  up  with 
that  sometimes  very  considerable  "  pectous  "  portion  of 
the  rubber  which  swells  up  to  a  gel  in  rubber  solvents 
without  going  into  fluid  solution. 

The  pectous  rubber  here  referred  to  scarcely  differs 
chemically  from  soluble  rubber  and  becomes  itself  soluble 
when  the  material  is  subjected  to  hot  rolling  or  other  heat 
treatment.  The  expressions  "  rubber  proper  "  or  "  rubber 
hydrocarbon "  are  to  be  taken  throughout  as  connoting 
that  which  ranks  technically  as  such,  without  regard  to 
differential  solubilities. 


CHAPTER  II 

MACHINERY  AND  APPARATUS. 

A  LABORATORY  in  which  the  determination  of  washing 
losses  is  carried  on  will  require  a  small  washing  mill  and 
a  vacuum  drying  oven.  In  addition,  a  small  mixing  mill 
is  an  exceedingly  useful  adjunct  for  general  purposes.  This 
and  other  machinery  should  be  set  up,  preferably  against 
an  outside  wall,  in  a  soundly-floored  room  separate  from 
the  laboratory  proper.  The  washing  mill,  moreover, 
should  be  screened  off  by  itself,  on  account  of  the  inevit- 
able splashing.  The  drive  is  best  conveyed  from  an  over- 
head countershaft  and  may  proceed  from  a  small  gas- 
engine,  or  better  from  an  electric  motor,  of  2 — 5  H.P. 
Another  plan,  which  is  very  convenient  as  regards  control 
but  involves  rather  more  floor-space,  is  to  drive  each 
machine  independently  by  an  electric  motor,  copiously 
geared  down.  Roller  mills  should  be  lighted  either 
from  the  top  or  from  the  side  immediately  opposite  the 
operator. 

Washing  of  Crude  Eubber. — The  process  consists  in 
squeezing  the  gum  repeatedly  through  a  pair  of  grooved 
rollers  in  a  constant  shower  of  cold  water.  Small-scale 
washing  mills,  which  are  practically  identical  in  all  but 

18 


CHA1\   II 


MACHINERV  AND  APPARATUS 


size  with  the  full-scale  machine,  are  supplied  to  order  by 
most  of  the  rubber-engineering  firms.  For  laboratory 
work  the  rollers,  of  solid  chilled  iron,  may  advantageously 
have  diamond  or  spiral  grooving  more  closely  set  and  in 


FIG.  1  (Scale  1 : 16). 

shallower  relief  than  on  full-scale  rollers.  The  floor- 
space  taken  up  by  such  a  mill,  apart  from  motive 
machinery,  may  be  from  2 J  to  3  feet  square ;  the  height 
of  the  rollers  from  the  ground  should  be  about  3  feet. 

c2 


20          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

A  laboratory  washing  mill l  with  rollers  9  in.  long  by 
4 1  in.  diameter,  is  shown  in  Fig.  1 ;  another,  with  rollers 
12  in.  by  6  in.,2  in  Fig.  2.  It  is  quite  feasible  to  wash 


FIG.  2  (Scale  1 : 15). 

even  very  small  batches  of  rubber  on  full-scale  machines 
of  the  smaller  kind  as  used  in  factory  and  plantation 
work. 

1  By  Messrs.  D.  Bridge  &  Co.,  Manchester. 

2  By  Messrs.  J.  Robinson  &  Co. ,  Salford. 


ii  MACHINERY  AND  APPARATUS  21 

The  weighed  crude  rubber  is  softened,  if  necessary,  by 
steeping  in  hot  water  and  is  cut  into  pieces  small  enough 
to  pass  through  the  rollers  without  unduly  straining 
them.  The  mill  is  set  in  motion,  and  a  continuous  spray 
of  water  is  directed  from  above  towards  the  space  between 
the  rollers.  By  sending  it  repeatedly  through  the  rather 
widely  spaced  rollers,  the  whole  of  the  batch  is  worked 
into  a  coherent  sheet  of  sodden  crape.  This  crape  is  then 
passed  through  again  and  again,  the  rollers  being  mean- 
while screwed  up  gradually  into  closer  contact,  until  at 
length  the  wash-water  flows  off  colourless  and  free  from 
suspended  matter.  The  capacious  pan  which  receives 
the  wash-water  must  be  fitted  with  a  grid  at  its  outlet  : 
pieces  of  rubber  which  are  carried  away  to  this  grid  are 
recovered  and  added  to  bulk.  The  washed  crape  is 
eventually  hung  up  to  drain  for  an  hour  or  two  and  is 
then  ready  for  drying.  The  difference  in  weight  between 
the  original  batch  of  crude  rubber  and  the  fully  dried 
washed  crape,  calculated  as  a  percentage  of  the  former, 
represents  washing  loss. 

Drying  Ovens. — Washed  rubber  is  dried  in  vacuum- 
ovens  which  may  conveniently  be  miniatures  of  the  vacuum 
driers  in  use  on  the  large  scale.  A  small  drier  of  this 
sort1  is  shown  in  Fig.  3.  The  boiler-shaped  drying 
chamber  is  closed  by  an  hermetically-fitting  door  and 
contains  three  shelves,  each  of  which  is  heated  by  means 
of  steam-coils.  A  wide  vacuum-pipe  leads  out  of  the 
chamber  to  a  vertical  condensing  column,  and  this  in 
turn  is  connected  to  a  power-driven  air-pump.  By  the 
arrangement  of  pipes  shown  in  the  figure,  the  shelves  can 
be  heated  up  by  direct  steam  before  evacuation, -and  there- 
after by  waste  steam  issuing  from  the  air-pump.  This 
1  By  Messrs.  Emil  Passburg,  Berlin, 


22          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

drier  has  rather  over  20  sq.  ft.  of  floor-space  on  the 
shelving,  and  is  therefore  more  especially  suitable  for 
laboratories  in  which  a  good  deal  of  rubber-washing  is 
continually  going  on. 

Laboratory  vacuum-ovens  proper,  of  the  type  shown  in 
Fig.  4,1  are  commonly  horizontal  jacketed  copper  cylinders, 

STEAM 


FIG.  3  (Scale  1  : 30). 

capable  of  being  heated  either  by  steam  or  by  gas-burners 
acting  on  a  jacket  of  water  or  other  liquid.  They  are 
obtainable  in  a  wide  range  of  sizes,  from  about  three  litres 
capacity  upwards.  Jacket-heating  is  not  so  efficient  as 
shelf-heating,  but  the  latter  principle  is  not  easy  to  apply 
to  small  drying  chambers.  The  larger  vacuum-ovens  are 

1  By  Messrs.  A.  Gallenkamp  &  Co.,  London. 


ir  MACHINERY  AND   APPARATUS  23 

best  evacuated  by  means  of  a  Geryk  air-pump  actuated 
by  a  small  motor.  For  those  of  only  a  few  litres  capacity 
a  metal  filter-pump  answers  very  well,  given  an  ample 
and  undisturbed  head  of  water. 

A   small   vacuum   drying   oven    as   in   Fig.    4,    is   an 
exceedingly  useful,  if  not  indispensable,  piece  of  labora- 


FIG.  4  (Scale  1  : 15). 

tory  apparatus  for  general  analytical  use  in  connection 
with  rubber.  The  oven  is  here  shown  heated  by  means 
of  a  liquid  boiling  under  reflux  condensation;  but  low- 
pressure  steam,  wherever  available,  is  more  convenient. 
As  regards  air-ovens  for  ordinary  laboratory  purposes, 
it  need  only  be  remarked  that  110°  and  60°  are  the  most 


24 


INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 


generally  useful  temperatures,  and  that  the  best  mode  of 
heating  is  by  a  directly  impinging  Bunsen  burner  governed 
by  an  ordinary  mercury  thermo-regulator. 

Drying  ovens  through  which  a  slow  current  of  carbon 
dioxide  or  other  indifferent  gas  is  kept  passing  are  capable 
of  rendering  very  good  service  for  drying  small  quantities 
of  rubber  or  gutta-percha.  Any  small  air-oven  of  which 
the  door  and  its  frame  are  suffi- 
ciently robust  to  be  made  gas- 
tight  by  means  of  a  rubber 
washer  may  thus  be  utilized. 
A  makeshift,  but  quite  efficient, 
small  drier  of  this  kind  may  be 
constructed  from  a  laboratory 
vacuum-still  consisting  of  a  metal 
or  porcelain  pan  and  a  glass 
dome  (Fig.  5).  Inside  the  pan, 
a  disc  of  perforated  brass  or  zinc 
rests,  one  or  two  inches  from 
the  bottom,  upon  a  tripod.  The 
pan  is  heated  by  a  burner  admit- 
ting of  delicate  regulation.  A 
thick  rubber  or  asbestos  washer 
is  interposed  between  pan  and 
dome,  which  are  clamped  together 
by  three  small  thumb-screws  not 
shown  in  the  illustration. 

Boiler  Mills. — These  serve  (1)  for  comminuting  rubber 
and  other  materials,  and  (2)  for  plasticizing,  mixing,  and 
sheeting  unvulcanized  rubber.  Whilst  similar  in  build 
to  washing  mills,  they  have  smooth-faced  hollow  rollers 
capable  of  being  water-cooled  or  steam-heated  at  will. 
Miniature  mixing  mills  are  supplied  by  rubber  engineers 


II  MACHINERY  AND  APPARATUS  25 

under  the  same  conditions  as  miniature  washers.  Fig. 
6  shows  a  heavy  laboratory  mill l  fitted  up  with  all  the 
paraphernalia  of  a  self-contained  electrical  drive,  trans- 
mitted through  a  worm  gear ;  the  rollers  are  exceptionally 
stout,  viz.,  9  in.  long  by  8  in.  diameter.  An  essentially 


.::    :..  ..    ;. :.::.::.: :.-       •:• 

FIG.  6  (Scale  1 : 20). 

similar  mill,2  having  rollers  9  in.  by  4J  in.  and  a  friction- 
clutch  for  belt  drive,  is  shown  in  Fig.  7.  Another 
laboratory  mill,3  characterized  by  slighter  build  and  more 
elongated  rollers,  viz.,  14 J  in.  by  5^  in.,  is  shown  in  Fig.  8. 
In  so  far  as  they  are  used  for  mixing  or  sheeting,  it 
should  be  noted  that  for  a  given  size  of  rollers  there  are 
both  an  upper  and  a  lower  limit  to  the  amount  of  material 

1  By  Messrs.  Iddon  Bros.,  Leyland. 

2  By  Messrs.  D.  Bridge  &  Co. ,  Manchester. 

3  By  Messrs.  H,  Berstorff,  Hanover. 


26          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

with  which  these  mills  can  effectively  deal.  Boilers  of  the 
above-mentioned  order  of  magnitude  would  take  a  mini- 
mum batch  of  about  50  gr.  of  rubber  dough  and  a 
maximum  of  about  500  gr. 

WATER  STEAM 


FIG.  7  (Scale  1  : 16). 


A  relatively  inexpensive  hand  roller  mill  on  the  very 
small  scale,  which  is  often  useful  enough  as  a  makeshift, 
is  the  metallurgical  apparatus  shown  in  Fig.  9.  Though 


„  MACHINERY  AND  APPARATUS  27 

inconvenient  by  reason  of  the  superposed  position  of  the 
rollers,  it  serves  very  well  for  crumbing  or  sheeting  rubber 
previous  to  analysis,  but  for  little  else.  The  mill  is  made 


WATER  STEAM 


Fig.  8  (Scale  1  :,;17) 

in  several  sizes,  with  rollers   from   2    in.  by    1J   in.  to 
4  in.  by  2J  in. 

Centrifugal  Machinery.— A  laboratory  in  which  much 


28 


INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 


general  rubber  work  is  done  can  ill  dispense  with  a 
centrifugal  machine  or  "  centrifuge."  This  piece  of 
apparatus  is  a  necessity  in  certain  phases  of  rubber 


FIG.  9  (Scale  1  : 14). 


analysis  and  is  in  general  extremely  useful  in  all  sorts  of 
cases  where  solid  matter  in  liquid  suspension  resists 
filtration  or  does  not  readily  settle.  The  centrifuge 
should  be  of  tolerable  size,  say  of  18 — 20  cm.  whirling 


MACHINERY  AND  APPARATUS 


ELEVATION. 
FIG.  10  (Scale  1:8) 


30          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY    PRACTICE 

radius,  and  should  be  driven  at  1,500 — 2,000  revolutions 
per  minute.  The  most  convenient  drive  is  from  an 
electric  motor  of  \  H.P.  or  so,  which  may  either  be 
built-on  or  transmit  directly  through  a  belt.  A  stout 
metal  bowl  enclosing  the  whirling  parts  is  a  sine  qua 
non.  There  will  be  four,  six  or  eight  whirling-arms 
carrying  glass  vessels  which  should  have  a  capacity  of 
at  least  60  c.c.  apiece.  A  solidly-built  six-armed 
centrifuge1  carrying  cylindrical  vessels  is  shown  on 
plan  and  elevation  in  Fig.  10.  The  machine  is  fitted 


FIG.  11  (Scale  1:18). 

with  a  speed-gauge,  and  the  cylinder-holders  rest  upon 
springs  intended  to  counteract  errors  of  balance. 
Specially  designed  for  rubber  work  is  the  six-armed 
centrifuge  2  shown  in  Fig.  11,  which,  though  of  slight  build, 
does  very  good  service.  A  special  pear-shaped  vessel 
(Fig.  12)  is  used  with  this  machine,  weighing  about 
40  gr.  and  having  a  capacity  of  about  150  c.c.  The 

1  By  Messrs.  A.  Gallenkamp  &  Co.,  London. 

2  By  the  Vereinigte  Fabriken  fiir  Laboratoriumsbedarf,  Berlin. 


ii  MACHINERY  AND  APPARATUS  3i 

main  points  to  be  observed  in  working  with  centrifuges 
are  to  counterpoise  opposite  arms  with  great  care,  to 
make  sure  of  efficient  lubrication,  and  to  start  the 
machine  very  gradually.  A  free-wheel  mechanism  on 
the  spindle  may  be  dispensed  with  if  the  drive  is  from 
an  electric  motor  without  interposed  gearing. 

Laboratory  Apparatus. — Machinery  being  housed  in  a 
separate  room,  the  rubber  laboratory  proper  may  be 
similar  to  any  other  laboratory  in  which  both  inorganic 
and  organic  analyses  are  performed.  Generous  draught  - 
cupboard  accommodation  will  be  re- 
quired for  the  various  fusions  and 
incinerations,  evaporations  of  acid 
liquids,  etc.  The  processes  of  distilla- 
tion and  of  boiling  under  reflux  con- 
densation on  water-,  sand-,  and  oil- 
baths  play  a  great  part  in  rubber 
analysis,  and  ample  provision  should 
be  made  for  them.  A  few  observa- 
tions on  useful  forms  of  apparatus,  and 
especially  on  extractors,  will  not  be  out  FlG  12  (Scale  i :  3). 
of  place. 

The  continuous  extraction  of  all  sorts  of  materials, 
either  with  acetone  or  with  carbon  disulphide,  stands 
perhaps  foremost  among  rubber  laboratory  operations. 
The  Soxhlet  and  the  Knofler  (Fig.  13)  forms  of  extractor 
both  act  on  the  intermittent-siphon  principle ;  in  the 
former,  the  liquid,  though  not  actually  cold,  is  well  below 
boiling-point  ;  in  the  latter  it  is  surrounded  by  its  own 
vapour  and  is  therefore  as  hot  as  it  can  be.  No  form  of 
extractor  can  be  depended  upon  to  do  its  work  thoroughly 
in  which  the  substance  is  not  submitted  to  complete 
immersion  in  the  extracting  liquid.  Soxhlet's  extractor 


32          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

is  too  well-known  to  need  description.  Knofler's,  which 
is  the  rubber  extractor  'par  excellence,  consists  of  separate 
inner  and  outer  tubes  ;  to  accommodate  filter-thimbles  of 
60  x  25  mm.,  the  most  convenient  dimensions  are  : — 

Inner    tube : — bore    28    mm.,    siphoning    height   BC 
75  mm.,  height  of  wide  part  AC  90  mm. 


FIG.  13  (Scale  l:2i). 

Outer  tube: — bore  40  mm.,  height  of  wide  part  DE 
150  mm. 

Extractors  are  connected  at  the  upper  end  to  a  reflux 
condenser- and  at  the  bottom  to  a  wide-mouthed  flask 


ii  MACHINERY  AND  APPARATUS  33 

(Soxhlet  flask),  of  which  the  most  generally  convenient 
sizes  are  100  and  150  c.c.     Boiling-flasks  of  any  other 
size  and  shape  may  be  used,  but  in  that  case  the  contents 
should  be  transferred  to  a  tared  flask  of  the  Soxhlet  type 
before  evaporating,  drying,  and  weighing  the  extract.    The 
connexions,  if  of  cork,  must  be  of  the  finest  and  densest 
material  procurable.     A  good  pair  of  corks  which  are  not 
being  used  for  the  first  time  will  yield  about  1  mg.  of 
dissolved  solids  to  acetone  or  carbon  disulphide  after  a 
ten    hours'    extraction.      In   ordinary   technical    rubber 
work  an  error  of  this  magnitude  is  of  little  account,  so 
that  in  general  there  is  no  harm  in  making  use  of  cork 
connexions,  provided  the  corks  be  carefully  selected  and 
subjected  to  preliminary  extraction.     Whenever  it  seems 
desirable  to  eliminate  this  source  of  error,  recourse  must. 
be   had  to  ground-glass  connexions.      This  will  involve 
not  only  special  ground-in  flasks  but  also  special  arrange- 
ments  at   the   condenser   end.     The  condenser  may  be 
connected  up  by  a  ground-glass  joint,  or  else  an  inserted 
condenser  may  be  used  and  such  a  joint  rendered  un- 
necessary.    Either  principle  is  applicable  to  the  Soxhlet 
or  Knofler  forms  indifferently.     Soxhlet's  apparatus  with 
two   ground-in    connexions    is    shown   in   Fig.    14.      A 
Knofler  extractor  fitted  with  inside  condensation  is  seen 
in  Fig.  15  ;  here  the  elongated  outer  jacket  serves  as  part 
of    the    condenser,   whilst    the   water-cooled    condenser 
proper  (shown  at  the  side)  slides  into  it  and  rests  loosely 
on  the  mouth,  or  may,  if  preferred,   be  fixed  by  a  not 
quite  air-tight  cork  ring,  which  will  not  come  into  contact 
with  condensed  solvent. 

For  heating  the  Soxhlet  flask  a  water-bath  is  not  very 
satisfactory  on  account  of  the  condensed  steam  drippings 
and  the  loss  in  weight  which  the  flask  may  suffer  during 

D 


34 


INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 


lengthy  extractions.  An  excellent,  but  costly,  mode  of 
heating  is  by  means  of  electric  incandescent  lamps.  On 
general  grounds,  a  much  simpler  device,  viz.  a  talc-bath, 
may  be  recommended.  This  consists  of  a  hemispherical 
iron  sand-bath,  about  10  cm.  across,  charged  not  with 
sand  but  with  talc  (French  chalk)  and  heated  by  an 


Fro.  14  (Scale  1  :5).  FIG.  15  (Scale  1  :5). 

ordinary  Bun  sen  burner.  Little  heat  is  wasted,  the 
flasks  are  not  scratched  or  chemically  attacked,  and  if  a 
crack  occurs  the  talc  forms  a  kind  of  lute  and  prevents 
a  rapid  outflow  of  solvent.  In  a  busy  laboratory  an 
ample  number  of  condensers  and  heating-baths  should  be 
permanently  set  up,  preferably  in  a  row  against  a  wall, 


ii  MACHINERY  AND  APPARATUS  35 

and  a  sufficiency  of  Soxhlet  flasks  should  be  kept  in  stock, 
each  of  which  is  etched  with  a  number  and  has  its 
approximate  tare  recorded  on  a  tablet  hung  near  the 
balance. 

Scarcely  less  important  than  acetone  extraction  is  the 
boiling  of  substances  with  alcoholic  alkali  under  reflux 
condensation.  Cork  connexions  are  inadmissible  for  this 
operation  if  there  is  any  chance  of  the  cork  being  reached 
by  alkaline  spray.  A  Soxhlet  flask  with  ground-in 
condenser,  like  the  gutta-percha  extractor  illustrated 
in  Chap.  IX.,  Fig.  226,  is  a  very  suitable  form  of 
apparatus. 

The  indispensable  muffle-furnace,  in  which  incinerations 
are  performed  and  batches  of  crucibles  ignited,  should  be 
of  a  type  which  admits  a  fairly  generous  air-draught  into 
the  muffle  proper.  The  smallest  practicable  size  of  muffle 
has  an  internal  floor-area  of  about  6  x  4  in.,  but  in  general 
a  somewhat  larger  area  will  be  found  more  convenient. 
Incineration-dishes  and  small  porcelain  crucibles  for 
igniting  barium  sulphate  should  be  marked  with  numbers 
or  letters  and  listed  with  their  tare  weights.  For  igniting 
crucibles  at  specially  high  temperatures,  small  one- 
crucible  furnaces,  consisting  of  double  fire-clay  cones 
which  are  slipped  over  a  roaring  Bunsen  burner,  are 
now  reasonably  cheap  and  do  the  work  better  than  the 
laborious  blowpipe. 

A  short  tube-furnace  carrying  a  hard  glass,  porcelain, 
or  silica  tube  of  about  12  ins.  total  and  6  ins.  effective 
length  is  a  very  useful  laboratory  adjunct  for  a  variety 
of  purposes.  Fig.  16  shows  such  a  furnace  constructed 
entirely  of  fireclay  and  heated  by  five  gas-burners.  The 
tube  should  be  covered  with  asbestos  to  avoid  direct 
impact  of  the  flames.  Electrically  heated  tube-furnaces 

D2 


36      INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE    CHAP,  n 


are  pleasanter  to  work  with  but  are  much  more  expensive 
and  take  longer  to  heat  up  and  cool  down. 

In  conclusion,  it  may  be  mentioned  that  weighing  to 
four  places  of  decimals  is  usually  a  waste  of  time  in  a 
rubber  laboratory.  Upon  one  gramme  weighed  out,  a 
milligramme  error  corresponds  to  an  accuracy  of  0*1  per 
cent.,  and  on  the  organic  side  no  analytical  method  in 

rubber  work  can 
boast  a  greater 
inherent  precision 
than  this,  to  say 
nothing  of  the  vari- 
ability of  samples. 
In  inorganic  deter- 
minations it  may  ex- 
ceptionally be  neces- 
sary to  weigh  to  four 
places  when  small 
quantities  of  sub- 
stance are  in  ques- 
tion. At  any  rate,  one  should  make  perfectly  sure  of 
the  third  place  of  decimals,  and  this  certainty  is  best 
attained  by  making  use  of  a  balance  of  the  ordinary 
analytical  type  capable  of  weighing  to  four  places,  with- 
out troubling  to  adjust  the  tenths  of  a  milligramme. 
Eubber  and  other  bulky  solids  should  be  weighed  out  on 
a  metal  (aluminium  or  nickel)  scoop  provided  with  a 
counterpoise. 


FIG.  16  (Scale  1  : 6). 


CHAPTER  III 
KUBBEB  DILUENTS 

IP  it  had  never  occurred  to  anyone  to  mix  extraneous 
substances  (quite  apart  from  sulphur,  the  vulcanizing 
agent)  with  rubber,  it  is  safe  to  say  that  the  rubber 
industry  as  we  know  it  would  be  inconceivable  :  rubber 
manufacture  would  have  expanded  perhaps  in  volume, 
but  hardly  in  scope,  beyond  its  boundaries  of  pre-vulcaniz- 
ation  times.  In  unvulcanized  rubber  we  have  one 
material,  in  soft-cured  rubber  a  second,  and  in  ebonite  a 
third ;  but  by  admitting  compounding  ingredients  we 
gain  innumerable  new  materials.  Moreover,  the  lower- 
ing of  prices  thus  achieved  has  done  much  to  widen  the 
market  for  rubber  goods.  Nowadays  manufactured  rubber, 
taken  in  the  lump,  contains  at  least  as  much  non-rubber 
as  rubber. 

Anything  which  is  oily,  waxy,  or  resinous,  any 
homogeneous  semi-solid  or  plastic  mass  free  from  water, 
or  any  finely-divided  powder  can  be  incorporated  with 
raw  rubber  to  form  a  smoothly  uniform  dough.  The 
process  by  which  the  great  bulk  of  soft  rubber  articles  is 
manufactured  consists  in  preparing  a  dough  (by  the  aid 
of  hot  rollers)  of  rubber,  sulphur,  and  the  requisite — 

37 


38          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

pulverulent  and  other — compounding  materials,  and 
"  curing  "or  "  vulcanizing  "  this  dough  at  temperatures  of 
125° — 170°  for  periods  rarely  exceeding  three  hours.  The 
proper  compounding  materials  are  selected  with  several 
aims  in  view,  e.g. :  — 

1.  Imparting  the  desired  physical  properties,  such  as 
hardness  or  softness,  stiffness  or  pliability,  smoothness, 
strength,  extensibility,   and  so   forth  ;  further,  dielectric 
and    insulatory  properties,   or    resistance    to    chemical 
attack. 

2.  Imparting  the  desired  colour. 

3.  Weighting  or  lightening  the  product  as  required. 

4.  Modifying  the  first  cost  of  the  product. 

5.  Accelerating    or    retarding    the    duration    of    the 
cure. 

Technical  and  economic  evolution  has  provided  the 
manufacturer  with  a  fairly  well  defined  repertory  of  sub- 
stances suitable  for  compounding,  many  of  which  find 
little  or  no  use  outside  of  the  rubber  industry.  These 
substances  fall  into  two  main  groups : — diluents  and 
pulverulent  solids. 

Diluents,  as  the  name  implies,  are  coherent  bodies, 
plastic,  liquid,  or  semi-solid,  which,  as  distinct  from  dis- 
continuous solids,  serve  to  dilute  the  rubber  proper  :  they 
assist  the  rubber  in  its  functions  as  a  vehicle  for  the 
pulverulent  charge  which  it  has  to  carry.  In  the  nature 
of  things,  diluents  belong  to  the  domain  of  organic 
chemistry,  whilst  the  materials  constituting  charge  are 
with  few  exceptions  inorganic.  The  diluents  in  common 
use  are  factice,  reclaimed  rubber,  pitches,  waxes,  oils,  and 
resins.  They  are  all  considerably  cheaper  than  rubber, 
and  those  which  can  be  incorporated  in  generous  pro- 
portions, viz.,  factice,  reclaim,  and  bitumen,  are  added 


in  RUBBER  DILUENTS  39 

primarily  with  a  view  to  cheapening  the  product. 
Needless  to  say,  each  diluent  exercises  a  specific 
mechanical  effect,  both  in  the  dough  and  in  the  finished 
goods,  which  must  be  duly  taken  into  account.  In  the 
case  of  such  diluents  as  waxes  and  oils,  which  are  seldom 
introduced  in  proportions  exceeding  one-tenth  of  the 
rubber,  specific  effect  rather  than  cheapness  is  [the 
dominant  consideration. 

Factice. 

Syn.  Substitute,  Vulcanized  Oil  (Ger.  Faktis,  Oelkaut- 
schuk,  Fr.  Factice). — Before  the  advent  of  reclaimed 
rubber,  this  was  the  only  rubber  diluent  in  a  large  way 
known  to  commerce,  nor  is  it  at  all  likely  to  become 
obsolete.  Factice  not  only  has  in  itself  something  of  the 
feel  and  appearance  of  rubber  (whence  the  names  "  rubber 
substitute"  and  "  Para  fran§ais  "),  but  it  can  be  added 
in  large  proportions,  even  1 :  1  or  over,  without  greatly 
affecting  the  elastic  properties  of  the  rubber.  This  is 
owing  to  the  curious  mechanical  consistency  of  factice, 
which  possesses  compressile  elasticity  in  a  high  degree, 
though  it  is  all  but  destitute  of  tensile  strength.  Hence 
added  factice,  whilst  somewhat  diminishing  the  strength 
of  a  rubber  article,  does  not  proportionately  impair  its 
springiness.  Moreover,  factice,  of  which  (free  from 
mineral  oil  and  wax)  the  specific  gravity  varies  between 
0'98  and  1*02,  is  the  only  effective  material  with  which 
floating  rubber  goods,  other  than  black  ones,  can  to  any 
important  extent  be  cheapened.  White  factice  was  dis- 
covered in  the  early  fifties  of  last  century,  brown  factice 
a  little  later ;  both  varieties  were  well  established  as 
rubber  diluents  in  the  ensuing  decade. 

Factice  is  a  product  of  the  action  of  sulphur  chloride 


40          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

at  moderate  (80° — 100°)  or  of  sulphur  at  somewhat  high 
(160° — 200°)  temperatures  upon  raw  or  blown  glyceride  oils. 
In  many  respects  its  mode  of  formation  is  analogous  to 
the  vulcanization  of  rubber  itself.  What  particular  oil 
serves  as  raw  material  depends  largely  on  market  prices 
for  the  time  being  ;  the  best  results,  however,  are  obtained 
with  castor  and  rape  oils.  Sulphur  chloride  yields  a  light- 
coloured  product  known  as  White  Factice,  whereas  factice 
made  with  sulphur  alone  has  a  dark  colour  and  is  dis- 
tinctively called  Brown  Factice.  The  necessary  proportion 
of  sulphur  or  chlorine  of  vulcanization  in  factices  may 
be  brought  within  reasonable  limits  by  previously  blowing 
the  oil ;  this  is  of  especial  importance  with  white  factice, 
in  which  high  vulcanization  is  inconsistent  with  stability,, 
and  6 — 7  per  cent,  of  sulphur  is  the  usual  thing.  Brown 
factices,  on  the  other  hand,  may  contain  from  about  7  to 
about  20  per  cent,  of  combined  sulphur;  the  soft  low- 
sulphur  sorts  can  be  made  only  from  strongly  blown  oils 
and  are  very  different  in  character  from  the  stiff  high- 
sulphur  sorts,  which  are  mostly  made  from  raw  oils. 

Factices  are  solid  bodies  of  the  consistency  of  stiff  jelly, 
insoluble  in  rubber  solvents  but  swelling  up  in  them  to 
form  very  dilute  gels.  Whilst  in  general  inert  chemically, 
they  are  eminently  saponifiable.  Aqueous  alkalies  under 
drastic  conditions  and  superheated  steam  decompose  them 
slowly ;  alcoholic  alkalies  split  them  with  great  ease  into 
glycerine  and  fatty  acids  of  which  the  alkali  salts  are 
soluble  in  water.  Brown  factice  is  the  kind  chiefly  used 
in  heat-cured  rubber  mixings,  white  factice  in  cold-cured ; 
but  moderate  admixtures  of  white  factice  are  quite 
admissible  in  the  heat-cure. 

Factice  contains  normally  (1)  unvulcanized  fatty  oil, 
(2)  a  little  free  sulphur,  and  (3)  factice  proper,  including 


in  ItUBBER  DILUENTS  41 

sulphur  and  chlorine  (if  any).  Many  brown  factices 
also  contain  admixtures  of  paraffin  wax  or  heavy  petroleum 
fractions.  These  latter  are  incorporated  with  the  oil 
before  vulcanization,  and  have  more  than  one  advantage 
from  the  factice-maker's  standpoint.  They  are  not  to  be 
regarded  by  the  rubber  manufacturer  as  adulterations, 
provided  he  be  aware  of  their  nature  and  amount.  Brown 
factice  is  made  in  compact  slabs,  10 — 30  cm.  thick,  and 
is  usually  delivered  in  this  form.  White  factice  is  sent 
out  either  in  crushed  amber-coloured  lumps  of  irregular 
size,  or  ground  into  white  powder  of  a  fluffy  or  crumby 
consistency.  It  is  important  to  note  that  the  chemical 
composition  of  compact  factice  may  vary  widely  from 
spot  to  spot.  A  package  of  slab  or  lump  material  should 
never  be  analysed  on  a  single  small  fragment.  A  sample 
of  at  least  500  gr.  should  be  drawn  and  thoroughly  mixed 
by  grinding  between  cold  rollers.  The  analysis  of  factice 
is  carried  out  as  follows  : — • 

1.  Extract. — Two  gr.  of  ground  factice  are  placed  in  a 
filter-thimble    plugged   with   fat-free   cotton    wool,    and 
extracted  with   acetone  for   10  hours   in   a    Soxhlet   or 
Knofler  tube.     The  extract  is  dried  at  110°  and  weighed ; 
it  comprises  unvulcanized  oil,  unsaponifiable  matter  (if 
any),  and  free  sulphur.     The  presence  of  paraffin  may  be 
detected  in  the  acetone  solution  by  its  crystallising  out, 
that  of  mineral  oil  by  its  fluorescence.     As  for  the  un- 
vulcanized glyceride   oil,  it  is  but  sparingly  soluble   in 
acetone  and  is  often  seen  to  settle  out  in  heavy  drops. 
This   substance   is   not   really  unchanged  fatty  oil,  but 
always  contains  one  or  two  per  cent,  of  combined  sulphur. 
Nevertheless,  it  is. an  oil,  as  distinct  from  a  gelatinous 
solid, and  therefore  "unvulcanized  oil"  is  not  a  misnomer. 

2.  For   the   determination   of  free  mlphiir   the  three 


42          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

methods  given  in  Chapter  VII  (p.  116)  for  the  case 
of  vulcanized  rubber  are  available.  The  most  expeditious 
method  consists  in  exhausting  the  acetone  extract  with 
petroleum  spirit  saturated  with  sulphur,  but  it  should  be 
resorted  to  only  in  presence  of  a  fair  amount  of  sulphur, 
e.g.,  when  sulphur  crystals  are  plainly  visible.  The 
method  of  Davis  and  Foucar  gives  trustworthy  results 
with  large  or  small  amounts  of  sulphur  but  breaks  down 
in  presence  of  chlorine  and  is  therefore  out  of  court  for 
white  factice.  The  oxidation  method  has  the  disadvantage 
that  the  small  proportion  of  combined  sulphur  existing 
in  factice-extracts  undergoes  partial  oxidation,  thus 
increasing  the  apparent  free  sulphur.  In  brown  factice 
there  is  seldom  more  than  1  per  cent,  of  free  sulphur,  and 
mostly  considerably  less.  Whenever  the  amount  of  free 
sulphur  is  large,  faulty  manufacture  is  indicated.  White 
factice  usually  contains  one  or  two,  and  sometimes  several, 
per  cent,  of  free  sulphur,  which  is  always  produced  to 
some  extent  in  the  reaction  between  sulphur  chloride  and 
oil;  its  presence  may  also  be  due  in  part  to  "  reversion  " 
of  the  manufactured  factice. 

3.  Unsaponifiable  Matter  (i.e.  hydrocarbons)  is  deter- 
mined in  the  acetone  extract  from  a  separate  2  gr.  lot  of 
factice.  This  extract  is  boiled  for  two  hours  with  40  c.c. 
of  N/l  alcoholic  potash.  The  further  procedure  depends 
upon  whether  the  unsaponifiable  is  solid  (paraffin,  ceresine) 
or  liquid  (mineral  oil,  vaseline),  which  is  easily  ascertained 
by  cooling  or  watering  a  portion  of  the  alcoholic  solution. 
If  it  is  liquid,  the  alcohol  is  distilled  off,  the  residue  is 
taken  up  with  water  and  shaken  with  two  or  three 
batches  of  ether,  and  the  ethereal  extract  is  evaporated, 
dried  at  110°,  and  weighed.  Should  the  unsaponifiable 
be  solid,  it  will  be  necessary  to  extract  with  petroleum 


in  RUBBER  DILUENTS  43 

ether  (B.  P.  40° — 60°) ;  in  this  case  the  alcoholic  liquid  is 
not  evaporated  but  diluted  with  an  equal  volume  of 
water  and  then  shaken  up  with  solvent.  Aqueous  or 
weakly  alcoholic  alkaline  solutions  cannot  readily  be  ex- 
tracted with  petroleum  ether  owing  to  the  formation  of 
persistent  emulsions.1  The  petroleum  ether  solution  is 
separated  and  washed,  first  with  a  few  c.c.  of  concen- 
trated sulphuric  acid,  then  with  semi-alcoholic  caustic 
potash  solution  ;  it  is  finally  evaporated  and  dried  as  usual. 

4.  Free  sulphur  and  unsaponifiable  subtracted  from 
total  acetone  extract  give  unvulcanized  oil.  The  residue 
insoluble  in  acetone  represents  vulcanized  oil  or  factice 
proper.  In  order  to  determine  combined  sulphur  and 
chlorine,  \  gr.  (brown  factice)  or  1  gr.  (white  factice)  of 
this  residue  is  treated  by  the  nitrate  fusion  (see  p.  128) 
or  potash-peroxide  method.  The  latter  is  carried  out 
thus  : — 

The  substance  is  gently  heated  in  an  iron  bowl 
(cf.  p.  129)  with  10  gr.  of  stick-potash  and  10  c.c.  of 
alcohol.  Factice  goes  into  solution,  whilst  the  solvent 
slowly  evaporates.  •  One  c.c.  of  water  is  added  and  heat 
is  more  vigorously  applied,  the  bowl  being  frequently 
stirred  or  shaken.  The  bulk  of  the  organic  matter  is 
allowed  to  fume  off  until  the  contents  of  the  bowl  form  a 
thick,  partially  charred  magma  which  shows  a  tendency 
to  incandesce  here  and  there.  Sodium  peroxide  is  now 
cautiously  sprinkled  in  from  a  spatula,  with  continual 
agitation.  As  more  and  more  peroxide  is  added,  the  melt 
becomes  more  fluid  and  finally  darkens  owing  to  forma- 
tion of  ferrates.  Care  must  be  taken  that  every  part  of 
the  bowl  receives  its  share  of  peroxide,  so  that  the  whole 
contents  are  uniformly  oxidized.  The  melt  is  then  cooled 

1  M.  Honig  and  G.  Spitz,  Z.  Angew.  Chem.,  4  (1891),  p.  565. 


44          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

and  taken  up  with  water.  If  chlorine  is  absent,  the 
solution  is  acidified  with  hydrochloric  acid,  boiled  up, 
and  precipitated  with  barium  chloride.  In  presence  of 
chlorine,  the  solution  is  halved,  and  chlorine  and  sulphur 
are  determined  in  the  moieties  acidified  with  nitric  and 
hydrochloric  acid  respectively. 

Alternatively,  total  sulphur  may  be  determined,  by  the 
above  or  other  method,  in  the  original  factice.  Provided 
that  one  or  the  other  practice  be  adhered  to,  it  is  mainly 
a  matter  of  taste  whether  original  or  acetone-extracted 
material  be  taken.  In  the  latter  case  combined  sulphur 
(as  a  percentage  of  original  factice)  always  comes  out 
slightly  lower,  at  any  rate  in  brown  factices. 

5.  Moisture   is    seldom    worth    determining    in   brown 
factice.     White  factice  which  is  well  advanced  in  decom- 
position may  contain  several  per  cent.     Moisture  is  best 
determined  by  drying  at  60°. 

6.  Free    Acid,   i.e.    organic    acid,    is   always   present, 
generally  in  quantities  not  exceeding  2  per  cent,  calculated 
as  oleic.     It  is  quite  harmless,  or  rather  not  less  so  than 
unvulcanized  oil.     Free  sulphuric  acid  may  occur  in  de- 
composed  factice ;    it   is    detected    and    determined    by 
shaking  the  ground  material  with  hot  water,  filtering  clear, 
and  boiling  with  barium  chloride. 

7.  Ash  in  brown  factice  is  mostly  well  under  1  per  cent, 
and  has  no  particular  significance.     White  factice  often 
receives  an  addition,  in  the  manufacture,  of   a  few  per 
cent,  of  lime   or   magnesia   intended   to   neutralize   any 
hydrochloric  acid  which  may  be  split  off.      The  ash  of 
white  factice  should  be  not  only  determined  but  examined 
qualitatively. 

Some  recent  analyses  of  factice,  in  which  all  the  per- 
centages are  calculated  upon  original  substances  : — 


Ill 


RUBBER  DILUENTS 
WHITE. 


45 


English. 

Gei-man. 

French. 

Unvulc.  Oil  
Free  Sulphur 

10-3 

0-8 

7'7 
0-3 

13-8 
2-1 

Vulc.  Oil  (by  difference)    
Combined  Sulphur(in  extracted  factice) 
Chlorine        ...        «               .... 

86-2 
6-7 

7-8 

89-4 

7-2 

7'7 

81-3 
6-4 

7-2 

Ash    

1-0 

2-6 

2-8 

BROWN,    FREE   FROM    HYDROCARBONS. 


English, 
hard. 

German, 
soft. 

German, 
medium. 

German, 
hard. 

French, 
medium. 

Unvulc.  Oil  
Free  Sulphur   .        ... 
Vulc.  Oil  (by  difference) 
Combined    Sulphur    (in 
extracted  factice)    .    . 
Ash    .    . 

21-7 
0-3 

77  1 

13  1 
0-9 

22-7 
02 
77-0 

7-1 

o-i 

17-2 
0-1 
82-5 

10-2 

o-i 

9-6 

o-i 

902 

16-3 
O'l 

23-6 
1-5 
74-3 

98 
0'6 

BROWN,  CONTAINING  HYDROCARBONS. 


English. 

German 
I. 

German 
II 
(Para 
frangais). 

French 
(Para 
frangais). 

Unvulc  Oil 

25-1 

10  6 

25  '0 

23  '4 

Free  Sulphur  
Paraffin  Wax 

2-5 
20-1 

1-6 

0-5 
213 

0-4 
25  •*> 

Mineral  Oil  .    .        
Vulc.  Oil  (by  difference)   .    . 
Combined   Sulphur    (in   ex- 
tracted factice)   
Ash 

51-3 

13-8 
O'l 

231 
64-6 

13-5 
O'l 

52-5 

3-6 

0*7 

47-9 

3-1 
O'l 

Other   things   being  -equal,  the   less   unvulcanized  oil 
there  is  in  a  factice,  the  better.     This  constituent  has  the 


46          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

same  effect  in  a  rubber  mixing  as  glyceride  oil  pure  and 
simple,  which  is  credited  with  a  tendency  to  shorten  the 
life  of  the  goods.  Mineral  oil  is  less  open  to  this  objec- 
tion, and  paraffin  not  at  all.  In  compounding  a  rubber 
with  factice  containing  either  of  these  constituents,  their 
specific  effects  must  be  taken  into  account ;  for  instance, 
when  30  parts  of  the  favourite  "  Para  fra^ais  "  type  of 
factice  are  added  to  100  of  rubber,  there  will  be  8-9  parts 
of  paraffin  present,  which  verges  upon  high  proportions. 
The  ash  of  white  factice  should  not  overstep  reasonable 
limits,  say  four  per  cent.,  and  should  be  magnesian  rather 
than  calcareous  :  magnesia  with  insufficient  hydrochloric 
acid  forms  a  non-deliquescent  oxychloride,  which  lime 
does  not,  and  the  presence  of  hygroscopic  matter  induces 
slow  decomposition  in  white  factice  on  storage.  On  the 
whole,  the  best  white  factices  are  those  which,  in  the 
ground  state,  are  the  driest  and  least  coherent.  Sulphur 
and  chlorine  together  should  not  exceed  20  per  cent. 

Brown  factice,  unlike  white,  offers  a  considerable  range 
of  mechanical  consistencies  depending,  when  allowance  is 
made  for  the  specific  influences  exercised  by  unvulcanized 
and  unsaponifiable,  mainly  on  the  amount  of  combined 
sulphur.  At  the  low-vulcanization  end  of  the  series  we 
have  soft,  sticky,  gelatinous  products  ;  at  the  opposite  end 
stiff,  crisp,  caseous  ones.  These  properties  are,  naturally, 
of  high  importance  in  the  choice  of  a  suitable  factice  for  a 
given  mixing. 

Eunning  deliveries  of  factice  should  be  assayed  for 
acetone  extract,  free  sulphur,  and  (if  present)  unsaponifi- 
able. For  one  and  the  same  brand  they  should  not  vary 
seriously  in  consistency  and  the  percentage  of  extract 
should  remain  fairly  constant,  say  within  2  per  cent, 
above  or  below  the  mean.  Except  in  a  rough  way,  the 


in  RUBBER  DILUENTS  47 

mechanical  properties  of  factices  of  different  makes  can- 
not fairly  be  judged  by  analytical  data  alone.  Thus  two 
specimens  made  from  different  or  unequally  blown  oils 
may  show  identical  contents  of  acetone  extract  and  com- 
bined sulphur  and  yet  behave  very  dissimilarly.  In  such 
cases  experimental  mixings  and  vulcanizations  must 
decide.  A  knowledge  of  the  free  sulphur  content  is  of 
value  chiefly  with  respect  to  compounding-calculations ; 
an  inordinate  amount,  however,  e.g.  more  than  3  per 
cent.,  may  indicate  faulty  manufacture  or  "  reversion" 
in  storage. 

Little  or  nothing  is  to  be  gained  by  applying  the 
standard  methods  of  fat-analysis  to  factice.  Information 
thus  supposed  to  be  obtained  as  to  the  raw  material  of 
manufacture  is  largely  illusory  and  in  any  case  is  of  little 
interest  to  the  rubber  manufacturer.  The  saponification 
numbers  of  factices  are  much  higher  than  those  of  oils, 
and  are  constant  only  when  saponification  is  carried  out 
by  a  strictly  uniform  method;  they  mostly  lie  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  300  for  white  factice  and  between  180 
and  250  for  brown.  The  yield  of  fatty  acids  from  factice 
is  a  datum  which  plays  some  part  in  general  rubber 
analysis  (see  p.  124). 

Rubber  Waste  and  Reclaim. 

For  many  decades  past  it  has  been  the  practice  in  rubber 
works  to  use  up  vulcanized  waste  by  grinding  it  to  pow- 
der on  cold  rollers  and  incorporating  it  with  fresh  rubber 
for  the  manufacture  of  goods  of  inferior  quality.  As  time 
went  on,  chemical  processes  for  removing  tissue  &c.  from 
the  waste  were  devised,  and  it  was  further  found  that  a 
modest  degree  of  plasticity  could  be  imparted  to  some 
kinds  of  waste  by  treatment  with  oils.  Eubber  waste, 


48          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

however,  remains  rubber  waste.  It  cp,n  only  be  used  in 
conjunction  with  fresh  rubber  and  always  imparts  a 
certain  lack  of  homogeneity  to  the  resulting  product. 
It  still  plays  its  part  inside  factories,  but  is  seldom 
nowadays  bought  from  outside  as  a  compounding 
material. 

Quite  another  thing  is  reclaimed  rubber,  which  is  now 
bought  and  sold  in  enormous  quantities.  It  is  prepared 
from  ground  waste  by  treatment  with  water  at  high  tem- 
peratures (in  the  neighbourhood  of  180°)  in  presence  of 
acid  or,  more  usually,  of  caustic  alkali.  The  material  is 
thereby  rendered  plastic,  so  that  it  can  be  sheeted  like 
unvulcanized  dough ;  though  containing  the  original 
combined  sulphur  intact,  it  can  be  revulcanized  with 
added  sulphur  like  virgin  rubber.  Eeclaimed  rubber  is 
of  utility  chiefly  as  a  cheapening  agent  in  admixture  with 
fresh  rubber ;  to  considerable  extent  also,  inferior  rubber 
goods  are  now  made  from  reclaimed  rubber  alone,  plus 
filling  materials. 

Eeclaimed  rubber,  or  reclaim  for  short  (Ger.  Begenerat, 
Fr.  Begenere),  comes  into  trade  in  compact  sheets  5  to 
25  cm.  thick,  less  often  in  tight  rolls  of  very  thin  sheet, 
and  has  the  appearance  and  feel  of  stiff  half -cured  dough. 
Black,  red,  white,  and  grey  sorts  are  current.  As  may 
be  imagined,  reclaim  is  an  exceedingly  variable  sub- 
stance, a  wide  range  (especially  as  regards  content  of 
mineral  matter)  being  procurable  in  each  colour. 

The  suitability  of  a  reclaim  for  use  in  manufacture  may 
best  be  decided  upon  by  a  combination  of  vulcanization 
experiments  and  chemical  tests.  From  the  analytical  data 
alone,  however,  a  shrewd  technologist  will  often  derive 
all  the  information  he  needs.  Chemical  examination  of 
current  deliveries,  to  secure  uniformity,  is  of  especial 


in  RUBBER   DILUENTS  49 

importance  with  reclaim.  The  complete  analysis  is 
identical  with  that  of  a  complicated  manufactured  rubber 
(see  Chaps.  VII  and  VIII)  and  is  seldom  worth  carrying 
out.  As  a  rule,  the  following  determinations  are  suffi- 
cient : — 

1.  Specific  Gravity. — A  compact  piece  of  5-10  gr.  weight 
is  cut  off  and  weighed  in  air  and  water  (see  p.  105).     The 
specific  gravity  of  a  reclaim  must  be  known  in  order  to 
calculate  that  of  mixings  in  which  it  is  included. 

2.  Acetone  Extract. — Two  gr.  of  reclaim,  crumbed   or 
cut  up  fine,  are  extracted  for  ten  hours  in  a  Knofler  tube, 
and  the  extract  is  dried  for  3  hours  at  110°  and  weighed. 
Acetone  extracts  usually  run  high,  containing,  as  they  do, 
the  mineral,  fatty,  or  rosin  oil  which  is  almost  invariably 
added  to  reclaims  to  enhance  their  plasticity.     Free  sul- 
phur rarely  occurs  except  in'  red  reclaims  :    in   the  re- 
claiming process  red  rubber  turns  grey  and  is  restored  to 
colour  by  the  addition  of  antimony  red,  whereby  a  little 
free  sulphur  is  imported. 

3.  Factice. — The  acetone-extracted  substance  is  dried, 
turned  into  a  small  flask  with  ground-glass  connexions, 
and  boiled  for  three  hours  under  reflux  with  50  c.c.  of 
N/5  alcoholic    potash    solution.     The    extract    is    freed 
from  alcohol  and  the  residual  reclaim  is  boiled  out  with 
water.     The  combined  aqueous  extract   is  acidified   and 
shaken  with  ether,  the  ethereal  solution  being  evaporated, 
dried,    and   weighed    (cf.   p.  124).     By   multiplying   the 
result  by  I'l  the  weight  of  factice  proper  is  found.     In 
order  that  the  extraction  of  factice  may  be  complete,  it  is 
essential  that  the  reclaim  be  as  finely  divided  as  possible. 
Few  reclaims,  even  among  those  manufactured   by   the 
alkali  process,  fail  to  show  one  or  two  per  cent,  of  matter 
insoluble  in  acetone  but  soluble  in  alcoholic  potash,  which 

E 


So          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

may  or  may  not  consist  of  real  factice.  The  deliberate 
incorporation  of  factice  in  reclaim  is  not  an  unknown 
practice. 

4.  Ash. — Two  gr.  are  incinerated  in  the  usual  way.  It 
is  approximately  correct  to  regard  ash  as  equivalent  to 
the  mineral  matter  present,  though  it  mostly  falls  a  little 
short  of  the  latter. 

The  percentages  of  extract  plus  factice  plus  ash  sub- 
tracted from  100  give  roughly  the  percentage  of  rubber, 
and  this  is  the  figure  of  merit  by  which  the  value  of  a 
reclaim  may  best  be  judged.  As  a  further  empirical  test  of 
quality,  the  consistency  of  the  reclaim  after  acetone 
extraction  should  be  noted :  the  softer  and  stickier  it  is, 
the  more  likely  it  is  to  mix  well  and  yield  rubber-like 
products.  Black  reclaims  of  sp.  gr.  up  to  1-1  are  richest 
in  rubber  (70 — 80  per  cent.),  but  there  a,re  plenty  of  blacks  of 
higher  sp.  gr.  with  correspondingly  smaller  rubber  contents. 
Floating  blacks  sometimes  contain  a  great  deal  (up  to  30 
per  cent.)  of  factice.  The  carbon  black  occurring  in  many 
black  reclaims  will  masquerade  as  rubber  unless  specially 
determined  by  the  method  on  p.  155,  but  the  amount  is 
usually  trifling.  Eed  reclaims  similarly  cover  a  wide 
range  and  may  show  anything  from  40  to  70  per  cent,  of 
rubber.  White  reclaims  are  always  heavy  and  full  of 
mineral  loading ;  the  rubber  content  mostly  lies  between 
30  and  50  per  cent. 

Acetone  extracts  of  black  reclaim  generally  run  from 
10  to  30  per  cent.,  those  of  reds  and  whites  being,  as  a 
rule,  rather  lower.  Part  of  this  extract  is  always  added 
oil,  which,  in  addition  to  its  plasticizing  action,  has  the 
desirable  effect  of  restraining  the  tendency  to  extremely 
rapid  vulcanization  which  is  characteristic  of  reclaimed 
rubber. 


in  RUBBER  DILUENTS  51 

Eeclaims  intended  to  be  used  for  thin  sheet  goods  must 
contain  the  very  minimum  of  mineral  or  metallic  grit,  and 
in  this  case  it  is  well  to  dissolve  a  gramme  or  two  as  on 
p.  141  and  submit  the  separated  pulverulent  matter  to 
minute  inspection.  Few  reclaims,  as  is  only  natural,  are 
wholly  free  from  coarse  solid  particles. 

In  a  small  way,  reclaims  made  from  unvulcanized 
waste  and  intended  for  making  rubber  solutions  are  put 
on  the  market.  These  should  be  examined  by  treatment 
with  100  parts  of  benzene  or  solvent  naphtha.  Un- 
dissolved  gelatinous  particles  which  are  retained  by  a 
sieve  point  to  the  presence  of  vulcanized  rubber. 

Bitumens  and  Pitches. 

Natural  bitumen,  especially  Trinidad  and  Syrian 
asphaltum,  has  long  been  in  use  as  a  compounding 
material,  notably  in  cable-coverings,  to  which  it  is 
added  in  order  to  diminish  micro-porosity  and  increase 
the  insulation.  It  is  only  within  the  last  few  years, 
however,  that  bitumen,  in  the  form  of  Mineral  Rubber 
so-called,  has  come  into  any  great  vogue  as  a  filler 
for  rubber  goods  generally.  Mineral  Eubber  is  essen- 
tially a  diluent  and  a  cheapener,  like  f actice ;  it  mixes 
readily  with  rubber  and  can  quite  well  be  added  to  the 
extent  of  50  per  cent,  of  the  rubber  or  even  more.  It 
is  a  tough  black  non-fluid  substance  yielding  to  pressure 
but  capable  of  breaking  with  vitreous  fracture,  and  is 
prepared  either  from  soft  natural  bitumens  or  from  blown 
petroleum  residues,  or  from  mixtures  of  both.  There  is 
little,  if  any,  chemical  difference  between  the  essential 
constituents  of  the  one  and  the  other,  and  the  distinction 
is  of  small  moment  from  the  rubber  point  of  view.  Th'e 
value  of  a  mineral  rubber  depends  on  its  behaviour  when 

E  2 


52          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

incorporated  in  the  mixing  and  vulcanized,  which,  in  the 
present  state  of  knowledge,  there  is  no  certain  means  of 
judging  except  by  direct  experiment.  As  a  rough  guide, 
it  may  be  said  that  bitumens  of  high  softening-point 
produce  strong  rubbers  with  a  tendency  to  defective 
resiliency,  whilst  low  softening-points  correspond  to  poor 
tensile  strength  but  comparatively  good  resiliency.  Pro- 
vided that  a  mineral  rubber  be  an  asphaltum  or  petroleum 
product  containing  little  or  no  ash,  and  that  it  be  free 
from  water,  mineral  acid,  and  admixtures  of  coal-, 
wood-,  or  stearine-pitch,  the  minuter  questions  of  its 
applicability  must  be  settled  by  making  experimental 
mixings.  Laboratory  tests  are  useful  mainly  for  control- 
ling uniformity  in  running  deliveries. 

1.  Asphaltene  Content,  d'C. — One  gr.  of  substance  is 
treated  in  the  cold  with  50  c.c.  of  light  petroleum  spirit. 
After  soaking  for  some  hours,  the  softened  bitumen  is 
crushed  with  a  glass  rod  or  in  a  mortar  and  well  shaken 
up  with  the  liquid.  The  thoroughly  settled  solution  is 
filtered,  and  the  black  pulverulent  residue  is  washed  by 
decantatioii  and  on  the  filter  with  petroleum  spirit. 
The  brown  petrolene  fraction  now  in  solution  is  of  a  greasy 
or  treacly  consistency  and  often  contains  appreciable 
quantities  of  paraffin  wax.  The  residue  on  the  filter  is 
dissolved  in  benzene  or  carbon  disulphide,  w7hen  mineral 
matter  and  pulverulent  carbon,  if  present,  remain  on  the 
filter  and  may  be  weighed ;  the  clear  solution  is  evapo- 
rated in  a  tared  flask,  dried  at  110°,  and  weighed. 
Asphaltene  thus  isolated  is  a  shiny  black  brittle  substance 
which  does  not  soften  until  temperatures  well  above  150° 
are  reached.  Mineral  rubbers  usually  contain  about  30 
per  cent,  of  asphaltene.  Carbon,  if  present  in  any  con- 
siderable amount,  points  to  an  admixture  of  coal-tar 


in  RUBBER  DILUENTS  53 

pitch.  This  latter  is  also  indicated  by  strongly  fluor- 
escent petroleum  spirit  solutions,  since  bituminous  petrol- 
enes  have  but  a  feeble  fluorescence. 

2.  Moisture.  —  A   qualitative    test    may    be    made    by 
dissolving  5  gr.  of  substance  in  100  c.c.  of  benzene  which 
has  been  rendered  anhydrous  by  means  of  sodium  or  by 
distilling  off  the  first  runnings.     The  solution  is  distilled 
through    a    dry   condenser  ;    if   a   marked   turbidity   be 
observed  in  the  first  drops  of  distillate,  the  sample  must 
be  regarded  as  objectionably  moist. 

3.  Softening-Point.  —  This  is  a  property  which  can  be 
defined   only   on   somewhat   arbitrary  and   conventional 
lines.     Softening-points,  to  be  comparable,  must  be  deter- 
mined by  a  strictly  uniform  method.     That  of  G.  Kramer 
and  C.  Sarnow  l  (modified  by  L.  Barta2),  which  is  much 
in  use  for  asphalts,  may  be  carried  out  as  follows  :— 

Pieces  of  glass  tube  of  6  mm.  bore  are  cut  and  ground 
true  at  the  ends  so  as  to  be  exactly  5  cm.  long.  Such  a 
tube  is  filled  with  melted  and  well  stirred  bitumen  by 
pouring  or  by  suction,  care  being  taken  to  avoid  enclosures 
of  air.  After  cooling,  the  surplus  of  bitumen  is  shaved 
off  flush  with  the  ends  of  the  tube.  The  filled  tube  is 
connected  by  means  of  rubber  —  glass  to  glass  —  with  a 
similar  but  longer  empty  tube,  and  exactly  5  gr.  or  0'37  c.c. 
of  mercury  are  poured  in  ;  the  whole  is  then  fixed  in  a 
wide  test-tube  acting  as  air-bath,  which  itself  stands  in  a 
bath  of  molten  paraffin.  Heat  is  applied  at  the  rate  of 
2°  per  minute,  and  the  temperature  at  which  the  mercury 
forces  its  way  through  the  bitumen  and  sinks  to  the 
bottom  of  the  test-tube  is  taken  as  the  softening-point. 
The  thermometer  should  stand  in  the  air-bath,  close  to 


Chem.  Ind.,  26,  (1903),  p.  55. 
Petroleum,  7,  (1911),  p.  158. 


54 


INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE    CHAP. 


the  bitumen  tube.  Tested  by  this  method,  mineral 
rubbers  show  softening-points  ranging  from  100°  to  150°. 

When  bitumen  is  compounded  with  rubber  and  sulphur, 
and  vulcanized,  it  undergoes  chemical  changes,  part  of  it 
combining  with  sulphur  and  becoming  insoluble  in  rubber 
solvents,  like  the  vulcanized  rubber  itself.  The  subjoined 
experimental  results  give  some  idea  of  the  behaviour  of 
bitumen  towards  solvents  after  vulcanization,  which  is  of 
especial  interest  with  regard  to  the  analysis  of  rubber  goods. 
The  bitumen  used  for  these  experiments  was  one  of  the 
best  known  brands  of  the  "  mineral  rubber  "  class.  Each 
mixing  was  vulcanized  at  138°  for  varying  periods  and  then 
analysed  in  the  usual  way.  The  figures,  all  but  the  last 
row,  stand  for  percentages  upon  original  material. 

From  the  figures  on  p.  55  it  will  be  seen  that  the  bitumen 
has  undergone  partition,  in  round  numbers,  as  follows : — 


A. 

B. 

c. 

Acetone-Soluble  

58 

70 

76 

Soluble  in  Carbon  Bisulphide 
Insoluble      .    .        .... 

17 
25 

14 
16 

14 
10 

100 

100 

100 

It  will  further  be  perceived  that  the  degrees  of  sulphur 
(coefficients  of  vulcanization,  cf.  p.  126),  which  in  the 
present  cases  are  referred  not  to  pure  rubber  but  to  a  mix- 
ture of  rubber  and  insoluble  bitumen,  come  out  abnormally 
high,  especially  when  a  large  proportion  of  bitumen  has 
been  added  to  the  mixing.  That  is,  bitumen,  no  less  than 
rubber,  is  a  vulcanizable  material.  Both  from  the  manu- 
facturing and  the  analytical  points  of  view,  then,  one  has 


111 


RUBBER  DILUENTS 


55 


o  oo 


3  s  d 

CO  CO  CO 


s  s  a 

5   3   S 


S88 

g£S 


CO 

CO        O              CO 

»0 

00 

s 

S 

3 

CO 

1—  1 

CO         0               CO 

0 

CO 

o 

CO 

^ 

J- 

,_, 

CO         10               CO 

«p 

05 

12 

S 

co 

o 

a 

£J 

CO         1O               CO 

0 

CO 

o 

CO 

CO 

49 

GO 

CO         —  i                •* 

„ 

^ 

s 

05 

1 

(M 

22 

CO         CO               CO 

0 

"* 

p 

0> 

O 

05          t-                 10 

^ 

=p 

20 

00 

t>- 

OS 

CO 

i—  i 

Ol        CO               O 

(M 

01 

01 

CO 

TH 

. 

GO 

OS        (M              l~» 

01 

05 

»0 

^ 

OO 

m 

c? 

^ 

01      ^          o 

cq 

2 

* 

,„ 

OS          05                  05 

•« 

CO 

^H 

00 

§ 

w 

GO 

(M        ^              0 

05 

CO 

01 

01 

CO 

^ 

-*      o          o 

CO 

CO 

O5 

s 

CO 

CO 

8 

G<l         (M                CO 

UO 

§5 

l" 

CO 

10 

CO 

-*        1-             (M 

TH 

co 

CO 

go 

$ 

^ 

3f 

s 

01        G^              00 

LO 

8 

*• 

CO 

* 

GO 

o 

o 

•^        CO               CO 

CO 

05 

CO 

O1         CO               00 

10 

85 

l" 

01 

^ 

-S                £^ 

o 

•    s  • 

49 

. 

(D 

J_l 

• 

c 

. 

*§*  •      •    J  ' 

§ 

sS 

o 

•^      •                       O 

C6                                O 

1 

^ 
1 

t 

1 

49 

I  :   :  -2  : 

s 

1 

d 

% 

1 

i 

•S   '     g     1^ 

^ 

c 

3 

& 

£ 

X 

&3 

<u 

"S 

o 

If  1*  s  i 

ll  »  11 

-§5     |     S^S 

1 

0 
13 

1 

esidual  Bi 

ombined  S 

*3 

£ 
s 

< 

P5          Pm      S 

0 

M 

0 

0 

56          INDIA-RUBBER   LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

to  reckon  with  the  absorption  of  sulphur  by  bitumen  and 
the  partial  production  of  a  new  substance,  insoluble  in 
carbon  disulphide  and  containing  combined  sulphur, 
distinct  from  the  original  bitumen. 

Coal-Tar  Pitch  is  an  old-established  ingredient  of 
inferior  black  mixings,  in  which  it  acts  more  or  less  as  a 
substitute  for  bitumen.  The  association  of  coal-tar  pitch 
with  overshoe  rubbers,  especially,  has  become  almost 
classical.  Coal-tar  pitch  cannot  be  added  to  rubber  in 
any  very  large  proportion  owing  to  its  odour  and  its 
content  of  finely-divided  carbon.  This  carbon  is  charac- 
teristic of  coal-tar  pitch  and  is  usually  present  to  the 
extent  of  about  30  per  cent.,  but  as  much  as  40  per  cent, 
is  not  uncommon.  To  determine  carbon,  1  gr.  of  pitch  is 
dissolved  in  200  c.c.  of  boiling  benzene,  and  the  super- 
natant solution,  after  settling,  is  poured  through  a  tared 
Gooch  crucible.  The  residue  is  boiled  up  with  fresh 
benzene  at  least  twice.  Finally,  the  residue  is  rinsed  into 
the  filter,  washed,  dried,  and  weighed.  Coal-tar  pitch 
should  contain  less  than  1  per  cent,  of  mineral  matter. 
Softening-points  are  determined  as  in  the  case  of 
bitumen. 

Resins. 

Since  all  rubbers  are  themselves  more  or  less  resinous, 
it  would  seem  a  very  natural  thing  to  dilute  rubber 
with  added  resin.  Apart  from  the  fact,  however,  that 
there  is  no  great  profusion  of  suitable  resins  avail- 
able, admixtures  of  resin  are  relatively  far  more  detri- 
mental to  the  valuable  mechanical  properties  and 
durability  of  vulcanized  rubber  than  admixtures  of  factice 
or  bitumen.  One  advantage  which  resin  undoubtedly 
possesses  is  that  it  does  not  interfere  with  the  pigmenta- 
tion of  the  mixing.  Ordinary  Hosin  (colophony)  is  used 


in  RUBBER  DILUENTS  57 

to  some  small  extent  in  soft  rubbers.  The  comparatively 
high-priced  hard  resins,  Shellac,  Copal,  Acroides,  Sandarac, 
Dammar,  etc.,  find  a  limited  application  as  compounding 
materials  for  ebonite  (cf.  p.  137).  In  place  of  resin 
proper,  it  is  a  very  common  practice  to  make  use  of  the 
various  rubber-containing  resins  treated  of  in  the  following 
section. 

Rubber- Containing  Resins. — The  gums  classifiable  as 
rubber  can  be  arranged  in  order  of  their  resin-content 
until  a  lower  limit  of  about  two  parts  of  true  rubber  to 
one  of  resin  is  reached.  Nature  then  leaves  a  gap,  and 
the  series  recommences  with  gums  in  which  resin  is  the 
principal  constituent,  at  a  ratio  of  about  one  of  rubber  to 
two  of  resin.  Eubber-containing  resins  of  this  sort  are 
produced  in  tolerably  large  quantities  in  Borneo,  Sumatra, 
and  the  Malay  Peninsula,  and  are  employed  not  only  in 
vulcanized  and  unvulcanized  rubber  compositions,  but 
also  extensively  outside  the  rubber  industry,  e.g.,  for 
cements,  chewing-gum,  etc.  West  Africa,  also,  exports 
so-called  flake  and  paste  rubbers  which  belong  essentially 
to  this  category.  The  Asiatic  sorts  are  known  by  a 
variety  of  names,  Jelutong,  Palembang,  Besk,  Pontianak, 
Dead  Borneo,  etc.  Qualitatively  these  gums  are  much 
alike;  moreover,  their  nomenclature  is  by  no  means 
sharply  defined.  In  the  raw  state  they  contain  widely- 
fluctuating  amounts  of  moisture,  according  to  the  degree 
to  which  they  have  been  dried  naturally  or  artificially : 
fresh  Jelutong  may  be  more  than  half  water,  and  has  the 
appearance  of  cream  cheese.  Mechanical  impurities  are 
mostly  low  in  amount.  The  ratio  of  rubber  to  resin, 
again,  is  subject  to  variation;  on  the  average  it  runs 
about  1 :  3.  Jelutong  occasionally  shows  1 :  2,  whilst  at 
the  other  end  Dead  Borneo  shows  ratios  more  like  1 :  5  or 


INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 


1 : 6.  The  subjoined  analyses,  without  pretending  to 
represent  types  or  averages,  may  be  cited  by  way  of 
example  : — 


Jelutong  I. 

Jelutong  II. 

Ponti- 
anak. 

Dead 
Borneo. 

Moisture  52*5 

16'5 

2'7 

19-1 

Dirt   j         1-0 
Resin     35'1 
Rubber  (by  difference)  .         1  T4 

0-8 
65-6 
17-1 

0-4 

72-7 
24-2 

1-6 

68-2 
11-1 

100-0 

100-0 

100-0 

100-0 

The  pure  resins  isolated  from  these  gums  are  hard  and 
subcrystalline,  and  are  thus  very  different  from  the  resins 
accompanying  ordinary  rubber.  The  rubber-like  hydro- 
carbons contained  in  them  are  usually  weak  and  soft. 
The  gums  themselves  possess,  or  should  possess  if  not  too 
much  oxidized,  a  peculiar  tackiness  and  ropiness  which 
are  not  the  least  valuable  of  their  properties.  Rubber- 
containing  resins  are  not  to  be  confused  with  low-grade 
gutta-perchas  containing  resin  and  hydrocarbon  in  similar 
proportions,  some  of  which  are  of  a  moist,  caseous, 
Jelutong-like  consistency.  After  removal  of  the  resin  by 
solvents,  there  is  no  difficulty  in  deciding  whether  the 
residual  hydrocarbon  is  rubber  or  gutta-percha. 

The  analytical  data  to  be  determined  are  moisture, 
resin,  and  dirt,  rubber  being  estimated  by  difference. 
From  large  lots,  samples  are  best  taken  after  the  material 
has  been  washed,  or  at  least  sheeted,  and  dried.  When  a 
hand-sample  is  analysed,  moisture  is  first  determined  on 
a  carefully-averaged  portion  of  about  50  gr.,  or  still 
better  on  the  whole  sample,  and  the  further  determinations 
are  carried  out  on  portions  of  the  dried  mass.  Moisture 


in  RUBBER  DILUENTS  59 

is  determined  as  usual  by  heating  to  constancy  at  95°  in 
the  vacuum-oven  or  at  110°  in  a  current  of  indifferent  gas. 
Accuracy  in  moisture  determinations  is  of  importance, 
because  the  percentage  of  rubber,  which  is  itself  small,  is 
arrived  at  by  difference ;  for  this  reason,  also,  the  deter- 
mination of  moisture  in  technically  dried  material  should 
never  be  omitted. 

Eesin  and  dirt  are  best  determined  after  dehydration, 
but  no  great  harm  is  done  by  taking  original  material  if 
it  contains  only  a  few  per  cent,  of  moisture.  Kesin  is 
determined  by  extracting  1 — 2  gr.  in  a  Soxhlet  tube  with 
acetone.  For  this  purpose  the  gum  is  preferably  rolled 
flat  on  a  sheet  of  extracted  filter-paper,  which  is  then 
wrapped  into  a  spiral ;  or  the  material  may  be  extracted 
in  the  form  of  snippets,  the  shrunken  mass  being 
eventually  cut  up  again  and  re-extracted.  Dirt  may  be 
determined  by  dissolving  2 — 5  gr.  in  benzene  and 
filtering  on  to  a  Gooch  crucible  or  tared  filter.  Eubber- 
containing  resins  also  lend  themselves  very  well  to  the 
determination  of  dirt  by  Pontio's  method  (see  p.  172), 
according  to  which  1  gr.  of  substance  is  exposed  in  a 
tared  filter  to  the  dissolving  action  of  toluene  vapour. 
Mineral  matter  may  be  determined  as  usual  by  inci- 
neration. 


CHAPTEE  IV 

SOLID  COMPOUNDING  MATERIALS 

THE  general  effect  of  pulverulent  fillers  in  vulcanized 
rubber  is  to  increase  the  specific  gravity,  tensile  strength 
(within  limits),  compressile  strength,  and  resistance  to 
wear,  and  to  diminish  the  extensibility  and  resiliency.  In 
addition,  each  material  exerts  its  specific  effect,  which 
may  be  chemical,  pigmentary,  or  mechanical.  Under  the 
latter  head  the  decisive  factors  are  fineness  of  subdivision, 
as  affecting  the  texture  of  the  product;  hardness,  as 
affecting  its  resistance  to  attrition;  and  specific  gravity, 
inasmuch  as  the  elastic  properties  of  a  compounded 
rubber  depend  rather  on  the  volume  than  on  the  weight 
of  rubber  present.  The  special  uses,  moreover,  to  which 
a  rubber  article  is  destined  must  be  taken  into  account  in 
the  choice  of  filling  materials  (resistance  to  acids,  alkalies, 
high-pressure  steam ;  hygienic  considerations,  etc.). 
Further,  all  fillers  (with  the  exception  of  vermilion  and 
cadmium  yellow)  are  in  a  high  degree  cheapening  agents, 
and  in  mixings  which  are  heavily  loaded  the  difference  in 
price  between  one  filler  and  another  is  a  matter  of  some 
importance.  The  problems  which  have  to  be  faced  by  a 
technologist  in  making  up  mixings  are  thus  exceedingly 

60 


CHAP,  iv        SOLID   COMPOUNDING  MATERIALS  61 

complex,  and  cannot  be  properly  solved  unless  he  knows 
exactly,  chemically  and  otherwise,  what  he  has  before 
him  in  the  way  of  compounding  materials.  Conversely, 
the  chemist  who  has  to  report  on  such  should  have  sound 
notions  on  the  suitably  of  a  given  material  for  a  given 
mixing.  A  few  indications  in  this  sense  have  been  given 
in  the  preceding  chapter,  and  more  will  be  given  in  the 
sequel ;  but  this  subject,  besides  being  mainly  technolo- 
gical, would  require  a  treatise  to  itself  if  dealt  with  in 
detail.  All  this  apart,  the  duties  of  a  rubber  laboratory 
are  to  see  that  the  compounding  materials  are  what  they 
purport  to  be,  that  they  are  free  from  impurities  which 
are  noxious  from  the  rubber-manufacturing  standpoint, 
and  that  successive  deliveries  do  not  vary  in  such  a  way 
as  to  upset  the  manufacture.  In  a  rubber  works  having 
its  own  laboratory,  every  consignment  of  compounding 
material  should  be  sampled  by  the  chemists  themselves 
and  tested,  before  being  allowed  into  the  mixings.  This 
may  seem  a  tedious  and  irksome  proceeding,  and  it  may 
well  turn  out  that  a  material  is  reported  as  up  to  the 
mark  hundreds  of  times  in  succession ;  nevertheless  so 
many  costly  goods  can  be  rendered  unsaleable  by  a  single 
package  of  untested  material  happening  to  be  not 
up  to  the  mark,  that  the  rule  should  be  adhered  to 
inexorably. 

Pulverulent  compounding  materials  may  be  divided 
according  to  their  function  into  three  classes  : — accelera- 
tors of  vulcanization,  fillers  pure  and  simple,  and 
pigments.  There  is  some  overlapping  between  these 
classes,  and  in  any  case  all  the  substances  in  question  are 
fillers,  with  or  without  other  distinctive  properties ;  the 
division,  however,  is  a  convenient  one.  The  more 
important  members  of  each  class  will  be  passed  in  review 


62          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

below.  The  following  general  considerations  on  testing 
may  be  noted  : — 

All  materials  should  be  as  finely  divided  as  possible. 
Precise  data  as  to  the  bearing  of  degree  of  fineness  on 
the  resulting  product  are  as  yet  lacking  ;  but  it  may  be 
taken  for  granted  that  for  most  goods,  and  certainly  for 
thin  sheet,  a  finer  powder  is  preferable  to  a  coarser.  Fine- 
ness can  usually  be  gauged  with  sufficient  accuracy  by 
inspection,  or  by  rubbing  between  finger  and  thumb ;  if 
greater  accuracy  be  desired,  experimental  elutriations 
may  be  carried  out.  Lumps  of  clotted  powder  are 
undesirable,  though  not  positively  noxious  ;  on  the  other 
hand,  coarse  mechanical  impurities  such  as  fragments  of 
wood  or  metal  are  in  the  highest  degree  objectionable. 
These  latter  cannot  always  be  detected  by  means  of 
laboratory  samples,  and  great  vigilance  is  therefore 
necessary  on  the  part  of  those  responsible  for  storing 
materials  and  weighing  out  mixings.  The  whole  contents 
of  a  package  in  which  such  contaminations  are  known 
or  suspected  should  be  sent  through  a  sieve  before  being 
put  to  use.  With  substances  of  a  composite  nature 
(Antimony  Bed,  Lithopone,  Black  Hypo,  etc.)  inequality 
of  composition  within  a  given  package  is  another  possi- 
bility which  it  is  well  to  bear  in  mind. 

Chemical  impurities  which  are  in  all  cases  undesirable 
or  even  fatal  are  moisture,  free  mineral  acid,  and  copper. 
Pulverulent  matter  in  equilibrium  with  air  is  seldom 
quite  free  from  hygroscopic  moisture  and  will  contain 
more,  the  lighter  and  finer  the  powder ;  but  this  generally 
amounts  to  less  than  1  per  cent,  and  may  be  disregarded. 
On  the  other  hand,  in  ill-dried  powders  very  considerable 
percentages  of  moisture  are  sometimes  encountered. 
Determinations  are  carried  out  by  drying  from  2  to 


iv  SOLID  .COMPOUNDING  MATERIALS  63 

10  gr.  on  a  flat  dish  for  two  hours  at  110° ;  when  free 
sulphur  is  present,  however,  the  temperature  should  not 
exceed  60°,  or  the  drying  should  be  done  in  vacuo. 
Moisture  is  harmful  in  that  it  is  the  cause  of  blowing 
and  porosity  during  vulcanization,  and  is  particularly 
dangerous  when  the  goods  are  open-cured,  i.e.  not  in 
moulds.  In  general,  2  per  cent,  may  be  allowed  as  a 
limit.  Powders  containing  more  than  this  amount  of 
moisture  should  be  stove-dried  before  being  put  into  the 
mixings.  All  filling  materials,  whatever  other  tests  be 
applied,  should  be  assayed  for  moisture  as  a  matter  of 
course. 

Acidity,  by  which  is  meant  free  sulphuric  acid,  is  an 
old-established  bugbear  of  the  rubber  industry,  but  it  is 
lawful  to  believe  that  very  often  spoilt  goods  in  which 
acid  is  found  owe  their  acidity  not  to  faulty  raw  materials 
but  to  oxidation  at  a  later  stage.  Acidity  need  be  looked 
for  only  in  materials  not  of  a  decidedly  basic  nature,  and 
even  then  will  not  cause  trouble  in  mixings  containing 
basic  ingredients ;  in  other  mixings  it  is  certainly  capable 
of  bringing  about  bad  cures  and  eventual  rapid  decay. 
Free  acid  is  easily  detected  and  determined  in  aqueous 
extracts  of  the  material  under  test  (cf.  p.  92) ;  it  is 
advisable  not  to  allow  more  than  Ol  per  cent.,  calculated 
as  H2SO4. 

Copper,  even  in  very  small  quantity,  is  supposed  to 
exert  a  peculiar  catalytic  action  leading  to  the  break-down 
of  rubber  goods  in  the  cure  and  after.  To  be  on  the  safe 
side,  compounding  materials  should  be  condemned  when 
their  acid  solutions  or  extracts  show  a  perceptible  blue 
colour  or  addition  of  ammonia  and  filtration. 


64          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

Accelerators. 

There  are  three  substances  in  common  use,  viz., 
litharge,  caustic  lime,  and  magnesia,  which  have  the 
property  of  accelerating  vulcanization,  even  when  present 
to  the  extent  of  only  a  few  per  cent.  ;  the  effect  is  more 
pronounced,  the  greater  the  proportion  of  accelerator. 
This  is  stated  to  be  due,  at  any  rate  as  regards  litharge,1 
to  a  heating  of  the  dough  above  the  actual  vulcanization- 
temperature  caused  by  reaction  between  litharge,  sulphur, 
and  rubber-resin,  but  the  matter  can  hardly  as  yet  be 
regarded  as  fully  cleared  up.  The  possibility  of  thus 
shortening  the  time,  or  lowering  the  temperature,  of 
vulcanization  is  of  incalculable  technical  importance  :  and 
many  of  the  inferior  rubber  sorts  cannot  without  accelera- 
tors be  satisfactorily  cured  at  all.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
danger  of  over-curing  has  to  be  guarded  against  with 
especial  care.  Litharge  is  more  active,  but  only  slightly 
more,  than  lime  and  magnesia  as  an  accelerator  ;  the 
two  latter  are  about  equal  in  potency. 

Litharge,  PbO  (Ger.  Bleiglatte,  Fr.  Litharge),  sp.  gu.  94, 
is  commonly  supplied  in  a  state  of  high  chemical  purity, 
but  varies  somewhat  in  degree  of  fineness  and  therefore 
in  colour.  It  should  be  soluble  in  cold  dilute  nitric  acid 
without  notable  effervescence  or  residue,  and  especially 
without  leaving  black  flakes  of  the  noxious  lead  peroxide. 
A  little  metallic  lead  in  fine  division,  which  is  easily 
detected  and  determined  with  the  aid  of  acetic  or  very 
dilute  nitric  acid,  does  no  harm.  The  solution  should 
show  no  reaction  for  copper. 

Litharge  is  a  decided  pigment,  very  small  admixtures 
of  it  producing  a  black  rubber  owing  to  formation  of  lead 

1  E.  Seidl,  Gummi-Ztg.,  25  (*1911),  pp.  710,  748. 


iv  SOLID   COMPOUNDING  MATERIALS  65 

sulphide.  Very  many,  if  not  most,  black  and  grey  rubber 
goods  are  coloured  by  means  of  litharge. 

White  Lead,  basic  lead  carbonate  (Ger.  Bleiweiss,  Fr. 
Ceruse),  sp.  gr.  6-1-6-2,  possesses  the  accelerating  and 
pigmentary  properties  of  litharge  in  a  reduced  degree. 
Being  in  its  original  condition  a  strong  white  pigment,  it 
tends  to  impart  a  bluish-grey  tint  to  vulcanized  rubber. 
Like  all  substances  containing  water  of  hydration  it  is 
liable,  in  unfavourable  circumstances,  to  cause  blowing. 
Sublimed  White  Lead,  which  is  comin  increasingly  into 
favour,  is  an  anhydrous  basic  sulphate  of  lead  containing 
roughly  65-75  per  cent,  of  PbS04  with  20-30  per  cent,  of 
PbO  and  a  few  per  cent,  of  zinc  oxide.  It  is  a  little 
denser  than  ordinary  white  lead,  but  serves  much  the 
same  purposes.  Red  Lead,  Pb3O4  (Ger.  Mennige,  Fr. 
Minium),  sp.  gr.  8-6,  has  a  powerful  accelerating  action, 
largely  due,  no  doubt,  to  -the  heat  evolved  by  its  reaction 
with  sulphur  ;  at  the  same  time  its  oxidizing  propensities 
are  apt,  unless  kept  within  bounds,  to  extend  to  the 
rubber.  It  finds  a  limited  use,  chiefly  in  special  quick- 
curing  mixings.  The  cheaper  kinds  of  red  lead  are  subject 
to  adulteration  with  white  powders  (calcium  carbonate, 
barytes,  &c.)  and  with  ferric  oxide.  Organic  dyes,  which 
also  occur  as  adulterants,  may  be  detected  by  extraction 
with  alcohol,  dilute  acid,  or  dilute  ammonia. 

Lime,  Ca(OH)2  (Ger.  Aetzkalk,  Fr.  Chaux),  sp.  gr.  2-1, 
is  almost  always  nowadays  used  in  the  form  of  slaked 
lime,  which  is  easier  to  store  and  has  a  finer  grain  than 
quicklime.  It  is  added  to  mixings  in  small  quantities 
only,  and  has  practically  no  pigmentary  effect.  Lime 
should  be  nearly  free  from  silica  and  carbonate,  and 
should  show  an  ignition  loss  corresponding  within  close 
limits  to  that  of  Ca(OH)2,  viz.  24-3  per  cent.  Iron  in 

F 


66          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE    CHAP. 

minute  amount  does  no  harm,  but  manganese,  which 
sometimes  occurs  in  lime,  shares  the  evil  reputation  of 
copper  and  should  be  present  in  no  more  than  traces. 

Magnesia,  Calcined  Magnesia,  MgO  (Ger.  Magnesia 
Usta,  Fr.  Magnesie  Calcinee),  sp.  gr.  3*2 — 3*6,  behaves 
much  like  lime  in  rubber  mixings  but,  besides  being 
heavier,  has  a  rather  coarser  grain.  It  is  prepared  by  the 
ignition  of  magnesite  or  artificial  magnesium  carbonate, 
and  seldom  consists  of  magnesium  oxide  pure  and  simple. 
Magnesias  always  show  an  ignition  loss  ranging  from 
about  2  to  about  20  per  cent,  according  to  the  degree  of 
calcination  and  of  subsequent  exposure  to  the  atmosphere ; 
hence  also  the  bulkiness  and  the  true  density  are  apt  to 
vary.  Calcium  and  silica  should  not  be  present  beyond 
one  or  two  per  cent.,  and  it  is  well  to  test  for  manganese. 
When  a  given  grade  of  magnesia  is  used  for  given 
mixings,  successive  deliveries  should  not  be  allowed  to 
vary  seriously  in  ignition  loss.  Magnesium  Carbonate, 
which  is  mainly  employed  as  an  indifferent  filler,  has  also 
a  slight  but  definite  accelerating  effect  on  vulcanizations. 

Fillers. 

Powders  coming  under  this  heading  are  white,  but 
have  too  little  covering  powder  to  be  effective  pigments. 
They  may  thus  occur,  even  in  tolerably  large  proportions, 
in  red  and  black  rubber  goods.  The  chief  members  of  this 
group  are  barytes,  calcium  and  magnesium  carbonates, 
and  siliceous  substances. 

Barytes,  BaSO4  (Ger.  Schwerspat,  Fr.  Baryte),  sp.  gr. 
4-3 — 4'6,  ranks  among  the  most  largely  used  materials, 
being  a  cheap,  weight-giving,  and  perfectly  indifferent 
body.  Almost  all  the  barytes  which  comes  into  the 
rubber  industry  consists  of  the  mineral  heavy-spar, 


iv  SOLID   COMPOUNDING  MATERIALS  67 

ground  fine.  It  invariably  contains  a  little  fluorspar, 
CaF2, — up  to  10  per  cent. — which  is  quite  harmless 
except  in  that  it  reduces  the  specific  gravity  slightly. 
Inferior  grades  may  further  contain  as  impurities  silica 
and  iron  ;  the  yellow  tinge  imparted  by  the  latter  is 
sometimes  cloaked  by  an  addition  of  ultramarine.  Barytes 
should  be  examined  for  its  content  of  barium  sulphate  by 
boiling  2  gr.  for  half  an  hour  with  dilute  hydrochloric  acid, 
cooling,  filtering,  and  weighing  the  ignited  residue  in  a 
platinum  crucible.  A  few  drops  of  pure  hydrofluoric 
acid  are  then  added  and  fumed  off,  whereupon  the  cru- 
cible is  ignited  and  re-weighed ;  the  presence  of  any 
serious  amount  of  silica  is  thus  indicated  by  a  loss  in 
weight.  Lead  is  a  very  undesirable  impurity ;  in  the 
absence  of  iron  it  may  be  detected  by  the  formation  of 
lead  sulphide  when  a  little  of  the  powder  is  mixed  with 
ammonium  sulphide  on  a  watch-glass.  Precipitated 
Barium  Sulphate,  which  is  comparatively  seldom  em- 
ployed, is  finer  in  grain  and  more  of  a  pigment.  It  should 
be  examined  for  free  acid  and  for  calcium  sulphate. 

Whiting,  CaC03  (Ger.  Kreide,  Fr.  Blanc  d'Espagne,  de 
Meudon,  &c.),  sp.  gr.  2'7 — 2-9,  is  another  very  widely  used 
material,  its  chief  recommendation  being  cheapness.  It 
commonly  consists  of  the  mineral  chalk,  ground  and  levi- 
gated, and  is  sometimes  far  from  dry.  The  better  grades 
should  be  as  free  as  possible  from  silica  and  iron. 
Manganese  is  not  unknown  as  an  impurity. 

Silica,  in  the  form  of  naturally  occurring  minerals 
(infusorial  earth,  kieselguhr,  &c.)or  of  chemical  precipitates, 
is  supplied  to  the  rubber  industry  in  very  pure  white 
varieties,  sp.  gr.  1-8 — 2-0,  largely  under  fancy  names  such 
asAtmoid.  Owing  to  its  fineness  and  low  specific  gravity 
it  is  specially  useful  in  rubber  mixings  as  a  stiffening 

F2 


68          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

agent.  The  analytical  examination  comprises  moisture, 
ignition  loss  (i.e.  water  of  hydration),  and  bases,  the 
difference  being  silica.  One  gramme  is  weighed  in  a 
platinum  crucible  and  dried  at  110° ;  it  is  next  ignited  ; 
finally  a  sufficiency  of  pure  dilute  hydrofluoric  acid  is 
added  and  a  drop  or  two  of  sulphuric  acid,  the  liquid  is 
evaporated,  and  the  residue  is  ignited.  This  residue, 
though  consisting  partially  of  sulphates,  approximately 
represents  the  metallic  oxides  present ;  should  it  amount 
to  more  than  2  per  cent.,  it  is  advisable  to  determine  and 
deduct  the  combined  sulphuric  acid.  Infusorial  earth  is 
apt  to  contain  a  good  deal  of  moisture,  anything  up  to 
15  per  cent.  The  ignition  loss  ranges  from  3  to  4'5  per 
cent. ;  bases  should  not  exceed  4  per  cent.  Adulterations 
or  natural  admixtures  of  calcium  carbonate  are  generally 
apparent  at  first  sight,  and  are  easily  dealt  with  analytic- 
ally. Talite  is  a  fine  white  silica,  very  similar  to  the 
above  but  denser,  sp.  gr.  2-2.  It  contains  bases  up  to 
4  per  cent,  and  very  little  combined  water,  the  ignition 
loss  being  well  under  1  per  cent. 

Kaolin,  China  Clay,  hydrated  aluminium  silicate  (Ger. 
and  Fr.  Kaolin),  sp.  gr.  2 '3 — 2-6,  was  formerly  a  very 
popular  indifferent  filler,  and  is  still  used  in  fairly  large 
quantities.  It  should  show  11 — 14  per  cent,  ignition  loss, 
46 — 48  per  cent,  of  silica,  and  38 — 40  per  cent,  of 
alumina,  and  should  undergo  only  slight  decomposition 
when  attacked  by  dilute  acid.  Kaolin  is  apt  to  be  very 
damp,  moisture-contents  of  20  per  cent,  being  not  unusual. 
Slate  Powder,  which  is  occasionally  used  as  a  filler,  and 
Ochre  (cf.  p.  80),  are  also  alumino-siliceous  minerals,  but 
with  a  fairly  high  content  of  iron. 

Talc,  French  Chalk,  hydrated  magnesium  silicate 
(G?r.  Talk,  Fr.  Talc),  sp.  gr.  2-7,  is  an  indispensable 


iv  SOLID   COMPOUNDING  MATERIALS  69 

material  in  rubber  manufacture.  Owing  to  its  peculiar 
unctuousness,  it  finds  the  widest  possible  application  for 
"pouncing,"  or  dusting  over,  rubber  surfaces  intended  to 
be  non-adhesive,  also  moulds,  boards,  &c.,  intended  to 
come  into  contact  with  rubber  without  risk  of  sticking. 
A  thin  film  of  talc  will  render  the  tackiest  rubber  surfaces 
mooth  and  repellent.  In  addition,  talc  is  used  to  a 
considerable  extent  as  a  compounding  material,  to  impart 
smoothness  or  stiffness,  or  in  cable-coverings  to  enhance 
electrical  insulation.  Talc  is  graded  commercially  by  its 
colour,  the  inferior  qualities  having  a  greyish  or  yellowish 
tone ;  but  from  the  rubber  point  of  view  this  matters  less 
than  the  degree  of  unctuousness,  which  also  is  subject 
to  slight  variations.  Samples  for  comparison  may  be 
tested  by  rubbing  between  finger  and  thumb.  Chemically, 
talc  shows  about  6  per  cent,  ignition  loss,  60  per  cent,  of 
silica,  9  per  cent,  of  alumina,  and  25  per  cent,  of  mag- 
nesia ;  it  should  be  quite  indifferent  towards  moderately 
dilute  acids.  A  rather  common  adulterant  is  calcium 
carbonate,  which  is  easily  detected  and  determined  by 
the  aid  of  dilute  acid.  Mica  Powder  is  also  sometimes 
used  in  electrotechnical  rubbers,  on  account  of  its  high 
insulating  properties. 

•  Asbestos  (Ger.  Asbest,  Fr.  Amiante),  sp.  gr.  2-9 — 3*2,  is 
supplied  both  as  fibre  and  ground  into  powder.  In  the 
fibrous  form  it  is  one  of  the  most  important  constituents 
of  steam- jointings  and  "  mechanicals  "  generally.  The 
special  virtue  of  asbestos  lies  in  the  tough,  felted,  un- 
yielding structure  which  it  imparts  to  rubber ;  hence  the 
suitability  of  asbestos-filled  rubbers  for  high  temperature 
work  on  the  one  hand,  and  for  exerting  friction,  e.g.  in 
brake-blocks,  on  the  other.  Asbestos  contains  water  of 
hydration,  .silica,  iron,  and  magnesia  in  somewhat 


70          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

fluctuating  proportions,  and  is  by  no  means  resistant,  at 
any  rate  so  far  as  concerns  the  magnesia,  to  acid  attack. 
It  does  not  readily  lend  itself  to  adulteration,  Pumice 
Powder  and  Ground  Glass  are  types  of  filling  material 
serving  special  ends.  The  use  of  the  former  is  mainly, 
and  that  of  the  latter  wholly,  confined  to  rubbers  for 
abrasive  purposes,  e.g.,  pencil  erasers. 

Magnesium  Carbonate  (Ger.  Kohlensaure  Magnesia,  Fr. 
Carbonate  de  Magnesie),  sp.  gr.  2-2,  has  of  late  years 
come  into  favour  as  a  light  filler.  It  is  a  bulky,  fluffy 
powder  prepared  synthetically  in  the  wet  way,  and  is 
usually  of  high  chemical  purity.  In  composition  it 
approximates  to  the  formula,  MgC03.H2O.  The  dried 
powder  generally  shows  total  ignition  loss  55 — 57  per 
cent.,  combined  water  16 — 18  per  cent.,  and  CO2  36 — 41 
per  cent.  Combined  water  and  C02  may  be  determined 
in  one  operation  by  heating  O2  gr.  of  substance  in  a  short 
tube-furnace,  after  the  fashion  of  an  organic  combustion- 
analysis.  Light  magnesium  carbonate  differs  markedly 
from  ground  magnesite,  which  is  comparatively  seldom 
used  as  a  rubber  material.  Magnesite  is  much  denser 
(sp.  gr.  3'0),  is  free  from  combined  water,  and  contains 
siliceous  and  metallic  impurities. 

Pigments. 

It  is  required  of  rubber  pigments  that  they  shall  suffer 
no  change  during  vulcanization.  For  all  the  more  serious 
classes  of  rubber  goods,  the  public  are  accustomed  to  four 
colours  only,  viz.,  black,  grey,  white,  and  red,  and  expect 
clean  and  vivid  tints.  The  palette,  so  to  express  it,  of  the 
rubber  manufacturer  is  therefore  not  quite  the  same  as 
that  of  the  painter,  and  is  practically  limited  to  the  short 
list  of  pigments  reviewed  below.  Lead-colours,  qua 


iv  SOLID   COMPOUNDING  MATERIALS  71 

pigments,  are  excluded,  at  least  as  regards  heat-cured 
goods ;  on  the  other  hand,  antimony  red  is  a  pigment 
which  is  peculiar  to  the  rubber  industry. 

The  exact  effect  of  a  pigment  in  rubber  can  only  be 
gauged  by  making  an  experimental  mixing,  the  more  so 
since  rubbers  themselves  are  for  the  most  part  by  no 
means  colourless.  Two  or  more  pigments  of  the  same 
class  may  be  compared  by  painter's  test,  thus : — the 
powders  are  worked  into  a  thick  paste  with  boiled  linseed 
oil,  deposited  in  lumps  of  equal  area  on  glass  plates,  and 
inspected  from  the  back,  i.e.,  through  the  glass.  Speci- 
mens so  prepared  may  be  allowed  to  harden  and  can  be 
preserved  for  reference.  Pigments  other  than  white  should 
be  diluted  with  a  standard  zinc  white,  blacks  with  50 — 60 
parts,  other  colours  with  two  parts.  Conversely,  the 
covering  power  of  whites  may  be  compared  by  dilution 
with  a  standard  lampblack.  Conclusions  as  to  the  effect 
of  pigments  in  vulcanized  rubber  from  their  effect  in  oil, 
must,  however,  be  drawn  with  some  caution. 

White  Pigments. 

Zinc  White,  ZnO  (Ger.  Zinkweiss,  Fr.  Blanc  de  Zinc), 
sp.  gr.  5-5 — 5-6,  has  long  been  and  remains  one  of  the 
most  popular  of  compounding  materials.  Regarded 
merely  as  a  pigment,  it  leaves  something  to  be  desired : 
its  covering  power  is  but  moderate,  and  in  vulcanizations 
conducted  at  medium  to  high  vulcanization-temperatures 
it  has  a  tendency  to  assume  a  yellowish  tinge.  The  best 
zinc  white  is  made  from  the  previously  isolated  and 
purified  metal  and  is  supplied  as  a  fine,  white  powder 
which  is  almost  chemically  pure  ZnO.  It  should  be 
completely  soluble,  without  effervescence,  in  dilute  (10  per 
cent.)  acetic  acid.  This  and  other  white  pigments  should 


72          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

be  free  from  iron,  copper,  and  lead ;  to  test  for  the  latter, 
a  moderately  acid  solution  in  hydrochloric  acid  is  treated 
with  hydrogen  sulphide,  when  the  liquid  should  remain 
colourless.  Inferior  zinc  whites  are  sometimes  adulterated 
with  barytes,  whiting,  kaolin,  etc.,  and,  in  zinc  whites 
intended  primarily  for  paint-making,  white  lead  is  a 
possible  adulterant.  A  defect  of  zinc  white,  not  shared 
by  zinc  sulphide,  is  that  it  is  liable  to  be  leached  out  of 
rubber  goods  by  dilute  acids.  For  this  reason  zinc  white 
is  in  some  countries  prohibited  (equally  with  lead  com- 
pounds) for  articles  which  come  into  contact  with  foods 
and  beverages. 

Lithopone,  sp.  gr.  3-8 — 4-2,  is  a  synthetic  product 
obtained  in  the  wet  way  by  precipitating  barium  sulphide 
with  zinc  sulphate  ;  theoretically  it  should  be  a  mixture 
of  70*5  per  cent,  of  BaSO4  with  29*5  per  cent,  of  ZnS, 
but  the  conditions  of  manufacture  admit  of  fluctuations. 
Originally  a  paint-making  material,  lithopone  has  become 
one  of  the  most  important  of  rubber  pigments ;  it  posesses 
a  high  covering  power  and  does  not  discolour  in  the  cure. 
The  valuable  ingredient  is  the  zinc  sulphide,  according  to 
the  content  of  which  lithopones  are  commercially  graded 
under  the  denomination  of  variously-coloured  seals.  The 
standard  quality  for  rubber  mixing  is  "  Bed  Seal,"  which 
is  guaranteed  to  contain  30  per  cent,  of  zinc  sulphide. 
The  full  analysis  of  lithopone  takes  into  account  soluble 
salts  of  barium  and  zinc,  barium  carbonate,  and  other 
impurities.  For  rubber  purposes  it  suffices  to  determine 
moisture,  acid-insoluble  matter,  and  sulphide.  One 
gramme  of  the  dry  material  is  boiled  with  concentrated 
hydrochloric  acid  diluted  with  twice  its  volume  of  water 
for  half  an  hour,  or  until  no  more  hydrogen  sulphide  is 
evolved,  The  liquid  is  completely  cooled  and  the  solid 


iv  SOLID   COMPOUNDING  MATERIALS  73 

residue  is  filtered  off,  ignited  in  a  platinum  crucible,  and 
weighed.  A  little  pure  hydrofluoric  acid  is  then  added 
and  fumed  off,  and  the  crucible  is  again  ignited  and 
weighed  ;  adulteration  with  silicates,  e.g.  kaolin,  is  thus 
detected.  In  order  to  ascertain  whether  the  acid-soluble 
portion  contains  non-zinciferous  bodies  or  zinc  compounds 
other  than  sulphide,  the  volumetric  assay  of  sulphide 
described  in  the  next  paragraph  is  carried  out  on  a 
separate  quantity  of  0'5  gr.  For  controlling  current 
deliveries  it  suffices  to  decompose  with  acid  and  weigh 
the  residue,  which  should  not  exceed  70  per  cent. 

Zinc  Sulphide,  ZnS  (Ger.  Schwefelzink,  Fr.  Sulfure  de 
Zinc),  sp.  gr.  3*3,  has  latterly  come  into  vogue  as  a  light 
pigment  of  high  covering  power.  The  zinc  sulphide  of 
commerce  is  apt  to  be  largely  contaminated  with  rela- 
tively less  valuable  zinc  compounds,  especially  zinc  oxide  ; 
some  qualities  may  contain  not  much  more  than  half 
their  weight  of  sulphide.  It  is  well,  therefore,  to  deter- 
mine the  content  of  ZnS  in  the  commercial  article,  as 
follows : — 0-15  gr.  of  dried  material  is  weighed  into  a 
stoppered  bottle  and  shaken  up  with  50  c.c.  of  JV/10 
iodine  solution.  Five  c.c.  of  concentrated  hydrochloric 
acid  are  added  and  the  bottle  is  allowed  to  stand,  with 
occasional  vigorous  shaking,  for  an  hour  or  two.  When 
decomposition  is  complete,  no  white  clots  should  be 
visible,  but  only  yellow  films  and  skeletons  of  sulphur. 
The  unused  iodine  is  then  titrated  back  with  thiosulphate 
solution,  1  gr.  of  iodine  being  equivalent  to  0*384  gr.  of 
ZnS.  The  better  qualities  of  zinc  sulphide  should  contain 
not  less  than  90  per  cent,  of  ZnS.  Matter  insoluble  in 
strong  acid  should  be  absent. 


74          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

Red  Pigments. 

Antimony  Bed,  Golden  Sulphide  (Ger.  Goldschwefel, 
Fr.  Soufre  Dore  d'Antimoine),  sp.  gr.  3-1 — 4-2,  is  one  of 
the  oldest  and  most  important  accessories  of  rubber  manu- 
facture. Its  colouring  principle  is  antimony  sulphide  in 
the  finely-divided  form  in  which  that  compound  is  pre- 
cipitated from  solutions.  The  smoothness,  brilliancy,  and 
high  covering  power  of  antimony  red  make  it  perhaps  the 
most  satisfactory  of  all  rubber  pigments. 

Antimony  red  occurs  in  two  main  varieties,  orange  and 
crimson.  The  latter,  which  is  little  used  by  itself,  is 
prepared  by  boiling  antimony  trichloride  with  thio- 
sulphate  solutions  ;  chemically  it  is  a  trisulphide  of  anti- 
mony containing  a  few  per  cent,  of  oxygen,  probably  in 
the  form  of  oxysulphide.  Tints  ranging  from  crimson 
through  scarlet  to  orange  are  obtained  by  varying  the 
conditions  of  precipitation,  or  by  mixing  orange  and 
crimson  sulphides.  The  orange  variety  is  that  which 
yields  the  characteristic  colour  associated  in  the  public 
mind  with  red  rubber  goods.  It  is  prepared  by  boiling 
powdered  stibnite  with  polysulphide  solutions  and  pre- 
cipitating the  resulting  sulphantimonate  solutions  with 
mineral  acids.  The  essential  constituent  is  an  antimony 
sulphide  or  mixture  of  sulphides  in  which  the  combined 
sulphur  fluctuates  between  3  and  3*6  atoms  to  2  atoms 
of  antimony.  The  orange  antimony  pigment  falls  into 
two  subdivisions,  according  as  it  has  been  co-precipitated 
with  hydrated  calcium  sulphate  ("plastered  antimony") 
or  not.  The  plastered  variety  is  cheaper  to  make  and, 
although  comparatively  poor  in  antimony,  is  not  so 
deficient  in  pigmentary  power  as  might  be  expected. 
This,  consequently,  is  on  the  whole  the  most  popular 


iv  SOLID   COMPOUNDING  MATERIALS  75 

form  of  antimony  red.     It  usually  contains  from  30  to 
50  per  cent,  of  CaSO4.2H20. 

Not  all  makes  of  antimony  red  keep  their  colour 
satisfactorily  in  vulcanization.  This  highly  important 
point  can  be  tested  only  by  actual  vulcanization  experi- 
ments. The  chemical  composition  of  antimony  red  is 
summed  up  by  (1)  free  sulphur,  (2)  antimony,  (3)  calcium 
sulphate,  and  (4)  sulphide-sulphur. 

1.  A   certain   amount    of    free   sulphur   is   invariably 
co-precipitated  with  antimony  sulphide.     It  is  for  this 
reason  that  antimony  red  was  long  regarded,  erroneously, 
as  in  itself  a  vulcanizing   agent,  and  even   now  many 
manufacturers  are  accustomed  to  introducing  their  vul- 
canizing sulphur  into  red  mixings  in  this   form.     Con- 
sequently the  pigment  is  commonly  supplied  as  containing 
so  and  so  much  of  free  sulphur,  even  up  to  40  per  cent., 
the  required  excess  of  which  is  mixed  in  by  the  makers. 
In  modern  scientific  rubber  manufacture  an  exact  know- 
ledge  of   the   free   sulphur  content  is,  needless  to  say, 
indispensable.      To    determine    free    sulphur,   2    gr.    of 
antimony  red  are  weighed  into  a  filter-thimble  which  is 
plugged  with  fat-free  cotton  wool.     The  material  is  then 
subjected  to  extraction  with  carbon  disulphide  in  a  Soxhlet 
extractor  during  eight  hours.      After  evaporation  of  the 
solvent,  the  flask  is  dried  for  an  hour  at  60°  before  being 
weighed.     The  thimble  with  its  contents  is  also  dried, 
first  in  the  open  air,  then  at  60°.     Carbon  disulphide,  if 
pure,  keeps  very  well  in  a  red  bottle ;  but  if  there  be  any 
doubt  about  the  solvent,  it  should  be  redistilled  before 
being  used  for  extractions. 

2.  For  the  determination  of  metals  it  is  best  to  take 
extracted   material,  because  free    sulphur,   by   enclosing 
particles  of  unchanged  substance,  is  apt  to  impede  the 


76          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

dissolving  action  of  acids.  Half  a  gramme  of  dried 
extracted  pigment  is  dissolved  in  10  c.c.  of  concentrated 
hydrochloric  acid,  and  the  hydrogen  sulphide  is  boiled  off. 
Two  grs.  of  tartaric  acid  and  200  c.c.  of  hot  water  are 
added.  If  there  remains  a  siliceous  residue  on  boiling, 
this  is  filtered  off  and  weighed ;  but  there  is  rarely 
enough  to  make  it  worth  while.  Antimony  is  precipitated 
by  means  of  hydrogen  sulphide  and  may  then  be  deter- 
mined gravimetrically  or  volumetrically. 

The  gravimetric  method  is  "on  the  whole  the  more  trust- 
worthy, especially  when  antimony  determinations  are 
not  a  daily  recurring  task.  The  precipitated  sulphide  is 
rinsed  from  the  filter  into  a  large  tared  porcelain  crucible, 
which  is  placed  on  a  water-bath.  One  or  two  c.c.  of  con- 
centrated nitric  acid  are  added.  During  the  effervescence 
which  sets  in,  the  crucible  is  temporarily  covered  with  a 
watch-glass ;  the  contents  are  then  evaporated  to  dryness. 
A  few  drops  of  red  fuming  nitric  acid  are  added  to  the 
solid  residue,  and  the  crucible  is  gently  warmed  over  a 
naked  flame,  heated  more  strongly  to  drive  off  sulphur 
and  acid  fumes,  and  lastly  ignited.  The  antimony  is 
then  present  as  SbO2. 

To  effect  a  volumetric  determination,  the  sulphide  is 
rinsed  into  a  beaker  and  decomposed  with  concentrated 
hydrochloric  acid.  Hydrogen  sulphide  is  driven  off  by 
boiling  nearly  to  dryness.  The  residue  is  dissolved  in 
water  by  the  aid  of  tartaric  acid  and  made  up  to  250  c.c. 
in  a  measuring-flask.  Of  this  solution  100  c.c.  are 
neutralized  with  sodium  carbonate,  cooled,  rendered 
alkaline  with  10  c.c.  of  saturated  sodium  bicarbonate 
solution,  and  titrated  with  JV/10  iodine  solution.  Antimony 
can  also  thus  be  determined  directly  in  the  extracted  or 
(provided  there  be  no  difficulty  in  dissolving)  in  the  original 
pigment.  One  gr.  of  I  corresponds  to  0-473  gr.  of  Sb. 


iv  SOLID   COMPOUNDING  MATERIALS  77 

3.  The    filtrate    from    the    precipitated    sulphide     is 
rendered  alkaline  with  ammonia.     A  little  iron  may  here 
present   itself   as   a   green   colloidal   solution   of  ferrous 
sulphide ;    this  is  coagulated  by  boiling  and  filtered  off. 
The  iron  itself  is  of  no  great  importance,  but  it  must  be 
removed  before  precipitation  of  calcium,  which  latter,  on 
account  of  the  high  factor  of  conversion,  needs  to  be  deter- 
mined with  precision.     Calcium  is  brought  down  as  usual 
by  means  of  ammonium  oxalate  and  is  weighed  as  CaO. 

4.  It  is  not  practicable  to  determine  sulphide-sulphur 
directly   as   such.     Instead,   total   combined    sulphur   is 
determined  in  the  extracted  pigment  and  the  necessary 
deductions  for  calcium  sulphate  are  subsequently  made. 
Either  of  the  following  methods  may  serve : — 

(a)  Not  more  than  J  gr.  of  extracted  substance  is 
dropped  little  by  little  into  5  c.c.  of  concentrated  sulphur- 
free  nitric  acid  contained  in  a  50  c.c.  Erlenmeyer  flask. 
The  acid  is  meanwhile  kept  cool  by  shaking  the  flask 
in  a  basin  of  water.  Antimony  is  thus  completely 
oxidized,  but  a  certain  amount  of  sulphur  remains  in  the 
form  of  yellow  clots.  The  flask  is  now  gently  heated  on 
a  water-bath,  care  being  taken  to  avoid  fusion  of  the 
sulphur,  and  a  pinch  of  powdered  potassium  chlorate  is 
added  from  time  to  time  until  all  the  sulphur  has  dis- 
appeared, whereupon  the  mixture  is  transferred  to  a  small 
basin  and  evaporated  on  the  water-bath  nearly  to  dryness. 
The  residue  is  lixiviated  with  hot  water ;  the  filtrate, 
which  should  be  made  up  to  about  400  c.c.,  is  boiled  up 
with  the  addition  of  a  little  hydrochloric  acid  (and 
tartaric  acid,  if  necessary),  and  barium  sulphate  is  brought 
down  in  the  usual  way. 

b.  The  potash-peroxide  fusion  method  (cf.  p.  131)  is 
very  expeditious  and  not  less  accurate  than  any  other. 
The  substance  (0'3  to  0-5  gr.)  is  melted  down  in  an  iron 


INDIA-RUBBER   LABORATORY  PRACTICE 


CHAP. 


bowl  with  5  gr.  of  stick  potash  and  about  1  c.c.  of  water. 
When  the  melt  no  longer  effervesces  on  addition  of  a  little 
sodium  peroxide,  enough  peroxide  to  produce  the  dark 
ferrate  colour  is  added  and  thoroughly  melted  in.  On 
lixiviation,  acidification  with  hydrochloric  acid,  and 
boiling,  it  sometimes  happens  that  everything  goes  into 
solution.  More  usually,  however,  there  is  a  flocculent 
antimonial  residue,  which  is  filtered  off.  The  clear  liquid 
is  precipitated  with  barium  chloride  as  usual. 

Analyses  of  antimony  red,  conducted  as  above,  are 
rather  apt  to  give  figures  adding  up  to  more  than  100. 
This  is  often,  if  not  mostly,  due  to  the  calcium  sulphate 
being  present  in  an  aggregate  state  of  hydration  falling 
short  of  CaSO4,  2H2O. 

Some  typical  analyses  of  antimony  reds  : — 


Orange, 
English  I. 

Orange, 
English  II. 

Orange, 
French. 

Orange, 
German. 

Free  Sulphur  .... 
Antimony     
Sulphide-Sulphur  .    .    . 
Calcium  Sulphate  .    .    . 

19-1 
235 
11-2 
46-4 

17-9 
22-2 
10-3 
50-4 

7-3 
62-3 
27-5 
3-2 

15-2 
54-7 
25-0 
5-3 

100-2 

100-8 

100-3 

100-2 

Scarlet,  French. 

Crimson,  English. 

Free  Sulphur    

10-6 

15-6 

Antimony      .        .    . 

41-4 

62-1 

Sulphide-Sulphur    .... 
Calcium  Sulphate    .... 
Oxygen  (by  difference)  .    . 

17-8 
30-6 

19-6 
2-7 

100-4 

100-0 

iv  SOLID   COMPOUNDING  MATERIALS  79 

Moisture  in  antimony  red  is  determined  upon  5 — 10  gr., 
not  by  oven-heating,  but  by  drying  in  a  vacuum 
exsiccator.  Normally  it  should  not  exceed  1  per  cent. 

Acidity  may  be  determined  as  in  sulphur  (see  p.  92), 
except  that  the  titration  is  performed  on  an  aliquot  portion 
of  clear  liquid,  e.g.,  one-half  of  the  total  volume,  decanted 
from  the  solid  matter.  Calculated  as  H2SO4,  it  should 
not  exceed  0'06  per  cent. 

Running  deliveries  of  antimony  red  should  be  watched 
for  uniformity  of  colour.  Free  sulphur  should  invariably 
be*  determined  and  it  is  well,  also,  to  check  the  contents 
of  antimony  and  plaster  by  the  following  handy  method 
due  to  F.  Jacobsohn1  :  — 

1.  One  gr.  of  pigment  is  oxidized  in  a  porcelain  crucible 
with  a  few  c.c.  of  fuming  nitric  acid,  evaporated,  and 
ignited.     This  gives  SbO2  plus  CaS04. 

2.  One  gr.  of   original  pigment  (not,  as  proposed  by 
Jacobsohn,  of  the  oxidized  matter  from  the  above  opera- 
tion) is   mixed   in   a   porcelain   crucible   with   2   gr.   of 
resublimed  ammonium  chloride,  fumed  off,  and  ignited. 
Antimony  being  thus  volatilized,   there  remains  CaSO4 
plus  any  siliceous  matter  present.     A  slight  conversion  of 
calcium  sulphate  into  chloride  may  take  place,  but  not 
enough  to  disqualify  the  method  for  technical  use. 

Rouge,  Oxide  of  Iron,  Fe2O3  (Ger.  Eisenoxyd,  Fr.  Oxyde 
de  Fer),  sp.  gr.  5-0-5-2,  is  inferior  in  attractiveness  to 
antimony  red,  giving  at  best  dull  and  brownish  tones. 
Its  chief  uses  are  for  non-poisonous  articles  ;  for  ebonites, 
in  the  vulcanization  of  which  it  behaves  better  than  anti- 
mony red ;  and  for  heat-resisting  goods  generally.  Eouge 
is  prepared  by  calcining  iron  sulphate,  and  the  better 
qualities  are  almost  chemically  pure  ferric  oxide.  A 
1  Chem..Ztg.,  32  (1908),  p.  984. 


8o          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

number  of  rouges  supplied  as  rubber  pigments,  however, 
contain  much  added  matter.  To  produce  a  more  brilliant 
colour,  the  rouge  is  oftened  calcined  in  company  with 
calcium  or  barium  sulphate,  and  calcium  carbonate  or 
other  diluent  is  sometimes  added,  so  that  rouges  contain- 
ing as  little  as  30  per  cent,  of  Fe2O3  are  not  unknown. 

Rouge  is  examined  as  follows.  Iron  is  determined  by 
boiling  0'5  gr.  with  500  c.c.  of  hydrochloric  acid  (1  :  20), 
adding  excess  of  ammonia,  and  filtering  off  and  igniting 
the  precipitate  plus  undissolved  residue.  Silica  is  then 
detected  by  evaporating  with  hydrofluoric  and  sulphuric 
acids,  igniting,  and  re-weighing.  The  filtrate  is  divided 
into  equal  halves,  and  in  the  one  calcium  is  determined, 
in  the  other  sulphuric  acid.  Barium  sulphate,  if  present, 
can  generally  be  observed  as  a  heavy  white  admixture 
when  the  pigment  is  boiled  up  with  acid ;  it  is  separated 
from  ferric  oxide  by  fusing  with  potassium  bisulphate  and 
leaching  out  the  iron  with  hot  dilute  acid.  Eouge  is 
subject  to  considerable  variation  in  tint,  according  to  the 
mode  of  preparation ;  the  pigmentary  effect  of  a  given 
specimen  in  the  rubber  can  be  judged  with  certainty  only 
by  experimental  vulcanizations.  The  colour  of  running 
deliveries  should  be  controlled  by  painter's  test. 

Eed  Ochre,  a  pigment  prepared  by  calcining  yellow 
ochre  (see  p.  83),  is  practically  a  rouge  much  diluted  with 
siliceous  matter  and  is  consequently  of  inferior  covering 
power. 

Vermilion,  HgS  (Ger.  Zinnober,  Fr.  Vermilion),  sp.  gr. 
8-1,  is  by  far  the  most  brilliant  and  powerful  of  red  pig- 
ments, but  also  one  of  the  most  costly ;  its  use  is  limited 
to  very  special  articles,  such  as  dental  rubbers.  It  should 
be  tested  for  free  sulphur  and  ash,  both  of  which  should 
be  practically  absent.  The  presence  of  soluble  mercury 


iv  SOLID   COMPOUNDING  MATERIALS  81 

salts  is  easily  detected,  and  should  on  no  account  be 
tolerated.  Vermilions  are  occasionally  adulterated  with 
organic  dyestuffs  to  heighten  the  colour. 

V 

Black  Pigments. 

Lampblack,  amorphous  carbon  (Ger.  Euss,  Fr.  Noir  de 
Fumee),  sp.  gr.  1-8,  is  the  soot  prepared  by  burning  oily, 
resinous,  and  tarry  matter,  natural  gas,  or  acetylene. 
Carbon  in  one  form  or  another  is  the  only  black  pigment 
(excepting  lead  sulphide,  cf.  p.  64)  suitable  for  rubber. 
Different  makes  of  lampblack  vary  enormously  in  bulki- 
ness,  but  they  are  much  alike  in  covering  power,  weight 
for  weight.  Lampblack  should  be  assayed  for  greasy 
matter  by  extraction  of  1 — 2  gr.  with  acetone,  and  also  for 
ash;  gritty  particles  contained  in  the  latter  are  to  be 
regarded  as  deleterious.  With  the  bulkier  sorts  of  lamp- 
black, acetone  extraction  is  best  carried  out  thus  : — 2  gr. 
are  shaken  with  acetone  in  a  100  c.c.  flask  and  made  up 
to  about  1  c.c.  above  the  mark.  Should  a  persistent 
suspension  be  formed,  a  drop  of  dilute  hydrochloric  acid 
may  be  added  to  effect  coagulation.  After  settling  (which 
may  be  hastened  by  means  of  the  centrifuge),  50  c.c.  of 
the  clear  liquid  are  pipetted  off  and  evaporated  in  a  tared 
Soxhlet  flask. 

Good  qualities  of  lampblack  show  up  to  5  per  cent,  of 
grease  and  mere  traces  of  ash.  Inferior  grades  may  con- 
tain several  per  cent,  of  mineral  matter  and  may  possess 
a  brownish  discoloration,  which  is  sometimes  cloaked  by 
means  of  ultramarine  or  other  blue  pigment. 

Bone-black,  which  is  a  product  of  charring,  not  of  com- 
bustion, consists  of  amorphous  carbon  together  with 
calcium  phosphate  and  carbonate.  The  mineral  matter 
usually  amounts  to  about  90  per  cent. ;  owing  to  its  pre- 

G 


82          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

sence  and  to  a  certain  coarseness  of  grain,  the  application 
of  bone-black  is  comparatively  limited.  The  percentage 
of  carbon  may  be  approximately  arrived  at  by  determin- 
ing ash  and  acetone  extract.  It  is  more  accurate,  how- 
ever, to  determine  carbon  directly  by  dissolving  out 
mineral  matter  with  hydrochloric  acid  and  weighing  the 
residual  matter  on  a  tared  filter ;  the  ash  of  this  residue 
is  then  determined  and  deducted. 

Black  Hypo  is  less  in  vogue  now  than  formerly ;  it  is  a 
complex  mixture  of  varying  composition,  prepared  by 
calcining  litharge  together  with  sulphur,  with  or  without 
the  subsequent  addition  of  bone-black  or  lampblack. 
Beside  litharge  and  lead  sulphide,  black  hypo  contains  the 
lead  salts  of  several  sulphur  oxy-acids.  Analysis  yields 
little  information  as  to  its  value  in  rubber  mixings; 
but  the  content  of  free  sulphur  should  invariably  be 
determined. 

Graphite  (Ger.  Graphit,  Fr.  Plombagine),  sp.  gr.  2-2 
upwards,  is  in  request  rather  as  a  filler  than  as  a  pigment. 
It  has  a  considerable  stiffening  effect,  and  its  remarkable 
lubricating  properties,  by  preventing  the  rubber  from 
sticking  to  metal,  render  it  valuable  in  steam-jointings 
and  other  high-temperature  goods.  Like  talc  it  serves, 
with  certain  classes  of  goods,  for  pouncing  doughs  and 
moulds.  Graphite  is  supplied  in  widely  varying  degrees 
of  purity,  according  to  the  amount  of  associated  earthy 
matter,  which  ranges  from  one  or  two  per  cent,  to  thirty 
or  forty  per  cent.  The  value  of  a  graphite  is  in  general 
proportional  to  its  content  of  graphitoidal  carbon.  The 
degree  of  fineness,  also,  is  not  a  matter  of  indifference. 
Flake  graphites,  which  can  scarcely  rank  as  black  pig- 
ments, are  more  highly  prized  than  powder  graphites,  on 
account  of  their  mechanical  properties.  Chemical  ex- 


iv  SOLID   COMPOUNDING  MATERIALS  83 

amination  need  seldom  be  carried  beyond  an  assay  of  the 
carbon,  which  is  effected  with  sufficient  accuracy  for  most 
purposes  by  incineration  in  a  platinum  crucible.  Carbon 
in  the  form  of  graphite  burns  away  very  slowly,  and  it  is 
advisable  to  turn  over  the  powder  occasionally  during 
ignition.  High-class  flake  graphites  containing  very  little 
ash  cannot  be  dealt  with  by  open  incineration,  but  must 
be  placed  in  a  boat  and  burnt  with  the  aid  of  oxygen  in  a 
small  tube-furnace. 

Other  Pigments. 

Yellow,  green,  and  blue  pigments  are  of  minor  import- 
ance. Their  chief  use  is  for  toys,  surgicals,  and  tiling ; 
latterly  also  yellow  pigmentation  has  come  into  some 
prominence  in  connexion  with  balloon  fabrics.  Beside 
mineral  pigments,  a  number  of  organic  dyestuffs  are  in 
use  for  uncured  and  cold-cured  goods,  especially  in  the 
form  of  superficial  applications.  The  most  brilliant  effects 
are  obtained  with  dyes  soluble  in  naphtha,  which  are 
incorporated  with  the  rubber  in  the  form  of  solutions. 
To  some  extent,  also,  organic  dyes  are  employed  in  the 
form  of  lakes  deposited  upon  alumina,  barium  sulphate, 
&c.,  which  are  added  to  the  mixings  as  powders.  Organic 
dyes  for  use  in  rubber  should  be  resistant  to  acids  and 
totally  insoluble  in  water. 

Yellow  Ochre  is  a  natural  product,  consisting  of  clayey 
and  other  siliceous  matter  with  20 — 30  per  cent,  of 
hydrated  iron  oxide.  It  is  not  a  strong  pigment  and 
lacks  brilliancy.  Chrome  Yelloiv,  PbCrO4,  is  very  satis- 
factory as  a  colour  in  the  rare  cases  when  its  lead  content 
permits  it  to  be  used.  Cadmium  Yellow,  CdS,  is  much 
the  best  yellow  pigment,  as  it  gives  a  fine  colour  and  is 
not  in  the  least  affected  by  vulcanization  ;  but  it  is  about 

G2 


84     INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP,  iv 

as  dear  as,  or  dearer  than,  rubber  itself.  Precipitated 
Arsenic  Sulphide,  As2S3,  is  an  excellent  pigment  and 
resists  heat-curing,  but  has  the  defect  of  being  extremely 
poisonous. 

Chrome  Green  is  the  chief  green  pigment  of  general 
applicability.  It  consists  almost  wholly  of  chromium 
sesquioxide,  and  is  quite  indifferent  to  vulcanization. 
Binmann's  Green  (zinc-cobalt  oxide)  is  also  in  use  for 
cold-cured  goods. 

Prussian  Blue  and  Ultramarine  serve  as  blue  pigments, 
the  latter  being  preferred  owing  to  its  greater  permanency. 
Where  resistance  to  acids  is  essential,  ultramarine  is  out 
of  court ;  Prussian  blue,  on  the  other  hand,  is  decomposed 
by  alkalis,  and  is  also  somewhat  apt  to  suffer  in 
vulcanization. 


CHAPTEE  V 

MISCELLANEOUS    ACCESSOEIES 

Naphtha. 

VAST  quantities  of  rubber  solvent  are  used  up  in  the 
manufacture  of  rubber  goods.  By  making  rubber,  pre- 
viously mixed  with  compounding  materials,  into  a 
treacly  "  solution "  with  naphtha,  textile  threads  and 
fabrics  can  be  so  impregnated  or  coated  that  the  rubber 
adheres  in  a  continuous  form  after  evaporation  of  the 
solvent  and  vulcanization.  The  "  proofing,"  i.e.  water- 
proofing, of  fabrics  in  this  manner  is  one  of  the  very 
oldest  branches  of  the  rubber  industry.  In  more  recent 
times  impregnation  by  means  of  solutions  has  come  to 
play  an  important  part  in  the  manufacture  of  composite 
objects  such  as  tyres,  hose,  belting,  overshoes,  &c.  The 
only  rubber  solvents  economically  applicable  on  the  large 
scale  are  coal-tar  (benzenoid)  and  petroleum  (paraffin 
and  olefine)  hydrocarbons.  Petroleum,  or  Mineral,  Naphtha 
(Ger.  Benzin,  Fr.  Essence  Minerale),  once  largely  used,  is 
a  medium  in  which  rubber  does  not  swell  so  readily  as  in 
benzene  homologues,  but  has  the  advantage  of  being  less 
apt  to  impart  a  foreign  odour  to  the  goods ;  it  has  now- 

85 


86          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

adays  fallen  very  much  into  the  background,  mainly 
owing  to  considerations  of  price.  The  popular  rubber 
solvent  is  Coal-Tar  Spirit  (Ger.  Benzol,  Fr.  Essence  de 
Houille),  especially  the  xylene  fraction,  known  in  the 
trade  as  solvent  naphtha,  which  is  not  excessively  volatile 
in  the  open  air.  Solvent  naphtha  generally  boils  to  the 
extent  of  95  per  cent,  between  125°  and  155°,  and  consists 
principally  of  the  three  xylenes  flanked  by  minor  pro- 
portions of  toluene,  pseudocumene,  and  mesitylene. 
This  is  not,  however,  the  only  coal-tar  fraction  which 
finds  application  in  rubber  manufacture.  In  a  smaller 
way,  "nineties"  benzene  (B.P.  80°— 120°),  of  which  90 
per  cent,  distils  up  to  100°,  and  "  fifties  "  benzene  (B.P. 
80°— 130°),  of  which  50  per  cent,  distils  up  to  100°,  are 
also  used. 

Specific  Gravity. — The  determination  to  three  places 
of  decimals  is  effected  with  great  ease  and  rapidity  by 
means  of  hydrometers  (see  Chap.  VI).  Standard  temper- 
ature is  largely  a  matter  of  convention :  15°  is  on  the 
whole  the  most  usual  for  density  statements,  but  18°  and 
20°,  as  being  more  convenient  practically,  are  also 
favoured.  If  determined  at  some  other  known  tempera- 
ture, specific  gravities  can  be  corrected  to  standard  by 
the  aid  of  coefficients  of  expansion  (see  p.  102).  Specific 
gravities  serve  chiefly  as  a  rough  preliminary  test  to 
detect  irregularities  ;  also,  they  afford  valuable  indications 
as  to  the  presence  of  coal-tar  naphtha  in  petroleum 
naphtha,  or  vice  versa,  since  benzenoid  hydrocarbons  are 
considerably  heavier  than  paraffin  hydrocarbons  of  about 
the  same  boiling-point.  The  specific  gravity  of  solvent 
naphtha  is  0-860 — 0*870  at  15° ;  that  of  nineties  benzene 
(0-880—0-885)  and  that  of  fifties  benzene  (0-870—0-880) 
are  slightly  higher. 


v  MISCELLANEOUS  ACCESSORIES  87 

Distillation  Test. — All  naphthas,  whether  single  samples 
or  running  deliveries,  should  be  examined  by  distillation. 
The  quantitative  results  of  fractional  distillation  vary 
considerably  according  to  the  modus  operandi.  Placing 
the  thermometer  in  the  boiling  liquid,  for  instance,  affects 
the  results  in  one  sense,  and  the  use  of  an  efficient 
dephlegmator  in  the  opposite  sense.  Whenever  it  is 
necessary  to  compare  figures  with  those  obtained  by  some 
standardized  method,  the  prescibed  form  of  apparatus  and 
procedure  must  be  adopted.  For  general  purposes,  how- 
ever, one  may  as  well  employ  the  most  accessible  form  of 
apparatus  and  the  simplest  and  least  unscientific  mode 
of  distillation.  The  following  procedure  may  be  recom- 
mended : — 

One  hundred  c.c.  of  naphtha  are  introduced  into  an 
ordinary  distillation-bulb  of  150  c.c.  capacity,  which  is 
fitted  with  a  thermometer  (bulb  about  half-way  down  the 
vapour- column)  and  connected  to  a  rather  short  Liebig's 
condenser  having  an  inner  tube  of  uniform  diameter  from 
end  to  end.  A  few  grains  of  pipeclay  or  pumice  are 
added  and  the  naphtha  is  distilled,  over  a  steady  flame, 
into  a  100  c.c.  measuring-jar  at  about  the  rate  of  two 
drops  per  second.  The  stem  of  the  distillation-bulb 
should  be  16 — 20  mm.  wide  and  its  height  between  bulb 
and  tubulure  70 — 80  mm.  The  exact  initial  temperature  of 
distillation  is  of  no  significance,  because  the  first  few  c.c. 
of  distillate  are  always  contaminated  with  water  and  have 
therefore  an  abnormally  low  boiling-point.  The  ther- 
mometer is  imagined  divided  into  spaces  of  5°  above  and 
below  100° ;  as  soon  as  the  first  of  these  points  after 
commencement  of  distillation  has  been  reached,  the 
volume  of  distillate  is  read  off  and  is  regarded  as  belonging 
to  the  preceding  interval  of  5°.  For  example,  if  nothing 


88 


INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 


has  begun  to  come  over  at  115°,  but  9  c.c.  have  been 
collected  when  the  thermometer  reaches  120°,  then  9  c.c. 
are  set  down  as  coming  over  in  the  interval  115° — 120°. 
As  distillation  proceeds,  readings  of  the  volume  distilled 
are  taken  every  5°,  and  the  quantity  coming  over  between 
each  point  is  calculated  by  subtraction.  In  this  way  a 
lucid  and  comparable  picture  of  the  composition  of  the 
naphtha  is  obtained.  Distillation  is  continued  up  to  95  or 
96  per  cent,  of  the  total  volumes. 

The   following    figures   represent   distillation-tests    of 
typical  solvent  naphthas  : — 


II. 


III.        IV. 


110°—  115° 





3 

' 

115°—  120° 

. 

— 

— 

13 

— 

120°—  125° 

§ 

2 



21 

9 

125°—  130° 

19 

3 

16 

15 

130°—  135° 

23 

18 

15 

23 

135°—  140° 

, 

30 

38 

12 

19 

140°—  145° 

. 

17 

25 

8 

13 

145°—  150° 

4 

9 

5 

9 

150°—  155° 

2 

2 

3 

5 

Above  155° 

'.   3 

5 

4 

2  (155°- 

-160°) 

100       100       100          5  (above  160°) 
100 

For  purposes  of  rubber  manufacture  the  initial  boiling- 
point  matters  little,  except  in  so  far  as  the  naphtha  will 
be  more  volatile  in  the  open  air,  the  lower  it  is.  Naphtha 
III  is  rather  exceptional,  containing,  as  it  does,  a  very 
considerable  proportion  of  toluene.  More  importance 
attaches  to  the  final  boiling-point.  The  highest  boiling 
fractions  are  comparatively  difficult  to  dry  out  of  the 
rubber,  and  are  then  apt  to  give  trouble  by  retarding 
vulcanization.  Moreover,  they  often  contain  malodorous 
bodies  which  impart  an  obstinate  smell  to  the  finished 


v  MISCELLANEOUS  ACCESSORIES  89 

goods.  Hence  it  is  a  sound  rule  to  reject  naphthas  of 
which  more  than  5  per  cent,  boils  above  155°.  Many 
naphthas,  like  IV,  are  currently  used,  of  which  5  per 
cent,  or  so  boils  above  160° ;  but  if  a  temperature-limit 
is  to  be  set  at  all,  it  had  better  be  set  at  155°. 

The  residue  in  the  distillation-bulb  is  turned  into  a  dish 
and  allowed  to  evaporate  in  the  open  with  little  or  no 
heating.  Any  excessive  amount  of  greasy  matter  in 
solution  will  thus  reveal  itself,  and  naphthalene,  if  present, 
will  be  left  in  the  form  of  crystals.  Naphthalene  is  to  be 
regarded  as  an  undesirable  impurity,  on  account  of  its 
clinging  smell.  Impurities  due  to  inadequate  refining, 
such  as  phenols  and  pyridines,  are  detected  by  their  odour 
when  the  naphtha  is  allowed  to  evaporate  on  filter-paper 
or  on  the  palm  of  the  hand.  Carbon  disulphide,  which, 
however,  rarely  occurs,  may  be  tested  for  as  below. 

The  more  volatile  coal-tar  naphthas,  nineties  or  fifties 
benzene,  commercial  toluene,  &c.,  are  subjected  to  distil- 
lation-test in  the  same  way.  Being  fractions  which  come 
over,  in  the  coal-tar  distilleries,  before  solvent  naphtha  is 
collected,  they  usually  boil  to  the  extent  of  95  per  cent, 
below  130°.  They  are  very  liable  to  contain  carbon 
disulphide,  an  impurity  which  is  objectionable,  not  indeed 
on  technological,  but  on  hygienic,  grounds.  To  determine 
carbon  disulphide,  about  1  c.c.  of  phenylhydrazine  is  added 
to  100  c.c.  of  the  naphtha,  and  the  liquid  is  allowed  to 
stand  for  at  least  ten  hours.  A  voluminous  crystalline 
deposit  of  the  phenylhydrazine  salt  of  phenylthiocarb- 
azidic  acid  separates  out ;  this  is  filtered  off,  air-dried, 
detached  from  the  filter,  and  weighed.  By  applying  the 
factor  0*26  the  weight  of  carbon  disulphide  is  found.  No 
naphtha  intended  to  be  used  in  workshops  where  it  is 
evaporated  into  the  atmosphere  should  contain  more  than 


90          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

2  gr.  of  carbon  disulphide  per  litre.  This  and  other 
malodorous  impurities  are  also  highly  undesirable  in 
rubber  solutions  intended  for  sale. 

Petroleum  Naphtha  occurs  in  a  greater  variety  of  ranges 
of  boiling-point  than  coal-tar  naphtha.  Much,  if  not  most, 
of  that  which  comes  into  the  rubber  industry  boils  between 
80°  and  140°.  Any  residue  above  140°  will  consist,  in 
part,  of  heavy  matter  having  the  character  and  smell  of 
lamp-oil,  and  should  therefore  be  kept  low.  On.  the  other 
hand,  a  large  proportion  distilling  below  100°  is  not  less 
undesirable,  on  account  of  its  volatility  in  ordinary 
handling.  Distillation  tests  are  made  exactly  as  with 
coal-tar  naphtha. 

Shale  Naphtha  is  a  rubber  solvent  which,  being  produced 
in  limited  quantity,  seldom  travels  far  from  its  place  of 
origin  (Midlothian  and  Lanarkshire,  in  the  British  Isles). 
It  is  composed  of  olefine  and  paraffin  hydrocarbons  in 
approximately  equal  parts,  and  commonly  boils  between 
75°  and  155°. 

Carbon  Disulphide  (Ger.  Schwefelkohlenstoff,  Fr. 
Sulfure  de  Carbone)  is  used  as  a  diluent  and  impregnating 
agent  in  the  cold-cure  process ;  it  boils  at  46° — 47°  and  has 
a  specific  gravity  of  1-27.  Commercial  carbon  disulphides 
are  frequently  not  far  from  chemically  pure,  but  the 
inferior  grades  contain  traces  of  organic  sulphur-com- 
pounds which  give  them  a  villainous  odour,  and  sometimes 
a  more  or  less  yellow  tint.  Unless  freshly  rectified,  carbon 
disulphide  invariably  holds  a  slight  amount  of  sulphur  in 
solution,  which  is  easily  determined  by  distilling  100  c.c. 
out  of  a  tared  flask.  For  rubber  work,  carbon  disulphide 
should  not  be  grossly  malodorous,  and  should  show  at 
most  2  gr.  of  distillation-residue  per  litre. 

Carbon  Tetrachloride  (Ger.    Tetrachlorkohlenstoff,  Fr. 


v  MISCELLANEOUS  ACCESSORIES  91 

Tetrachlorure  de  Carbone)  serves,  alone  or  mixed  with 
coal-tar  naphtha,  for  making  non-inflammable  rubber 
solutions,  and  also  as  a  diluent  in  the  cold-cure  process. 
The  pure  substance,  sp.  gr.  1-63,  boils  at  77°.  Good 
commercial  carbon  tetrachloride  should  distil  between  75° 
and  78°,  and  leave  no  residue.  Adulterations  with  hydro- 
carbons are  best  detected  through  the  specific  gravity. 
From  its  mode  of  manufacture,  carbon  tetrachloride  is 
usually  contaminated  with  carbon  di sulphide ;  this  is 
detected  and  determined  as  in  coal-tar  spirit. 

Vulcanizing  Agents. 

Next  to  rubber  itself  the  most  important  raw  material 
of  the  rubber  industry,  though  not  necessarily  the  one 
used  in  largest  quantity,  is  sulphur.  When  mixed  with 
sulphur  and  heated  to  temperatures  above  120°,  raw 
rubber  enters  into  chemical  combination  with  a  greater 
or  less  amount  of  sulphur  and  so  becomes  vulcanized. 
The  product,  vulcanized  or  "cured"  rubber,  differs  from 
the  uncured  material  in  that  it  is  stronger  mechanically, 
is  insoluble  (though  it  swells  up  to  some  extent)  in  rubber 
solvents,  is  practically  indifferent  to  changes  of  tempera- 
ture within  fairly  wide  limits,  and  is  a  more  stable 
substance  generally.  The  discovery  of  vulcanization  in 
the  early  forties  of  last  century  may  be  regarded  as  the 
true  starting-point  of  rubber  manufacture  on  the  large  scale. 

Sulphur  for  rubber  mixings  takes  the  form,  for  the 
most  part,  of  Flowers  of  Sulphur  (Ger.  Schwefelblumen, 
Fr.  Fleurs  de  Soufre),  sp.  gr.  2-0.  This  is  a  fine  powder 
obtained  by  sublimation  and  consists  of  a  mixture  of 
ordinary  X-sulphur  and  /x-sulphur,  the  latter  of  which  is 
insoluble  in  carbon  disulphide  and  makes  up  about 
three-quarters  of  the  flowers.  Coarse  mechanical  impuri- 


92          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

ties  being  supposed  absent,  flowers  of  sulphur  always 
contain  free  sulphuric  acid  and  a  little  moisture.  The 
latter  is  determined  by  drying  5  gr.  on  a  flat  dish  in  a 
vacuum-exsiccator.  To  determine  acidity,  10  gr.  are 
mixed  with  enough  alcohol  (previously  neutralized)  to 
moisten  the  powder  thoroughly;  100  c.c.  of  water  and 
some  phenolphthalein  are  added  and  titration  is  carried 
out  with  N/1Q  caustic  soda  solution.  There  should  not 
be  present  at  the  very  outside  more  than  0-2  per  cent,  of 
acid,  calculated  as  H2S04.  Flowers  of  sulphur  are 
practically  free  from  ash;  any  notable  incineration- 
residue  will  be  due  to  adulterations,  e.g.  with  infusorial 
earth.  A  finer  but  more  expensive  form  of  sulphur,  which 
is  used  in  comparatively  small  quantities,  is  Precipitated 
Sulphur.  This  should  contain  not  more  than  0-05  per 
cent,  of  free  acid  and  1  per  cent,  of  ash.  In  some 
varieties  there  is  an  admixture  of  calcium  sulphate,  due 
to  the  process-  of  manufacture.  Precipitated  sulphur  is 
apt  to  contain  several  per  cent,  of  moisture.  Another 
form  of  sulphur  sometimes  met  with  is  a  greenish 
powder,  which  is  obtained  by  grinding  impure  solidified 
sulphur  and  shows  up  to  10  per  cent,  of  ash  consisting  of 
ferruginous  clayey  matter.  In  addition,  a  number  of 
mixtures  under  fancy  names  are,  or  used  to  be,  on  the 
market ;  these  very  commonly  contain  paraffin  or  other 
waxy  matter  and  various  mineral  loadings. 

Sulphur  is  also  employed  in  rubber  works  for  sulphur- 
baths,  i.e.  baths  of  molten  sulphur  in  which  articles  to  be 
vulcanized  are  immersed  either  naked  or  in  moulds.  The 
sulphur  in  the  latter  case  acts  merely  as  a  carrier  of  heat, 
in  place  of  the  more  usual  high-pressure  steam  or  hot  air. 
Sulphur  for  use  in  baths  is  bought  in  stick  or  lump  form 
and  need  be  examined  only  for  ash. 


v  MISCELLANEOUS  ACCESSORIES  93 

Sulphur  Chloride,  S2C12  (Ger.  Chlorschwefel,  Fr. 
Chlorure  de  Soufre),  sp.  gr.  1-68,  is  another  body 
possessing  the  property  of  combining  with  rubber  to 
produce  a  material  which  closely  resembles  sulphur- 
vulcanized  rubber  in  physical  respects.  Unlike  sulphur 
in  elementary  form,  sulphur  chloride  acts  instantaneously 
in  the  cold  ;  consequently  the  vulcanizing  effects  obtain- 
able by  it  are  only  skin-deep.  Vulcanization  by  means  of 
sulphur  chloride,  or  "  cold-curing,"  was  discovered  a  few 
years  later  than  heat-curing  and  is  still  much  practised, 
though  necessarily  on  a  somewhat  restricted  scale. 
Sulphur  chloride  is  usually  applied  to  the  articles  to  be 
cured  (i.e.  thin  sheet,  tubing,  or  thread,  proofed  fabrics, 
&c.)  in  dilute  carbon  disulphide  or  carbon  tetrachloride 
solution.  It  is  also  applied  in  the  form  of  vapour,  by 
which  method  peculiarly  glossy  surfaces  can  be  produced. 
Moisture  or  moist  air  must  be  rigorously  excluded  in 
any  process  in  which  sulphur  chloride  comes  into 
play. 

Sulphur  chloride  should  always  be  examined  by 
distillation.  The  boiling-point  of  the  pure  substance, 
viz.,  137°,  is  greatly  affected  by  impurities.  In  a  reason- 
ably pure  commercial  article,  a  range  of  130°-140°  may 
be  allowed,  with  a  residue  of  5  per  cent.,  which  may 
consist  principally  of  sulphur.  Dissolved  sulphur  is 
determined  by  rinsing  this  residue  with  carbon  disulphide 
into  a  tared  Soxhlet  flask,  drying  at  110°,  and  weighing. 
The  commonest  impurities  are  either  chlorine  (in  the 
form  of  SC12),  which  is  highly  noxious,  or  dissolved 
sulphur,  which  in  small  amount  is  harmless.  Too  much 
dissolved  sulphur,  e.g.  more  than  5  gr.  per  100  c.c.,  may 
cause  the  cured  goods  to  sulphur  up.  On  the  assumption 
that  no  elements  other  than  sulphur  and  chlorine  are 


94          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

present,  excess  of  either  may  be  determined  by  C.  O. 
Weber's 1  method,  as  follows : — 

A  solution  of  the  material  is  first  prepared  by  accurately 
weighing  about  5  gr.  into  a  100  c.c.  flask  and  making  up 
to  the  mark  with  dry  benzene.  Of  this  solution,  10  c.c. 
are  pipetted  into  25  c.c.  of  N/l  alcoholic  potash  solution 
in  a  wide-mouthed  flask.  The  mixture  is  digested  on  a 
water-bath  for  an  hour,  whereupon  the  solvent  is  distilled 
off  and  expelled  by  heating  the  flask  in  the  oven  at  110°. 
The  residue  is  taken  up  with  100  c.c.  of  hot  water  and 
rendered  slightly  acid  with  nitric  acid.  Ten  c.c.  of  a  10 
per  cent,  copper  sulphate  solution  are  added  to  eliminate 
sulphide- sulphur,  and  in  the  filtrate  chlorine  is  determined 
gravimetrically  in  the  usual  way.  Chemically  pure 
sulphur  chloride  contains  52-5  per  cent,  of  chlorine. 

Should  naphtha,  or  carbon  disulphide  or  tetrachloride, 
be  present,  the  above  method  might  lead  to  erroneous 
conclusions.  Such  impurities,  however,  are  likely  to 
occur  only  in  recovered  sulphur  chloride.  They  may 
easily  be  detected  by  decomposing  the  sulphur  chloride 
with  a  large  excess  of  dilute  aqueous  caustic  soda  solution 
and  submitting  the  liquid  to  distillation.  The  impurities 
in  question  will  then  come  over  with  steam  in  the  first 
runnings,  and  may  be  measured  and  identified. 

Oils  and  Waxes. 

Various  oils,  both  glyceride  and  hydrocarbon,  play  a 
modest  part  in  the  compounding  of  manufactured  rubber. 
Oils  serve  on  the  one  hand  to  facilitate  the  mixing  and 
sheeting  of  low-grade  doughs,  and  on  the  other  hand  to 
impart  a  certain  softness  and  suppleness  to  the  finished 
goods.  They  are  added  in  quite  small  proportions, 
1  The  Chemistry  of  India  Rubber,  London,  1902,  p.  182. 


v  MISCELLANEOUS  ACCESSORIES  95 

seldom  exceeding  5  per  cent,  of  the  rubber.  The  glyceride 
oils  most  in  use  are  linseed,  cottonseed,  rape,  and  castor 
oils.  As  a  rule  no  special  chemical  examination  is 
required,  provided  the  oil  be  what  it  purports  to 
be. 

Mineral  Oils  ranging  from  light  spindle  oil  to  semi- 
solids  of  the  vaseline  type  are  used  for  much  the  same 
purposes  as  the  above,  and  in  similar  small  doses.  It  is 
well  to  test  mineral  oil  for  free  acid,  i.e.  sulphuric  acid 
introduced  by  the  refining  process.  In  the  case  of  pale 
oils  this  is  done  by  shaking  up  10  gr.  of  material  with  a 
previously  neutralized  mixture  of  alcohol  and  ether  (4  : 1) 
and  titrating  with  N/10  caustic  soda  and  phenol- 
phthalein.  With  dark  oils  the  phenolphthalein  colour- 
reaction  by  this  method  is  almost  or  completely  obliterated. 
If  too  dark  for  direct  titration,  the  oil  is  well  shaken  with 
three  20  c.c.  lots  of  hot  90  per  cent,  alcohol  (previously 
neutralized),  and  the  united  alcoholic  extracts  are  titrated 
with  phenolphthalein  as  indicator.  Or  the  oil  may  be 
directly  titrated  in  ether-alcohol  solution  with  the  aid  of 
Alkali  Blue  6B  (Hochst),  an  indicator  which  strikes  blue 
with  acid  and  red  with  alkali. 

Mineral  Waxes,  viz.,  paraffin  (made  from  petroleum, 
shale,  or  lignite)  and  ceresine  (made  from  ozokerite),  are 
very  extensively  added  to  rubber  mixings  in  small  pro- 
portions, the  maximum  being  about  10  per  cent,  on  the 
rubber.  In  soft  rubber  goods  generaUy,  the  effect  aimed 
at  is  reduced  micro-porosity,  whence  increased  air-  and 
water-tightness ;  in  cable-coverings  mineral  wax  serves 
the  further  purpose  of  enhancing  insulation-resistance. 
Although  ceresine  and  paraffin  are  closely  similar  chemi- 
cally, they  differ  widely  in  consistency,  ceresine  having  a 
tough,  amorphous  structure  like  beeswax,  whilst  paraffin 


96          INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

is  "short"  and   subcrystalline.     The  specific  gravity  of 
all  these  waxes  varies  between  0*89  and  O92. 

Mineral  waxes,  provided  they  melt  to  clear  white  or 
yellowish  liquids,  are  unlikely  to  contain  deleterious 
impurities.  The  temperature  at  which  they  liquefy  is  a 
matter  of  no  great  moment  from  the  rubber  point  of  view, 
but  is  important  on  the  score  of  cost,  since  mineral  waxes 
are  mostly  sold  on  a  melting-point  basis,  the  highest- 
melting  ones  being  the  most  prized.  Ceresines  of  the 
best  quality  show  melting  points  approaching  75°;  the 
medium  qualities,  M.  P.  60° — 70°,  are  mostly  mixtures  of 
true  ceresine  with  paraffin ;  cheap  grades  are  apt  to  be 
adulterated  with  rosin.  Paraffin  may  be  approximately 
determined  by  E.  Graefe's l  method  based  on  the  partial 
precipitation  of  ceresine  (but  not  paraffin)  from  carbon 
disulphide  solutions  by  ether- alcohol.  Eosin  is  isolated 
quantitatively  by  boiling  out  with  alcoholic  potash. 

The  best  hard  paraffins  melt  at  a  few  degrees  above  60°, 
and  qualities  melting  down  to  50°  are  current  which  are 
still  hard  and  homogeneous;  the  lower-grade  varieties, 
such  as  paraffin  scale,  contain  a  small  amount  of  heavy 
mineral  oil  which  beyond  certain  limits  does  not  form  a 
homogeneous  solid  solution,  but  is  ready  to  exude  on  to  any 
absorbent  surface.  These  oily  paraffins,  in  fact,  represent 
a  transition-stage  between  hard  paraffin  and  vaseline. 

The  melting-points  of  mineral  waxes  are  anything  but 
sharp,  and  it  is  impossible  to  obtain  comparable  results 
unless  a  standard  method  be  adopted.  On  the  whole  the 
most  serviceable  method  hitherto  proposed  is  that  of 
L.  Ubbelohde ; 2  it  requires,  indeed,  a  special  form  of 
apparatus,  but  in  return  yields  definite  and  reproducible 

1  See  J.  Marcusson  and  H.  Schliiter,  Chem.-Ztg.,  31(1907),  p.  348. 

2  Zt.  Angew.  Chem.,  18  (1905),  p.  1220. 


MISCELLANE 0  US  A  CCESSORIES 


97 


figures.  A  thermometer  A  (Fig.  17)  and  a  tiny  glass 
funnel  B  are  so  connected  by  a  split  brass  tube  C  that  the 
thermometer-bulb  always  occupies  a  fixed  position  with 
respect  to  the  funnel  when  the  latter  is 
pressed  home.  The  funnel  is  charged  with 
melted  wax  and  attached  to  the  thermometer 
before  the  wax  has  set.  The  whole  apparatus 
is  then  fixed  in  an  air-bath  consisting  of  a 
test-tube  of  4  cm.  diameter  and  23  cm. 
length,  which  dips  into  a  large  beaker  of 
water.  Heat  is  applied  in  such  a  way  that 
the  thermometer  rises  about  1°  per  minute. 
The  temperatures  at  which  the  wax  com- 
mences to  sag  out  of  the  bottom  of  the 
funnel  (softening-point)  and  at  which  the 
first  drop  of  molten  material  disengages 
itself  (dropping-point)  are  both  noted ;  they 
may  lie  from  2°  to  6°  apart. 

Fabrics, 

The  textile  fabrics  which  come  into  use 
in  rubber  manufacture  are  mostly  of  cotton, 
and  in  a  few  cases  of  flax  or  hemp.  They 
range  from  fine  dense  tissues  for  surgical 
sheeting  and  waterproof  garments  to  the 
coarsest  ducks  for  belt  and  tyre  insertions. 
The  suitability  of  a  fabric  for  a  given  purpose  is  mainly 
a  question  of  weight  per  unit  area,  spacing  and  thickness 
of  threads,  strength,  and  behaviour  under  heat.  Chem- 
ical examination  is  concerned  chiefly  with  such  sizing 
preparing,  and  loading  materials  as  may  be  present,  any 
of  which  is  undesirable  in  excessive  amount.  Sizing  is 
determined  by  extracting  5  gr.  of  air-dry  fabric  with  hot 

H 


98       INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE    CHAP,  v 

water  and  evaporating  and  drying  the  nitrate  on  a  flat 
porcelain  dish  ;  4  per  cent,  of  aqueous  extract  may  be 
allowed.  Greasy  matter  is  extracted  out  of  10  gr.  by  means 
of  carbon  disulphide  ;  it  is  usually  under  1  per  cent,  and 
should  not  exceed  2  per  cent.  Mineral  loading,  apart 
from  the  small  amount  of  mordant  which  may  occur  in 
dyed  fabrics,  should  be  altogether  absent ;  its  presence  is 
revealed  by  the  results  of  incineration,  allowance  being 
made  for  the  fact  that  1 — 2  per  cent,  of  ash  is  a  normal 
constituent  of  undyed  cotton.  The  ash  should  in  any  case 
be  free  from  copper. 


CHAPTEE  VI 

SPECIFIC   GEAVITIES 

THE  specific  gravity,  or  density,  of  a  substance  is 
strictly  defined  as  the  weight  in  vacua  of  a  cubic  centi- 
metre of  the  substance.  In  practice  it  is  usual  to  define 
it  as  the  weight  in  air  of  the  substance  divided  by  the 
weight  in  air  of  an  equal  volume  of  water  at  4°.  The 
error  thus  involved  is  insignificant  for  practical  purposes. 
Liquids  have  comparatively  high  coefficients  of  expansion, 
and  their  densities  should  never  be  stated  without  speci- 
fying the  exact  temperature ;  with  solids  at  ordinary 
temperatures  there  is  no  need  for  any  such  refinement. 

Liquids. 

Organic  solvents  and  oils  are  the  liquids  of  which  the 
density  is  of  most  interest  in  rubber  manufacture.  There 
are  three  instruments  for  determining  the  densities  of 
liquids  :  in  ascending  order  of  convenience  and  descend- 
ing order  of  precision  these  are  (1)  the  pycnometer,  (2) 
the  hydrostatic  balance,  and  (3)  the  hydrometer.  For 
technical  purposes  hydrometers  are  the  most  generally 
useful,  on  account  of  the  ease  and  despatch  with  which 
determinations  are  made.  Those  on  which  specific 

w  H  2 


loo        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

gravities  are  directly  read  off  are  much  to  be  preferred. 
A  hydrometer,  if  properly  made  and  calibrated,  should 
give  results  correct  to  O001  of  specific  gravity.  To  attain 
this  degree  of  accuracy,  it  must  have  a  scale  sufficiently 
open  to  be  divided  visibly  into  O001  units ;  consequently 
there  must  be  available  not  one  but  several  spindles,  each 
with  a  short  range  of  0*06  or  O'l  of  specific  gravity.  For 
solvent  naphthas  0-800— O900  or  0-820 — 0-880  will  be  the 
range  ;  for  petroleum  naphtha  0-650—0-800  in  two  or  more 
spindles.  Very  long  spindles  are  unhandy  ;  20  cm.  is  a 
convenient  length.  The  scale-marks  of  a  bought  hydro- 
meter should  never  be  taken  on  trust.  Calibration  is 
effected  as  follows: — 

Two  liquids,  pure  or  mixed,  are  chosen  such  that  their 
densities  correspond  to  points  near  either  end  of  the 
scale.  Their  temperature  having  come  into  equilibrium 
with  that  of  the  room,  readings  of  the  hydrometer  are 
taken  when  floating  in  each ;  the  exact  density  of  each  is 
then  determined  by  means  of  the  pycnometer,  care  being 
taken  that  there  has  been  no  change  of  temperature  in 
the  meantime.  The  whole  operation  should  be  repeated 
at  least  once,  preferably  at  another  temperature.  If  now 
it  is  found  that  the  difference,  for  the  two  liquids,  between 
the  hydrometer  results  is  not  the  same  (to  within  O'OOl  of 
specific  gravity)  as  the  difference  between  the  pycnometer 
results,  it  will  be  necessary  to  draw  up  a  full  table  con- 
necting scale-readings  with  true  specific  gravity  ;  on  the 
whole,  however,  it  is  simpler  to  reject  the  hydrometer. 
If  these  differences  are  identical,  but  there  is  a  constant 
discrepancy  between  scale-readings  and  true  specific 
gravity,  then  this  discrepancy  is  noted  as  a  correction  to 
be  applied  to  the  hydrometer  readings ;  it  may  conveni- 
ently be  recorded  on  the  hydrometer-case.  If,  lastly, 


vi  SPECIFIC 


this  discrepancy  does  not  amount  to  O'OOl,  then  the 
hydrometer  is  as  accurate  as  such  an  instrument  can  be. 

Hydrometer  readings  should  be  observed  from  below 
the  level  of  the  liquid,  with  the  spindle  floating  freely  out 
of  reach  of  the  walls  of  the  vessel.  About  300  c.c.  of 
liquid  should  be  taken,  in  a  cylinder  at  least  5  cm.  wide. 
It  is  well  to  stir  up  with  the  thermometer  before  intro- 
ducing the  spindle. 

The  hydrostatic  balance  (Mohr's  balance)  has  for  its 
principle  the  weighing  of  a  glass  plummet,  commonly  of 
5  or  10  c.c.  displacement,  when  suspended  in  the  liquid 
under  test.  This  is  done  either  by  laying  ordinary  weights 
on  a  pan  or  by  means  of  riders  corresponding  to  O'l,  0*01, 
0-001,  &c.,  of  specific  gravity,  which  are  adjusted  on  a 
beam  bearing  a  scale  of  ten  divisions.  Whatever  be  the 
form  of  apparatus  used,  it  should  be  so  designed  that 
specific  gravities  are  read  off  directly.  Calibration  is 
easily  effected  by  means  of  distilled  water,  and  there  is 
generally  no  difficulty  in  meeting  errors  of  instrument  by 
making  an  alteration  on  the  balance  itself  rather  than 
applying  corrections.  Mohr's  balance  is  available  for 
liquids  of  any  density,  and  has  the  advantage  of  working 
with  small  quantities  —  50  c.c.  or  even  less  —  of  liquid.  It 
may  be  relied  upon  for  three  places  of  decimals  ;  a  yet 
higher  accuracy  can  be  attained,  but  only  by  taking 
special  precautions  with  regard  to  the  suspension-wire 
of  the  plummet. 

The  pycnometric  method  consists  in  the  weighing  of  a 
vessel  of  known  volume  when  filled  with  the  liquid.  By 
the  use  of  pycnometers  of  the  Sprengel  tube  type,  and 
temperature-adjustment  in  a  thermostat,  the  method  may 
be  driven  to  an  accuracy  of  O'OOOOl,  but  it  is  useful  also 
on  a  lower  level  of  precision  for  check  determinations,  for 


LABORATORY  PRACTICE   CHAP. 

calibrating  hydrometers,  and  for  determining  the  specific 
gravity  of  solids  (see  below).  Pear-shaped  pycnometers 
with  perforated  ground-in  stoppers — the  specific  gravity 
bottles  of  commerce — may  be  conveniently  employed, 
and  they  should  be  calibrated  in  grammes  of  water 
at  4°.  Counterpoises  are  usually  supplied  with  these 
vessels  and  are  a  great  boon,  but  it  is  imperative  to 
adjust  them  from  time  to  time.  The  most  generally 
suitable  sizes  of  pycnometer  are  from  10  to  50  c.c.  For 
taking  the  density  of  liquids  a  10  c.c.  capacity  suffices, 
and,  if  the  volume  happen  to  be  exact  to  within  a  milli- 
gramme, determinations  involve  no  calculation  whatever. 
Very  viscous  liquids  should  invariably  be  dealt  with  by 
pycnometry,  the  other  methods  described  above  being 
unsuitable. 

It  often  occurs  that  the  density  _DT  at  a  standard 
temperature  T°  is  required,  but  that  it  is  experimentally 
more  convenient  to  determine  the  density  Dt  at  a  not  too 
remote  temperature  t°.  If  the  coefficient  of  expansion  k 
of  the  liquid  (see  Appendix,  Table  V)  be  known,  the 
requisite  correction  is  given  by  the  formula 

DT  =  A  {1  +  k  (t  -  T}} 

Pulverulent  Solids. 

Matter  in  the  solid  state  presents  an  important  dis- 
tinction between  true  and  apparent  specific  gravity : 
the  former  refers  to  the  volume  actually  taken  up  by  the 
solid  material  and  nothing  else,  the  latter  to  the  volume 
outlined  by  a  solid  which  may  enclose  air  in  vacuoles  or 
cushioned  between  discrete  particles.  Thus  the  apparent 
specific  gravity  of  a  spongy  mass  or  a  fluffy  powder  may 
be  as  little  as  a  tenth,  or  less,  of  the  true  specific  gravity. 

For  determining  the  true  specific  gravity  of   powders 


vi  SPECIFIC   GRAVITIES  103 

the  most  generally  applicable  method  is  the  pycnometric 
one.  A  pear-shaped  50  c.c.  pycnometer  is  charged  with 
about  one-quarter  its  capacity  of  substance  and  weighed. 
Enough  water  to  half-fill  the  vessel  is  added  and  thoroughly 
shaken  up  with  the  powder.  The  vessel  is  warmed  on  a 
water-bath  to  about  50°,  placed  under  a  bell- jar  or  in  an 
exsiccator,  and  subjected  to  evacuation  until  the  water 
boils  briskly ;  when  this  point  is  reached  the  vacuum 
must  be  more  cautiously  regulated  to  avoid  spirting. 
After  its  contents  have  been  in  ebullition  for  some 
minutes,  the  pycnometer  is  cooled,  filled  up  with  water, 
stoppered,  and  weighed,  the  temperature  of  the  water 
being  noted.  An  alternative  procedure  is  to  weigh  the 
powder  into  a  beaker,  boil  over  the  flame  with  a  small 
quantity  of  water,  cool,  rinse  into  the  pycnometer,  and 
continue  as  above.  It  is  of  course  assumed  that  the 
powder  is  neither  insoluble  in,  nor  otherwise  affected  by, 
water ;  otherwise  recourse  must  be  had  to  alcohol, 
benzene,  or  other  mobile  liquid,  the  density  of  which 
must  be  accurately  determined.  Calculations  are  made 
by  the  formula  : — 

Sp.Gr.=  w-^_ 

where  Wl  =  weight  of  solid 

W2  =  weight  of  liquid,  aqueous  or  otherwise,  filling 

the  pycnometer,  the  solid  being  absent. 
W8  =  weight  of  solid  plus  liquid  filling  the  pycno- 
meter. 

d  =  density  of  liquid  at  temperature  of  experiment, 
against  water  at  4°. 

The  result,  it  will  be  observed,  is  referred  not  to  c.c. 
but  to  grammes  of  water  at  4° ;  the  difference,  however, 


104        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

vanishes  in  the  experimental  uncertainties,  nor  need  the 
thermal  expansion  of  the  powder  be  taken  into  considera- 
tion. Owing  to  the  difficulty  of  disengaging  the  entangled 
and  adsorbed  air  from  a  powder  it  is  seldom  possible,  unless 
very  refined  methods  be  applied,  to  state  more  than  two 
places  of  decimals  accurately  in  the  specific  gravity. 
Generally  speaking,  organic  liquids  have  the  property  of 
wetting  solids  better  than  water,  and  therefore  drive  out 
the  air  more  effectively.  Thus  for  sulphur,  graphite,  etc., 
or  fine  greasy  powders,  water  cannot  satisfactorily  be  used. 

A  second  method,  as  accurate  as  the  above  but  less 
widely  applicable,  consists  in  floating  the  powder  in  a 
liquid  having  the  same  density  as  itself.  The  powder  is 
shaken  up  in  a  cylinder,  or  boiled  if  necessary,  with  a 
liquid  heavier  than  itself,  which  is  then  diluted  with  a 
light  liquid  until  the  powder  rises.  When  the  mixture 
has  been  so  adjusted  that  the  bulk  of  the  powder  floats 
between  the  bottom  of  the  vessel  and  the  surface  of  the 
liquid,  the  specific  gravity  is  taken  in  situ  by  means  of 
Mohr's  balance.  The  method  fails  with  powders  which 
are  mixtures  or  which  have  a  specific  gravity  exceeding 
3*3.  Heavy  liquids  available  for  this  method  are : — 

Cadmium  boro-tungstate,  sp.  gr.  3-28,  to  be  diluted  with 
water.  Attacks  carbonates. 

Methylene  iodide,  sp.  gr.  3*33,  to  be  diluted  with 
benzene,  May  be  decolorized,  at  need,  by  shaking  with 
mercury. 

Potassio-mercuric  iodide,  sp.  gr.  3 -19  (54  pts.  HgI2, 
43  J  pts.  KI,  10  pts.  water),  to  be  diluted  with  water. 

India-Rubber,  etc. 

The  method  in  general  use  for  ascertaining  the  specific 
gravity  of  rubber,  resins,  pitches  and  waxes  is  that  of 


vi  SPECIFIC   GRAVITIES  105 

hydrostatic  weighing,  which  is  fairly  expeditious  and 
leaves  nothing  to  be  desired  in  point  of  accuracy.  It  is 
the  apparent,  not  the  real,  specific  gravity  which  is  thus 
determined,  unless  indeed  special  measures  be  taken  to 
expel  enclosed  air  before  weighing  in  water.  Determina- 
tions are  carried  out  as  follows  : — 

A  piece  of  the  material,  preferably  of  not  less  than 
5  gr.,  is  weighed  by  itself.  It  is  then  speared  on  a  small 
brass  skewer  attached  to  one  end  of  a  suitable  length  of 
horsehair  or  very  fine  wire,  the  other  end  of  which  is  tied 
to  a  small  hook.  Both  the  hook  and  the  skewer  are 
easily  improvised  from  ordinary  domestic  pins.  The 
object  is  then  taken  in  a  pair  of  tongs,  immersed  in  a 
beaker  of  water,  and  cleared  of  the  numerous  air-bells 
which  are  sure  to  cling  to  it  by  brushing  all  over  with  a 
camel's  hair  or  fine  bristle  pencil ;  this  operation  should 
be  conducted  in  a  good  light.  The  beaker  is  placed  on  a 
wooden  support  straddling  over  the  pan  of  the  balance  ; 
the  object  is  suspended  from  the  hook  above,  and  its 
weight  under  water  is  determined.  The  tare  of  the 
horsehair  and  hook,  with  the  skewer  immersed  to  a 
similar  depth  in  water,  must  also  be  known.  We  have 
then  weight  in  air,  plus  tare,  minus  gross  weight  in  water 
as  representing  the  weight  of  water  displaced  by  the 
object,  i.e.  its  volume ;  from  this  and  the  weight  in  air 
of  the  object  we  deduce  its  specific  gravity.  Temperature 
correction — which,  however,  affects  only  the  third  place 
of  decimals — is  made  by  multiplying  the  specific  gravity 
so  found  by  the  density  of  water  at  the  temperature  of 
experiment. 

Materials  lighter  than  water  are  dealt  with  in  the  same 
way,  except  that  the  object  must  be  weighted  with  a 
sinker.  This  may  consist  of  a  smooth  piece  of  metal  to 


106        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

which  a  looped  pin-point  is  soldered,  or  which  is  slung 
from  the  object  by  a  thread,  or,  yet  more  simply,  of  a  piece 
of  lead  wire  wrapped  round  the  object.  Needless  to  say, 
the  tare  of  the  sinker  under  water  must  be  known  and 
added  to  that  of  the  suspension. 

Eubber  in  small  fragments  or  dust  must  be  treated  like 
a  powder,  i.e.,  by  pycnornetry.  For  vulcanized  rubber 
generally,  hydrostatic  weighing  is  to  be  recommended 
wherejver  practicable,  as  being  less  troublesome  than  the 
pycnometric  method  and  more  trustworthy  than  any 
flotation  method,  howrever  ingenious  or  fascinating.  In 
solids  cooled  from  fusion  without  crystallizing,  and  in 
properly  made  rubber  goods  not  purposely  intended  to 
be  porous,  true  and  apparent  specific  gravities  may  be 
accepted  as  identical.  Unvulcanized  rubber  in  crape 
form  is  quite  amenable  to  the  hydrostatic  weighing 
method,  provided  it  be  boiled  out  in  vacuo  with  especial 
thoroughness  ;  if  in  lump  form  it  should  first  be  rolled 
into  thin  sheet  or  cut  into  narrow  strips. 

The  specific  gravity  of  pure  resin-free  rubber  ranges 
from  0-91  to  O96,  largely  according  to  botanical  origin. 
Variations  within  the  third  place  of  decimals  may  depend 
upon  crop,  age  of  trees,  mechanical  treatment,  &c. 
Plasticizing  on  the  hot  rollers  generally  raises  the  specific 
gravity  about  O005.  Eesin  in  any  considerable  proportion 
tends  to  raise  the  specific  gravity,  since  the  resins  them- 
selves are  nearly  as  heavy  as  water,  or  slightly  heavier. 
The  rubbers  from  Hevea,  Castilloa,  and  Ficus,  whether 
wild  or  plantation,  have  a  specific  gravity  of  0'91  to  0*92. 
Manihot  rubbers  are  invariably  somewhat  heavier  and 
show  a  greater  range,  viz.,  O93  to  0-96.  The  deresinified 
rubber  of  African  sorts  is  equally  heavy,  seldom  showing 
less  than  O93  but  not  often  more  than  O95 ;  in  presence 


VI 


SPECIFIC   GRAVITIES  107 


of  their  resin,  however,  the  more  highly  resinous  sorts 
may  reach  as  high  a  specific  gravity  as  0'98. 

Vulcanization  involves  a  condensation  of  matter,  hence 
the  specific  gravity  of  vulcanized  rubbers  is  always 
greater  than  that  of  the  uncured  doughs.  Starting  from 
a  mixture  of  rubber  with  nothing  but  sulphur,  this 
shrinkage  is  only  O007— 0-013  at  soft  cures  (2°— 4°),  but 
amounts  to  0-05-0-07  for  ebonites  (20°— 50°). 

Diluents  and  charge  being  absent,  soft-vulcanized 
rubbers  are  still,  for  the  most  part,  lighter  than  water, 
but  ebonites  are  invariably  heavier.  The  specific  gravity 
of  vulcanized  rubber  goods  containing  auxiliary  materials, 
as  determined  by  hydrostatic  weighing,  may  be  calculated 
additively  from  the  components,  assuming  always  that 
there  are  no  vacuoles  in  the  rubber.  A  quality  made  up 
of  a  parts  of  vulcanized  rubber,  sp.  gr.  A,  b  parts  of  a 
filler,  sp.  gr.  B,  c  of  another  filler,  sp.  gr.  C,  and  so  on, 
will  have  the  specific  gravity 

a+b+c+ 


a      b     c 
A+B+C+ 

Goods  ordinarily  met  with  in  trade  may  thus  have 
specific  gravities  ranging  from  less  than  unity  to  upwards 
of  2.  In  the  old  days  before  the  rise  of  rubber  chemistry, 
specific  gravity  was  almost  the  only  criterion  of  the  quality 
of  rubber  goods  which  could  be  expressed  in  figures,  and 
now  as  then  experienced  practical  men  can  draw  astonish- 
ingly far-reaching  conclusions  from  inspection  combined 
with  a  knowledge  of  the  specific  gravity.  Apart  from 
this,  specific  gravity  is  of  no  small  direct  importance  in 
the  manufacture  of  rubber  goods.  Most  such  are  made 
up  to  definite  limits  of  specific  gravity,  either  to  meet 


io8        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 


peculiarities  of  popular  demand,  or  to  fit  in  with  require- 
ments as  to  weight  in  composite  structures  containing 
rubber,  or  because  the  goods  are  sold  by  weight,  or  for 
other  reasons.  Especially  important  is  the  distinction 
between  floating  (i.e.  lighter  than  water)  and  non-floating 


Filler. 

Sp.  Gr. 

n 

Sp.  Gr. 
of  Rubber. 

Litharge 

9-4 

5 

1  '006 

Zinc  White  .                .        . 

5-5 

10 
30 

30 

1-043 
1-194 

1-173 

4-5 

100 
30 

1-590 
1*161 

Lithopone          \ 
Antimony  Red  j-      
(not  plastered)] 

Zinc  Sulphide  ^ 
Magnesia 
Antimony  Red  I       
(plastered)     J 

Talc        \ 

4-1 

3-3 

2-7 

100 

10 
30 
100 

5 
10 
30 
100 

30 

1-541 

1  -031 
'1-154 
1-519 

0-997 
1  -027 
1-139 
1  -456 

1-120 

Whiting/ 

Magnesium  Carbonate) 
Graphite                         J      '    ' 

Lampblack        .    .        ,    . 

2-2 

1-8 

100 

10 
30 

10 

1-390 

1-013 
1-099 

1-004 

30 

1-072 

goods.  Air-chambers  of  tyres,  rubber  strip  and  bands, 
golf-balls,  certain  kinds  of  sheet  and  tubing,  and  a  host 
of  minor  articles,  are  commonly  demanded  in  floating 
quality.  The  admixtures  introduced  into  such  goods 
must  be  regulated  accordingly.  Thus,  starting  from  Para 


vi  SPECIFIC  GRAVITIES  109 

rubber  vulcanized  with  10  per  cent,  of  sulphur  (sp.  gr. 
0-968),  the  floating  limit  is  reached  with  about  9  per  cent, 
of  lampblack,  5 — 7  of  antimony  red,  and  only  4  of  zinc 
white  or  litharge.  On  the  other  hand,  no  limit  is  set 
by  waxes,  oils,  floating  factice,  or,  within  practicable 
proportions,  bitumen. 

The  table  on  p.  108  shows  the  specific  gravities  of 
vulcanized  rubbers  made  up  of  100  parts  of  Para,  10  parts 
of  sulphur,  and  n  parts  of  some  of  the  commonest  pulveru- 
lent fillers. 

In  order  to  ascertain  the  true  specific  gravity  of  rubber 
goods  which  are  blown  or  spongy,  the  pycnometric  method 
must  be  resorted  to,  the  sample  having  previously  been 
ground  fine  on  the  rollers.  Eubbers  which  cannot  be 
reduced  to  crumb  are  cut  by  hand  into  the  finest  possible 
shreds.  Thorough  boiling  out  in  vacua  is  essential.  In 
works  practice  it  is  often  expedient  to  control  internal 
blowing  in  vulcanized  rubber  goods,  both  qualitatively 
and  quantitatively,  by  comparing  the  true  "with  the 
apparent  specific  gravity  of  the  goods. 


CHAPTER  VII 

ANALYSIS  OF  MANUFACTURED  RUBBER  :  ORGANIC 

MOST  people  have  at  one  time  or  another  seen  a 
pneumatic  inner  tube,  a  rubber  heel,  and  an  ebonite  pipe- 
stem  ;  and  there  is  no  need  to  insist  on  the  vast  diversity 
in  character  of  manufactured  rubber  articles.  Neverthe- 
less, essentially  the  same  system  of  quantitative  analysis 
applies  throughbut.  Analysis  may  have  for  its  aim 
(1)  the  detection  or  quantitative  control  of  specified 
constituents,  e.g.,  ash,  total  acetone  extract,  free  sulphur, 
total  sulphur,  alcoholic  potash  extract,  etc.,  or  (2)  the 
elucidation,  item  by  item,  of  the  mixing  from  which  the 
article  was  made.  In  the  former  case  all  is  tolerably  plain 
sailing ;  but  the  complete  proximate  analysis  of  rubber 
goods,  though  there  is  nothing  particularly  arduous  or 
esoteric  about  the  analytical  procedure,  involves  difficulties 
of  interpretation  which  are  hardly  ever  absent  and  are 
sometimes  insuperable. 

Heat-cured  rubber  goods  are  made  by  compounding 
rubber,  sulphur,  diluents,  and  charge,  and  vulcanizing  the 
mixture  to  a  low  (soft  rubber  goods)  or  a  high  degree 
(ebonites).  After  vulcanization,  they  preserve  their  con- 
no 


CHAP,  vii    ANALYSIS  OF  MANUFACTURED  RUBBER     in 

stituents  practically  unaltered,  except  that  part  of  the 
sulphur  has  gone  into  combination  with  the  rubber 
and  possibly  also,  though  to  an  inconsiderable  extent, 
with  the  charge.  Cold-cured  goods  form  a  minor  class 
confined  to  thin  sheet,  tape,  or  thread,  thin- walled  tubing, 
waterproofed  fabrics,  etc.  ;  they  are  compounded  without 
sulphur  and  are  superficially  vulcanized  by  means  of 
sulphur  chloride.  No  chemical  changes  in  the  charge, 
provided  it  be  properly  selected,  are  brought  about  by 
cold-curing,  but  the  rubber  goes  into  combination  with 
both  sulphur  and  chlorine. 

Insertions  and  other  inhomogeneities  apart,  the  quali- 
tative composition  of  manufactured  rubber  is  summed  up 
by  the  following  scheme  : — 


Article. 

Necessary  Constituents. 

Possible  Constituents. 

Rubber  proper. 

\ 

Heat-cured  goods 

Rubber-Resin  and  -Ash. 

and  Ebonites. 

Sulphur  combined  with 

rubber. 

Free  Sulphur. 

Rubber  proper. 

Diluents  :  — 
Waxes. 

Rubber-Resin  and  -Ash. 

Oils. 

Cold-cured 

Sulphur  combined  with 

Foreign 

Goods. 

rubber. 

Resins. 

Chlorine  combined  with 

[      Factice. 

rubber. 

Bitumen,  &c. 

Rubber  proper. 
Rubber-Resin  and  -Ash. 
If    intended   for   vul- 

Charge :  — 
Inorganic 
Powders. 
Carbon  Black. 

Doughs  and 
Solutions. 

canization  :  — 
Free  Sulphur. 

Fibres. 
Organic  Dust. 

In  the   case   of    solu- 

tions :  — 

Naphtha   or    other   sol- 

f 

vent. 

Ii2        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

The  primary  operations  in  rubber  analysis  are  concerned 
with  separating  and  isolating  the  above-named  main 
classes  of  constituents.  As  regards  diluents  (and  free 
sulphur),  this  is  effected  by  extraction  with  a  sequence  of 
solvents.  The  charge,  as  a  whole,  is  isolated  by  removing, 
and  incidentally  decomposing,  all  the  organic  components, 
and  may  then  be  subjected  to  further  analysis.  Eubber 
proper,  once  combined  with  sulphur  or  chlorine,  cannot 
be  isolated  unchanged  and  is  determined  by  difference  or, 
in  the  rare  cases  where  that  is  possible,  by  the  bromine 
method.  The  sulphur  and  chlorine  combined  with  rubber 
can  be  determined  by  special  assays. 

Before  being  subjected  to  analysis,  rubber  goods  must 
be  suitably  comminuted.  Certain  classes  of  goods,  viz., 
ebonites  and  highly  charged  rubbers,  are  readily  reduced 
to  coarse  powder  by  the  aid  of  a  rasp.  Most  soft  rubbers, 
however,  cannot  thus  be  dealt  with.  Whenever  factice  is 
known  to  be  absent  or  does  not  need  to  be  determined, 
it  is  quite  satisfactory  to  cut  up  the  rubber  with  a  pair  of 
scissors  into  snippets  approximating  to  2  mm.  cubes. 
Where  a  set  of  mixing  rollers  is  available,  there  is  no 
better  way  of  comminuting  rubber  goods  than  by  "  crumb- 
ing "  them  on  the  closely-set  cold  rollers.  Goods  rather 
highly  vulcanized  or  containing  much  charge  can  thus  be 
brought  into  the  state  of  a  woolly  mass  or  even  of  a 
powder.  High-class  elastic  rubbers,  on  the  other  hand, 
cannot  be  fully  disintegrated,  but  go  into  the  form  of 
crape.  If  this  crape  be  thin  enough,  it  need  only  be  cut 
up  with  scissors  and  is  then  suitable  for  any  analytical 
operation.  A  certain  amount  of  heating  inevitably  takes 
place  when  rubber  is  sent  through  the  rollers,  but  great 
care  must  be  taken  that  it  does  not  go  too  far.  As  a 
substitute  for  orthodox  rollers,  the  small  metallurgical 


vii          ANALYSIS   OF  MANUFACTURED   RUBBER         113 

mill  mentioned  on  p.  26  (Fig.  9)  may  be  made  to  do  good 
service. 

Manufactured  articles  made  from  a  single  mixing  are 
usually   homogeneous    enough    to    render   averaging   of 
samples    unnecessary.      Parti-coloured   goods,    however, 
will  have  to  be  averaged  from  a  fairly  large  bulk  if  they 
are  to  be  analysed  as  a  whole.     In  dealing  with  composite 
rubber    goods,    e.g.   tyres,    cable-coverings,    etc.,    it   will 
generally  be  desirable  to  analyse  each  section  or  layer 
separately;  since  these  cannot,  given  a  well-made  article, 
be  separated  by  stripping,  there  is  nothing  for  it  but  to 
cut  out  the  various  samples  as  cleanly  as  may  be  with  the 
aid  of  a  sharp  wet  knife  and  a  pair  of  scissors.     Rubber 
laid  upon  fabric  can  similarly,  if  thick  enough,  be  shaved 
off  with  a  wet  knife.     When  the  fabric  is  rubbered  on  one 
side  only,  it  can  often  be  stripped  away  after  wetting  with 
steam  or  boiling  water.     Another  artifice,  which,  however, 
involves   slight   losses   of   extractive  matter,   consists  in 
soaking  the  rubbered  fabric  in  naphtha  and  shaving  off 
the  swelled  rubber,  which  is  then  dried  until  free  from 
solvent.      In  the  case  of  rubbers  consisting  of  a  single 
mixing  and  spread  upon  fabric  in  a  thin  layer,  trouble 
may   often    be   saved   by   analysing   rubber   and    fabric 
together,  due  allowance  being  eventually  made  for  the 
latter.     In  order  to  ascertain  the  relative  proportions  of 
fabric   and  rubber,  the   fabric  is  isolated   in  a  clean  or 
nearly  clean  condition  by  boiling  in  petroleum  (see  p.  141) 
followed  by  copious  washing  with  naphtha  ;   any  rubber- 
fillers  remaining  entangled  with  the  fabric  may  be  deter- 
mined and  isolated  by  incineration. 


114        INDIA-RUBBER   LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

I.  Moisture. 

Manufactured  rubber  may  in  general  be  assumed  to  be 
free  from  moisture.  Eubber  which  has  from  accidental 
or  extraneous  causes  become  wet  may  be  dried  in  vacua 
or  in  an  air-oven  at  60°. 

II.  Acetone  Extraction. 

The  first  operation  in  rubber  analysis,  which  is  to  be 
applied  in  all  cases  without  exception,  consists  in  extrac- 
tion with  boiling  acetone.  One  or  two  gr.  of  material  are 
placed  in  a  filter-thimble,  covered  (if  in  the  state  of 
powder)  with  a  plug  of  fat-free  cotton  wool,  and  extracted 
in  a  Knofler  tube  for  ten  hours.  In  the  case  of  ebonites  it  is 
safer  to  extract  for  twenty  hours.  Acetone  which  has 
stood  for  a  long  time  may  contain  terpenoid  bodies  and 
must  be  redistilled  before  use.  During  extraction,  note 
should  be  taken  whether  yellowish  matter  is  being 
dissolved  out  slowly  and  hesitatingly ;  if  in  that  event 
the  extracts  are  barely  fluorescent,  bitumen  is  indicated  ; 
if  strongly  fluorescent,  coal-tar  pitch.  A  nearly  colourless 
fluorescent  extract  points  to  mineral  oil.  Before  being 
distilled,  the  extract  is  allowed  to  cool  completely,  and 
any  deposition  which  may  take  place  is  observed. 
Sometimes  free  sulphur  crystallises  out  in  long  mono- 
clinic  prisms.  A  bulky  translucent  crystalline  growth 
will  be  due  to  paraffin  or  ceresine.  Oily  drops  will  in 
most  cases  consist  of  factice-extract.  All  these  substances 
dissolve  easily  in  hot,  sparingly  in  cold,  acetone ;  hence 
the  necessity  of  extracting  with  boiling  solvent.  When 
determinations  other  than  that  of  free  sulphur  have 
eventually  to  be  made  in  the  extract,  two  or  more  separate 
extractions  of  the  same  rubber  must  be  carried  out. 


vii          ANALYSIS   OF  MANUFACTURED  RUBBER         115 

The  extract,  in  its  100  c.c.  or  150  c.c.  Soxhlet  flask, 
is  distilled  from  a  water-bath,  dried,  and  weighed.  Free 
sulphur,  if  present,  is  apt  to  give  trouble  by  causing 
violent  spirting  in  the  later  stages  of  distillation ;  when 
spirting  sets  in,  it  is  advisable  to  stop  the  distillation,  to 
add  a  little  benzene  or  carbon  disulphide,  and  to  continue 
evaporating  with  or  without  condensation.  The  flask  is 
dried,  to  avoid  loss  of  sulphur,  for  not  more  than  one 
hour  at  110°  or  for  three  hours  at  60° ;  but  if  there  is  a 
large  amount  of  extract,  say  over  J  gr.,  it  is  well  to 
prolong  these  periods. 

Substances  completely  extracted  by  acetone  : — 

Free  Sulphur 

Eubber-resin  and  other  resins 
Oils,  mineral  and  fatty 
Paraffin  and  ceresine. 

Acetone  extracts  may  in  addition  contain  the  acetone- 
soluble  matter  accompanying 
Factice 
Eeclaim 
Bitumens  and  pitches. 

Free  Sulphur  is,  of  all  rubber  components,  the  one  most 
liable  to  uneven  distribution.  After  vulcanization,  the 
sulphur  left  uncombined  is  evenly  distributed  throughout 
the  mass  in  a  colloidal  or  other  metastable  condition. 
Sooner  or  later,  however,  and  to  a  greater  or  less  extent, 
it  tends  to  work  to  the  surface  and  there  ultimately  to 
assume  the  stable  crystalline  (rhombic)  form ;  this  con- 
stitutes the  familiar  phenomenon  of  "  sulphuring  up." 
Some  judgment,  therefore,  is  necessary  in  sampling  goods 
which  have  visibly  sulphured  up.  It  should  also  be 
borne  in  mind  that  goods  which  have  undergone  super- 

12 


ii6        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY,  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

ficial  wear  will  have  lost  that  portion  of  their  free  sulphur 
which  has  thus  effloresced. 

Free  sulphur  in*  acetone  extracts  is  determined  by  one 
of  the  following  methods  : — 

1.  Differential   Solubility  Method,  by  which  sulphur 
is  isolated  and  weighed  as  such.     To  the  extract  in   its 
flask  are  added  20  c.c.  of  petroleum  spirit  (B.P.  60° — 100°) 
saturated  in  the  cold  with  sulphur.     After  shaking  and 
standing,  the  resin,  etc.,  is  dissolved  out  and  the  sulphur 
left  behind.     The  clear  liquid  is  separated  and  the  residue 
washed  two  or  three  times  with  fresh  reagent,  and  finally 
with   pure   solvent   free  from  sulphur.     If   the   residual 
sulphur  is  well  crystallized,   these  operations  can  be  ef- 
fected by  simple  decantation  ;  if  not,  it  will  be  necessary 
to  pass  the  liquids  through  a  filter  and  collect  the  retained 
sulphur  by  the  aid  of  carbon  disulphide.      Finally  the 
sulphur  is  dried  in  the  original  flask  at  60°  and  weighed. 
The  success  of  this  method  depends  on  whether  all  the 
non-sulphurs    go   readily   into   solution,   and    from    this 
point  of  view  petroleum  spirit  is  a  much  better  solvent 
than  acetone  itself,  which  in  the  cold  does  not  easily  take 
up  waxes,  factice-extracts,  and  bitumen-extracts,  whereas 
petroleum  spirit  does.     The  solubility  of  sulphur   in  cold 
petroleum    spirit   is  trifling,    viz.    about  3  gr.  per  litre. 
Paraffin   in   considerable   quantity    may  give  trouble  in 
refusing  to  dissolve,  as  also  the  extracts  from  coal-tar  and 
other  pitches  and  those  from  the  fancy  resins   sometimes 
occurring  in  ebonite.     Though   inapplicable  in  these  ex- 
ceptional cases,  the  method  is  in  general  accurate  enough 
for  most  practical  purposes. 

2.  Thiocyanate  Method,  based  on  that  of  C.  Davis  and 
J.  L.  Foucar.1     The  extract  is  boiled  under  reflux  with 

1  Journ.  Soc.  Chem.  Ind.  31  (1912),  p.  100. 


vii          ANALYSIS   OF  MANUFACTURED   RUBBER        117 

25  c.c.  of  ordinary  (95  per  cent.)  alcohol  and  about  1  gr.  of 
potassium  cyanide  in  lump  form,  during  half  an  hour,  or 
longer  if  there  be  much  sulphur.  'What  remains  of  the 
cyanide  is  fished  out,  and  the  alcohol  is  driven  off  by 
distillation.  The  sulphur  has"  now  been  converted  into 
potassium  thiocyanate.  About  50  c.c.  of  water,  a  slight 
excess  of  nitric  acid,  and  some  iron  alum  are  added. 
Titration  is  then  carried  out  with  N/W  or  N/5  silver 
nitrate  solution  to  disappearance  of  the  red  colour. 
The  last-named  operations  should  be  conducted  in  the 
draught-cupboard.  One  gr.  Ag  =  0-297  gr.  S. 

3.  Oxidation  Method. — To  the  extract  are  added  2 — 5  c.c. 
of  sulphur-free  nitric  acid  and  a  pinch  of  powdered 
potassium  chlorate.  The  flask  is  covered  with  a  watch- 
glass  and  warmed  on  a  water-bath  for  about  six  hours.  If 
much  sulphur  be  present,  it  may  be  necessary  to  add 
more  chlorate  from  time  to  time  ;  care  should  be  taken 
not  to  let  the  sulphur  melt.  When  all  the  sulphur  has 
been  oxidized,  the  liquid  is  diluted  with  much  water 
containing  a  few  c.c.  of  hydrochloric  acid,  filtered  cold, 
and  precipitated  with  barium  chloride.  The  method  is 
more  especially  useful  when  quite  small  amounts  of 
sulphur  have  to  be  determined  with  accuracy. 

Mineral  Oil,  Vaseline,  Paraffin,  etc. — These  hydro- 
carbons may  be  isolated  by  destroying  the  rest  of  the 
extract  by  means  of  sulphuric  acid,  the  method  being 
adapted  from  one  which  has  long  been  in  use  for  the 
assay  of  ceresine  in  crude  ozokerite.  When  isolated,  the 
hydrocarbons,  whether  oil,  vaseline,  or  wax,  can  usually 
be  identified  by  their  appearance  and  consistency.  To 
the  extract  are  added  1| — 2  c.c.  of  concentrated  sulph- 
uric acid,  and  the  flask,  covered  with  a  watch-glass, 
is  heated  in  an  oven  at  110°  for  3-4  hours.  The  right 


ii8        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

dose  of  acid  varies  with  the  amount  of  resin  to  be  decom- 
posed, and  should  be  so  regulated  that  the  final  magma 
flows  with  difficulty.  Thirty  c.c.  of  petroleum  ether 
(B.P.  40° — 60C)  are  then  poured  in  and  boiled  under 
reflux  for  an  hour.  The  solution  is  decanted  into  a 
separating  funnel  and  the  flask  is  rinsed  out  with  solvent, 
transference  of  acid  being  carefully  avoided.  The 
petroleum  ether  solution  is  now  thoroughly  washed  with 
caustic  soda  solution  (10 — 20  per  cent.)  to  which  half  its 
volume  of  alcohol  has  been  added.  Finally  the  solution 
is  evaporated  in  a  tared  flask,  which  is  then  dried  for 
2 — 3  hours  at  110°  and  weighed.  The  method  fails  when 
very  large  excesses  of  resin  are  present,  but  is  otherwise 
quite  satisfactory,  with  perhaps  a  slight  tendency  to  high 
results.  Mineral  oils  and  waxes  in  acetone  extracts,  it 
may  be  observed,  sometimes  originate  not  as  direct  com- 
pounding materials  but  as  factice-ingredients  (see  p.  41). 
A  portion  of  the  extract  from  bitumens,  also,  is  of  the 
nature  of  hydrocarbons  resistant  to  sulphuric  acid. 

Paraffin  and  Ceresine.  —  No  analytical  distinction 
between  these  two  waxes  can  advantageously  be  made 
(but  see  p.  96).  When  the  wax  is  isolated,  there  is  often 
no  difficulty  in  recognizing  the  one  or  the  other  by  its 
consistency.  An  old-established  method  of  determining 
solid  hydrocarbons,  when  these  alone  are  present,  rests 
on  the  principle  of  differential  solubility  and  may  be 
carried  out  as  follows  : — 

The  extract  is  boiled  under  reflux  with  30  c.c.  of 
alcohol,  which  should  be  as  nearly  as  possible  of  97  per 
cent,  strength  (e.g.,  about  equal  volumes  of  absolute  and 
ordinary  alcohols).  If  globules  of  molten  substance 
remain  undissolved,  more  alcohol  must  be  added.  The 
solution  is  decanted  from  any  solid  residue  and  cooled 


VII 


ANALYSIS   OF  MANUFACTURED   RUBBER        119 


under  running  water.  Ice-cooling  is  a  refinement  which 
adds  but  little  to  the  accuracy,  such  as  it  is,  of  the  assay. 
The  waxy  matter  which  crystallizes  out  is  received  on  a 
filter,  washed  with  alcohol  (90  per  cent.),  and  rinsed  with 
the  same  into  a  tared  Soxhlet  flask.  After  removal  of  the 
liquid  by  evaporation,  the  residue  is  dried  and  weighed 
as  usual.  A  slight  plus  correction  may  be  made  on 
account  of  the  paraffin  remaining  dissolved  in  the  mother- 
liquor.  The  conditions  of  solubility  of  hard  paraffin  in 
alcohol  are  approximately  these  : — 


Alcohol. 

Solubility 
at  boiling-point. 

Solubility  at  18°. 

100  per  cent. 
97        „ 
96        „ 
95 

4-0  gr.  per  100  c.c. 
1-6 
0-7 
0-3 

0'20  gr.  per  100  c.c. 
O'll 
0-08 
0-04 

It  follows  from  these  data  that  to  dissolve  0*2  gr.  of 
paraffin  (more  than  this  is  not  likely  to  occur  in  an 
acetone  extract),  30  c.c.  of  boiling  97  per  cent,  alcohol 
should  suffice,  and  that  0'033  gr.  of  paraffin  will  then 
escape  into  the  mother- liquor.  Against  the  latter  item  is 
to  be  set  the  sulphur  which,  provided  that  free  sulphur 
be  present  in  appreciable  quantity,  will  find  its  way  into 
the  deposited  paraffin  and  call  for  a  slight  minus  correc- 
tion. This  sulphur,  which  may  be  anything  up  to  5  per 
cent,  of  the  wax,  can  be  determined  in  the  weighed 
paraffin  by  the  thiocyanate  or  nitric  acid  method. 

Other  Components,  of  the  acetone  extract  present  un- 
solved analytical  problems,  so  far  as  generally  applicable 
methods  are  concerned.  Rubber-Resin  itself  is  so  variable 


120        INDIA-RUBBER   LABORAl^ORV  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

a  substance  that  there  is  no  means  of  determining  it 
directly.  Fatty  Oils,  again,  cannot  be  estimated  in 
presence  of  rubber-resin  by  the  simple  process  of  taking 
the  saponification  number,  because  some  resins  (from 
Para  and  plantation  sorts,  especially)  have  a  high 
saponification  number  of  their  own,  whilst  others  (from 
African  sorts,  especially)  have  next  to  none.  The  same 
argument  applies  to  Factice- Extract,  with  the  added 
complication  that  this  class  of  body  itself  shows  a  con- 
siderable range  of  saponification  numbers.  No  direct 
method  for  the  determination  of  Bitumen- Extract  is  as 
yet  known.  When  either  of  the  two  last-named  is 
present,  an  approximate  estimation  can  be  made  on  the 
basis  of  the  figures  subsequently  found  for  factice  and 
bitumen  insoluble  in  acetone.  In  the  case  of  factice,  the 
assumption  may  be  made  that  roughly  10  per  cent,  of 
white  or  20  per  cent,  of  brown  factice  are  acetone-soluble 
and  go  into  the  present  extract.  As  for  bitumen,  the 
estimation  of  extract  on  these  lines  is  even  more  un- 
certain, seeing  that  anything  between  50  and  80  per  cent. 
of  the  total  bitumen  may  be  dissolved  out  during  acetone 
extraction ;  but  70  per  cent,  may  be  regarded  as  a  rough 
average  (see  p.  54). 

Rubber-Resin. — In  the  simplest  cases,  which  embrace 
most  of  the  better-class  rubbers,  acetone  extract  consists 
of  rubber-resin  plus  free  sulphur,  plus,  possibly,  mineral 
wax.  Sulphur  can  be  determined  accurately,  mineral 
wax  with  tolerable  accuracy  ;  hence  rubber-resin  can  be 
estimated  by  difference  with  no  great  error.  The 
importance  of  this  lies  in  the  fact  that  by  calculating 
it  as  a  percentage  of  resin  plus  rubber  proper  (as  subse- 
quently determined),  the  resin-content  of  the  raw  rubber 
or  rubbers  originally  employed  is  arrived  at.  The 


vii          ANALYSIS   OF  MANUFACTURED  RUBBER        121 

original  resin-content  is  not  affected  by  vulcanization, 
except  in  so  far  as  a  small  part  of  it  is  rendered  insoluble 
in  acetone ;  the  more,  the  higher  the  vulcanization.  This 
insolubilized  portion  may  amount  to  several  per  cent,  in 
ebonites,  where  it  eventuates  in  the  alcoholic  potash 
extract ;  in  soft  rubbers,  however,  it  is  so  small  as  to  be 
practically  negligible.  Original  resin-content,  thus 
ascertained,  often  gives  useful  information  for  identifying 
the  raw  rubber  sort,  at  any  rate  within  limits.  Occasion- 
ally also  rubber-resins  possessing  characteristic  odours 
(Para,  Guayule,  certain  Africans,  etc.),  can  be  recognized 
in  the  acetone  extract.  The  polariscopic  test  (p.  16) 
effects  little  more  than  a  classification  into  rubbers  poor 
and  rich  respectively  in  resin.  There  is,  in  fact,  no 
certain  way  of  identifying  original  rubber,  either  through 
the  rubber  itself  or  through  its  resin.  The  best  one  can 
hope  for  is  an  indication  pointing  to  this  or  that  class  of 
rubber,  which,  to  an  experienced  rubber  analyst,  may 
often  be  of  considerable  value. 

When  factice  or  bitumen  is  present  in  even  small 
amount,  the  estimation  of  rubber  resin  by  difference  is 
attended  with  some  uncertainty.  To  allow  for  factice- 
extract,  the  best  plan  is  to  regard  10  per  cent,  of  the 
factice  subsequently  extracted  by  alcoholic  potash,  if 
white,  or  25  per  cent,  if  brown,  as  belonging  to  the 
acetone  extract.  With  bitumen  the  uncertainties  are 
even  greater.  Eoughly  speaking,  the  acetone  extract  is 
about  five  times  the  carbon  disulphide  extract  subsequently 
determined  (see  p.  54).  In  inferior  rubbers  containing 
large  admixtures  of  these  diluents,  conventional  ratios 
between  matter  soluble  and  insoluble  in  acetone  are  no 
longer  to  be  trusted  as  aids  to  estimating  rubber-resin  by 
difference.  When  reclaim  is  present,  all  ordinary  calcula- 


122        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

tions    are    upset,    and   each   case   must    be   judged,    as 
shrewdly  as  may  be,  on  its  merits. 

III.  Carbon  Bisulphide  Extraction. 

This  operation  concerns  bitumens  and  pitches  only. 
To  ascertain  whether  there  is  any  need  for  it,  a  sample  of 
the  original  or  acetone-extracted  material  is  covered  in  a 
test-tube  with  carbon  disulphide ;  the  formation  of  a 
decidedly  brown  solution  indicates  presence  of  bitumen 
or  pitch.  A  qualitative  distinction  between  these  two 
may  be  made  by  means  of  pyridine,  which  has  no  effect 
on  bitumen  but  readily  dissolves  coal-tar  pitch,  yielding 
reddish  solutions  with  a  strong  green  fluorescence.  In 
general,  the  presence  of  bitumen  or  pitch  will  already 
have  been  remarked  in  the  course  of  acetone  extraction 
(see  p.  114).  Formerly  it  was  a  safe  rule  that  these 
diluents  could  occur  only  in  black  or  grey  rubbers ; 
nowadays,  however,  bitumen  of  the  "  mineral  rubber " 
type  is  sometimes  to  be  found,  in  very  small  proportion, 
in  reds  and  whites. 

The  residue  from  acetone  extraction,  in  its  filter- thimble, 
is  dried  in  the  open  air  or  by  being  put  for  about  a  quarter  of 
an  hour  in  the  oven.  It  is  then  plugged  with  cotton  wool 
(this  is  indispensable  owing  to  the  high  specific  gravity  of 
the  solvent)  and  extracted  in  a  Soxhlet  or  Knofler  tube  with 
fresh  carbon  disulphide.  Usually  a  few  hours  suffice, 
but  in  presence  of  a  large  proportion  of  bitumen  it  may 
be  necessary  to  extract  for  ten  hours  or  longer.  The 
operation  is  at  an  end  when  the  liquid  surrounding  the 
thimble  remains  quite  colourless  after  standing  for  half 
an  hour.  The  extract  is  distilled,  dried  for  1 — 3  hours  at 
110°,  and  weighed.  Carbon  disulphide  will  dissolve  out 
no  rubber,  unless  the  material  be  under-cured.  To  meet 


vii          ANALYSIS   OF  MANUFACTURED   RUBBER        123 

this  eventuality,  the  dried  extract  is  treated  repeatedly 
with  cold  carbon  disulphide  in  small  doses  until  no  more 
coloured  matter  goes  into  solution.  If  a  pellicle  of  rubber 
is  now  left  behind,  it  is  dried  and  weighed,  and  its  weight 
is  subtracted  from  that  of  the  total  extract. 

It  should  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  bitumen  thus 
found  represents  quite  a  small  fraction  (10  to  30  per  cent., 
according  to  circumstances)  of  the  bitumen  originally 
added  to  the  rubber.  More  than  half  of  the  total  bitumen 
will  have  been  already  removed  by  acetone.  On  the 
other  hand,  a  certain  proportion,  of  the  same  order  of 
magnitude  as  the  carbon  disulphide  extract  itself,  resists 
solvents  altogether  and  passes  on  into  the  final  residue 
of  vulcanized  rubber.  Some  data  as  to  the  distribution  of 
bitumen  which,  if  used  with  caution,  may  serve  as  the 
basis  of  calculations  for  the  present  case,  are  given  on 
pp.  54—55. 

IV.  Alcoholic  Potash  Extraction. 

The  next  and  last  process  of  extraction  consists  in  the 
removal  of  factice,  or  rather  of  the  essential,  fully 
vulcanized,  constituent  of  factice.  This  is  effected  by 
saponification,  whereby  the  factice  is  converted  into 
glycerine  and  alkali-soaps  soluble  in  alcohol.  Too  much 
stress  cannot  be  laid  on  the  necessity  of  having  a  finely- 
divided  sample,  procured  either  by  rasping  or  crumbing, 
for  this  determination.  Alcoholic  potash  penetrates 
rubber  with  such  difficulty  that  it  may  very  well  extract 
only  a  fifth  or  a  tenth  of  the  factice  actually  present,  if 
the  rubber  be  merely  cut  up  into  snippets. 

The  rubber  left  over  from  the  previous  extractions  is 
spread  on  a  dish,  freed  from  solvent  by  air-drying,  and 
transferred  to  a  100  c.c.  flask  ground-in  to  a  reflux  con- 
denser. The  apparatus  designed  for  the  toluene  extraction 


I24        INDIA-RUBBER   LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

of  gutta-percha  (Fig.  22fr)  serves  equally  well  for  the  present 
purpose.  Fifty  c.c.  of  N/5  alcoholic  potash,  or  10  c.c. 
of  Nj~L  suitably  diluted  with  alcohol,  are  added,  and  the 
mixture  is  boiled  on  a  sand-  or  water-bath  for  three  hours. 
The  reagent  employed  should  not  be  dark  in  colour,  but 
yellow  at  most ;  it  should  be  made  up  with  clean  spirits 
of  wine  (not  methylated  spirit)  and  kept  in  a  well-lighted 
place.  In  taking  up  factice,  it  assumes  a  more  or  less 
deep  brown  colour. 

The  liquid  is  poured  away  from  the  rubber  and  dis- 
tilled nearly  to  dryness  from  a  water-bath.  Meanwhile 
the  rubber  is  boiled  up  with  three  relays  of  20  c.c.  of 
water  and  wrung  out,  the  combined  washings  being 
added  to  the  distillation-residue.  The  clear  soap-solution 
thus  obtained  is  transferred,  when  cool,  to  a  separating 
funnel,  acidified  with  hydrochloric  acid,  and  extracted 
two  or  three  times  with  ether.  The  ethereal  extract  is 
distilled  in  a  tared  Soxhlet  flask,  dried  for  an  hour  or 
two  at  110°,  and  weighed. 

The  brown  evil-smelling  mass  thus  obtained  consists 
not  of  factice  but  of  factice-acids,  and  requires  a  small 
plus  correction.  On  the  average,  the  yield  of  acid  from 
acetone-extracted  brown  factice  is  94  per  cent.,  from 
white  factice  88  per  cent.  In  order,  then,  to  arrive  at 
the  weight  of  unsaponified  factice,  the  weight  of  factice- 
acids  is  multiplied  by  1'136  if  chlorine  (indicating  white 
factice)  is  found  in  the  alcoholic  potash  extract,  or  by 
1-064  if  chlorine  is  absent.  The  older  method  of  factice- 
determination,  by  which  the  rubber  was  weighed  before 
and  after  extraction,  is  open  to  more  than  one  serious 
objection  and  is  not  to  be  recommended. 

It  is  often  desirable  to  determine  the  sulphur  of 
vulcanization  combined  with  the  extracted  factice.  To 


vii          ANALYSIS   OF  MANUFACTURED  RUBBER        125 

this  end  a  separate  extraction  must  be  made,  because  a 
certain  amount  of  sulphur  (and  most  of  the  chlorine)  is 
split  off  in  the  operations  described  above.  A  separate 
alcoholic  potash  extract,  accordingly,  is  evaporated  in  an 
iron  bowl,  and  the  sulphur  is  determined  by  the  potash- 
peroxide  fusion  method  (see  p.  43).  So  also  both  sulphur 
and  chlorine  may  be  determined  in  the  same  extract,  but 
there  is  little  to  be  gained  from  chlorine  determinations 
unless  the  simultaneous  presence  of  white  and  brown 
factice  be  suspected,  since  white  factices  do  not  vary 
notably  in  sulphur-  and  chlorine-content  (cf.  p.  45). 

The  percentage  of  factice  determined  by  means  of 
alcoholic  potash  falls  short  of  the  factice  originally  present 
by  so  much  as  has  already  been  dissolved  out  by  acetone. 
In  calculating  back  to  mixings,  then,  the  factice  now 
found  should  be  increased  by  one-fourth  in  order  to  arrive 
at  original  brown  factice,  and  the  same  quantity  should 
be  subtracted  from  the  acetone  extract  of  the  rubber.  In 
the  case  of  white  factice  the  allowance  will  be  one-ninth 
of  the  factice  found. 

V.    Combined  Sulphur. 

After  these  various  extractions,  what  we  have  left  is 
rubber  hydrocarbon,  plus  the  sulphur  of  vulcanization 
combined  with  it,  plus  the  charge.  Before  going  on  to 
the  analytical  treatment  of  charge,  it  will  here  be  well  to 
consider  the  determination  of  combined  sulphur.  In  the 
majority  of  heat-cured  soft  rubber  goods  the  sulphur  of 
vulcanization  ranges  between  2  and  4  per  cent,  of  the 
rubber  proper,  and  when  it  is  desired  merely  to  obtain 
approximate  information  as  to  the  original  mixing,  it 
does  well  enough  to  assume  that  for  100  parts  of  rubber 
hydrocarbon  there  are  3  parts  of  combined  sulphur 


126        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

present.  This  sulphur,  added  to  the  free  sulphur  previously 
found,  gives  total  sulphur  as  compounded  in  the  mixing. 

From  another  point  of  view,  however,  sulphur  of 
vulcanization  calls  not  only  for  direct  determination,  but 
for  accurate  determination.  The  coefficient  of  vulcaniza- 
tion of  any  rubber,  which  may  more  briefly  be  denominated 
degree  of  sulphur  and  be  expressed  in  degrees,  is  denned 
as  the  parts  of  rubber-combined  sulphur  present  per  100 
parts  of  pure  sulphur-free  rubber  hydrocarbon.  This 
quantity  is  very  characteristic  of  the  rubber  and  the  cure. 
In  any  given  mixing,  it  increases  with  the  temperature  of 
the  cure,  the  duration  of  cure,  and  the  proportion  of 
sulphur  incorporated;  moreover,  all  these  conditions 
remaining  constant,  it  varies  with  the  species  of  rubber 
employed.  What  is  considered  correct  vulcanization  for 
any  given  mixing  can  be,  as  it  were,  registered  by  means 
of  the  degree  of  sulphur.  There  is  no  need,  therefore,  to 
insist  on  the  importance  of  determining  sulphur  of 
vulcanization  in  connexion  with  manufacturing  practice. 

The  determination  of  degree  of  sulphur  involves  three 
distinct  assays,  viz.  : — 

(a)  That  of  total  combined  sulphur. 

(b)  That  of  inorganically  combined  sulphur,  if  present. 

(c)  That  of  rubber  hydrocarbon. 

All  these  being  expressed  as  percentages  of  original 
material,  we  have 

8  =   _100(*-a)  degrees. 

Assay  (b)  is  carried  out  on  a  portion  of  the  isolated 
charge  (see  p.  141).  Eubber  proper  is  usually  estimated 
by  difference  (see  p.  13^)  and  in  complicated  mixtures  is 
liable  to  come  out  with  an  error  of  several  per  cent. 


vii         ANALYSIS  OF  MANUFACTURED  RUBBER        127 

In  order  not  to  aggravate  this  error,  it  is  well  to  deter- 
mine sulphur  as  accurately  as  possible.  The  percentage 
of  combined  sulphur  in  high-class  soft  rubbers  ought  to 
be  stated  correctly  within  ±  3  to  4  units  in  the  second 
place  of  decimals.  In  highly  charged  goods  a  somewhat 
wider  limit  of  error  must  be  allowed.  With  ebonites, 
which  may  be  cured  up  to  40°  or  higher,  the  second 
place  of  decimals  may  be  disregarded. 

Total  combined  sulphur  in  rubber  goods  is  determined 
in  the  residue  remaining  after  all  the  extractive  operations 
have  been  brought  to  an  end.  If  it  be  intended  to  weigh 
out  a  portion  only  of  the  residue  in  hand,  this  residue 
must  previously  be  completely  dried  and  then  weighed. 
Extracted  rubber  has  a  peculiar  tendency  to  take  up 
oxygen,  so  that  the  drying  must  be  done  with  care.  The 
best  thing  is  to  heat  in  the  air-oven  at  110°  until  the 
water  or  organic  solvent  is  nearly  expelled,  and  to  finish 
in  the  vacuum-oven.  Generally  speaking,  however,  it 
makes  for  accuracy  to  weigh  out  a  separate  sample  of 
original  substance,  to  subject  it  to  the  various  extractions, 
and  to  use  it  bodily,  after  cursory  drying,  for  the  deter- 
mination of  combined  sulphur. 

Of  the  various  methods  available,  two  may  be  specially 
recommended.  By  the  classical  method  of  Henriques, 
now  over  thirty  years  old,  the  rubber  is  nitrated  and  the 
organic  matter  then  destroyed  by  fusion  with  alkaline 
nitrate.  Very  accurate  results  are  obtained,  but  the 
method  is  tedious  and  much  at  the  mercy  of  accidents, 
and  is  useful  rather  as  a  check  method  than  for  routine 
work.  The  second  method,  in  which  sodium  peroxide  is 
the  oxidizing  medium,  dates  from  the  comparatively 
recent  time  when  that  reagent  became  cheap  and  familiar. 
It  has  for  some  years  past  been  extensively  practised  in 


128        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

numerous  modifications,  amongst  which  the  one  described 
below  is  as  rapid,  accurate,  and  handy  as  any. 

The  amount  of  material  to  be  weighed  out  should  be 
1  gr.  of  high-class  (especially  floating)  qualities,  O5  gr.  of 
heavily  charged  qualities,  or  0'3  gr.  of  ebonite. 

1.  Nitrate  Fusion  Method. — The  rubber  is  placed 
together  with  15  c.c.  of  sulphur-free  concentrated  nitric 
acid  in  a  25  c.c.  porcelain  crucible  of  the  wide-mouthed 
type,  which  is  covered  with  a  watch-glass  and  warmed, 
cautiously  at  first,  on  a  water-bath.  When  the  evolution 
of  nitrous  gases  has  ceased,  the  watch-glass  is  removed 
and  the  mixture  is  evaporated.  Should  fragments  of 
rubber  remain  undecomposed,  evaporation  with  more 
nitric  acid  will  be  necessary.  The  contents  of  the  crucible 
now  consist  of  a  yellow  slime,  to  which  carbon  black 
or  bitumen,  if  present,  may  impart  a  black  discolor- 
ation. Whilst  the  sticky  mass  is  still  warm,  5  gr.  of  a 
finely-powdered  mixture  of  sodium  carbonate  and  po- 
tassium nitrate  (5  :  3),  both  sulphur-free,  are  added  in 
small  portions  at  a  time  and  uniformly  incorporated 
with  the  aid  of  a  thick  iron  wire  hammered  flat  at  the 
end.  The  crucible  and  its  contents  are  then  dried  in 
the  air-oven ;  practised  analysts,  however,  will  combine 
this  with  the  next  operation,  taking  care  that  condensed 
moisture  is  not  allowed  to  remain  on  the  crucible-cover. 
The  mixture  (which,  it  will  be  noted,  is  nothing  more  or 
less  than  a  kind  of  slow  gunpowder)  is  now  very  cautiously 
heated  over  a  small  flame  until  reaction  sets  in,  when  the 
flame  is  at  once  withdrawn.  The  crucible  meanwhile  is 
covered  with  its  lid,  or  with  a  semi-flat  porcelain  dish, 
bottom  downward ;  in  case  solid  particles  are  thrown  on 
to  the  cover,  they  can  subsequently  be  scraped  off  and 
added  to  bulk.  Keaction  should  take  the  form  of  a 


vii          ANALYSIS   OF  MANUFACTURED  RUBBER        129 

slow  and  mild  deflagration  with  evolution  of  bluish 
smoke.  Provided  the  reagents  be  finely  powdered  and 
intimately  mixed,  and  not  heated  too  quickly,  there  is  no 
risk  of  anything  so  violent  as  an  explosion.  Eeaction 
over,  the  flame  is  urged  and  the  contents  of  the  crucible 
are  brought  to  fusion  and  well  stirred  with  the  iron  wire 
previously  used.  After  remaining  in  fusion  for  a  short 
time,  as  much  as  possible  of  the  melt  is  poured  and 
scraped  on  to  an  iron  plate  and  then  thrown,  whilst  still 
hot,  into  a  beaker  of  water.  The  cooled  crucible  also  is 
digested  with  hot  water.  When  the  melt  has  been  com- 
pletely lixiviated,  the  liquid  is  filtered.  The  residue, 
which  contains  inter  alia  carbonates  of  all  the  lead,  zinc, 
barium,  calcium,  and  magnesium  present  in  the  rubber, 
is  worth  preserving  in  case  check  determinations  of  these 
metals  should  be  required.  The  filtrate  is  strongly 
acidified  with  hydrochloric  acid,  evaporated  to  dryness, 
taken  up  with  water,  and  filtered ;  whereupon  precipi- 
tation by  means  of  barium  chloride  is  effected  in  the 
usual  way. 

2.  Potash-Peroxide  Fusion  Method. — The  most  con- 
venient vessels  for  this  fusion  are  hemispherical  bowls  of 
spun  sheet-iron,  about  10  cm.  diameter,  such  as  are  com- 
monly used  for  sand-  or  oil-baths.  They  are  cheap,  and 
last  out  twenty  or  thirty  fusions.  Large  nickel  crucibles 
serve  equally  well,  but  are  both  dearer  and  less  durable. 
The  rubber  is  placed  in  a  bowl  with  16  gr.  (usually  corres- 
ponding to  16  cm.)  of  stick  potash  or  less,  according  to 
the  amount  of  rubber  proper  present,  and  2  c.c.  of  water  ; 
more  water  than  this  is  both  superfluous  and  undesirable. 
The  potash  is  dissolved  by  gentle  heat  and  boiled  down 
at  a  simmer.  Now  and  afterwards  the  contents  of  the 
bowl  should  be  kept  well  mixed,  either  by  means  of  a 

K 


130        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

long  iron  spatula  or  by  agitating  the  bowl  held  in  a  pair 
of  crucible  tongs.  When  the  rubber  begins  to  melt,  the 
flame  is  so  regulated  that  decomposition,  accompanied  by 
evolution  of  a  bluish  fume,  takes  place  at  a  steady  and  not 
too  rapid  pace.  After  15: — 20  minutes,  volatile  matter  will 
cease  to  be  given  off  and  the  melt  will  consist  of  a  homo- 
geneous dark  mass.  The  spluttering  which  continues 
up  to  this  point  does  not  seriously  affect  the  accuracy 
of  the  assay,  but  is  very  disagreeable  to  the  operator,  who 
will  do  well  to  wear  gloves.  A  lid  of  sheet  iron  may  be 
used,  but  the  process  is  less  well  under  control,  especially 
as  regards  keeping  the  melt  properly  mixed.  Sodium 
peroxide  is  now  added  in  pinches,  and  thoroughly  incor- 
porated. The  amount  required  varies  between  2  and  5  gr. 
and  may  be  gauged  by  the  circumstance  that  when 
oxidation  is  complete  the  melt  changes  from  a  light  green 
to  a  dark  purple  colour  due  to  ferrates  and  permanganates. 
Should  effervescence  take  place  on  adding  the  peroxide, 
it  is  a  sign  that  the  fusion  with  potash  alone  has  not  been 
urged  far  enough.  Care  must  be  taken  that  the  oxidizing 
magma  comes  into  contact  with  the  whole  inner  super- 
ficies of  the  bowl. 

After  cooling,  but  whilst  still  warm,  the  bowl  is  three- 
quarters  filled  with  water.  The  dissolved  contents  are 
rinsed  into  a  beaker,  made  up  to  400  c.c.,  treated  with 
concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  until  the  ferric  oxide  is 
just  dissolved,  further  acidified  with  5  c.c.  of  the  same, 
and  boiled.  In  the  absence  of  barium  the  liquid  will  be 
perfectly  clear,  though  strongly  coloured  by  ferric  chloride. 
Whether  barium  be  already  present  or  not,  the  boiling 
liquid  is  now  precipitated  with  a  decided  excess  of  barium 
chloride  and  allowed  to  cool  completely ;  this  latter  pre- 
caution is  necessary,  because  barium  sulphate  is  by  no 


vii        ANALYSTS  OF  MANUFACTURED  RUBBER         131 

means  insoluble  in  the  hot,  acid,  highly  saline  liquid. 
The  precipitate  is  filtered  off  and  weighed  as  usual.  From 
beginning  to  end  the  whole  assay  can,  if  desired,  be 
carried  out  within  2J  hours.  Should  the  stick  potash 
contain  sulphur,  the  requisite  correction  is  determined 
once  for  all  by  a  blank  assay  ;  but  most  of  the  better 
brands  are  practically  free  from  sulphur. 

This  method  (but  not  the  preceding  one)  lends  itself 
also  to  the  determination  of  chlorine  of  vulcanization  in 
cold-cured  goods,  precisely  as  in  the  case  of  white  factice 
(see  p.  44).  If,  however,  the  rubber  has  previously  been 
extracted  with  alcoholic  potash,  the  determination  will 
have  no  quantitative  value,  since  cold-cured  rubber  gives 
up  most  of  its  chlorine  to  alkali.  With  a  cold-cured 
rubber  containing  white  factice,  the  best  course  is  to 
determine  total  chlorine  immediately  after  acetone  extrac- 
tion and  to  deduct  8  parts  of  chlorine  per  100  of  factice 
separately  determined  by  means  of  alcoholic  potash. 

Mineral  Combined  Sulphur. — By  this  is  meant  the 
total  combined  sulphur  contained  in  the  pulverulent 
constituents  (charge)  of  the  rubber,  and  it  is  determined 
directly  in  a  portion  of  the  charge  isolated  by  the  method 
described  in  the  next  chapter.  As  much  as  can  be  spared 
of  the  charge  (previously  well  mixed)  of  black  and  grey 
rubber  may  be  weighed  out,  but  in  the  case  of  whites  and 
reds  not  more  than  J  gr.  should  be  taken.  The  powder  is 
boiled  down  with  5  gr.  of  stick  potash  and  oxidized  with 
sodium  peroxide  as  above  ;  there  being  little  or  no  organic 
matter  to  get  rid  of,  the  whole  business  is  over  in  less  than 
ten  minutes.  Or,  still  more  simply,  the  powder  is  directly 
mixed  with  about  3  gr.  of  peroxide  in  a  small  iron  or 
nickel  crucible  and  heated  to  fusion  ;  but  if  the  powder 
contains  a  high  proportion  of  sulphides  or  of  carbon  black, 

K2 


132        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

it  must  be  diluted  with  a  little  magnesia  to  mitigate  the 
violence  of  the  reaction.  The  melt  is  dealt  with  as  before. 
Mineral  sulphur  thus  found  is  calculated  as  a  per- 
centage of  the  original  rubber  and  subtracted  from  total 
combined  sulphur  similarly  calculated  ;  this  gives  sulphur 
of  vulcanization.  Sulphur  of  vulcanization  calculated  as 
a  percentage  of  rubber  proper  (itself  a  percentage  of 
original  material)  constitutes  the  degree  of  sulphur. 

When  a  rubber  is  to  be  examined  for  degree  of  sulphur 
only,  one  gramme  is  weighed  out,  extracted,  and  treated  by 
the  nitrate  or  potash-peroxide  method.  Another  gramme 
(except  when  mineral  ingredients  are  altogether  absent) 
is  dissolved  as  on  p.  141,  and  the  whole  of  the  charge 
isolated  from  it  is  similarly  treated.  The  result  of  the 
latter  assay  is  simply  subtracted  from  that  of  the  former. 
This  double  operation  is,  or  should  be,  a  very  frequent 
item  of  factory  routine  in  cases  where  the  percentage  of 
rubber  proper  in  the  mixing  is  already  known.  In  these 
cases,  moreover,  the  separate  determination  of  mineral 
sulphur  can  often  be  dispensed  with;  but  it  should  be 
noted  that  it  is  a  little  unsafe  to  calculate  mineral  sulphur, 
if  there  be  much  of  it,  from  the  compounding  materials 
as  specified  on  paper,  and  that  when  lead  compounds  are 
present  the  actual  determination  of  mineral  sulphur  in 
each  sample  is  a  matter  of  necessity. 

VI.    Determination  of  Rubber. 

Although  much  work  has  been  expended  on  the  deter- 
mination of  rubber  by  direct  methods,  there  can  be  no 
doubt  that,  as  matters  now  stand,  the  only  trustworthy 
general  way  of  arriving  at  the  percentage  of  rubber  in 
vulcanized  goods  consists  in  simple  estimation  by  differ- 
ence. In  former  times,  when  inorganic  matter  could  be 


vii         ANALYSIS   OF  MANUFACTURED  RUBBER         133 

determined  only  by  incineration,  the  difference  method 
was  liable  to  rather  large  errors,  but  the  application  of 
centrifugal  machinery  has  altered  all  that.  Eubber  proper, 
then,  is  determined  by  adding  up  the  percentages  of  the 
various  extracts,  total  charge,  and  sulphur  of  vulcaniza- 
tion, and  subtracting  the  sum  from  100.  As  a  rule,  it  is 
quite  feasible  thus  to  estimate  the  content  of  rubber 
proper  within  one  or  two  per  cent,  of  itself.  When 
bitumen  is  present,  a  certain  amount  of  vulcanized 
bitumen  will  remain  with  the  rubber  and  evade  direct 
determination ;  the  best  that  can  be  done  in  such  cases 
is  to  apply  an  approximate  correction  (see  p.  54). 

Vulcanized  rubber  combines  with  bromine  as  readily  as 
unvulcanized ;  the  presence  of  mineral  fillers,  however, 
militates  against  the  accurate  determination  of  rubber  as 
tetrabromide,  and  the  sulphur  of  vulcanization  also  intro- 
duces some  uncertainty.  When  there  is  no  mineral 
matter,  or  none  except  barytes,  silicates,  and  carbon, 
rubber  can  be  determined,  after  extraction,  in  both  soft 
rubbers  and  ebonites  by  the  tetrabromide  method  (see 
p.  14).  Under  the  action  of  bromine,  part  of  the  com- 
bined sulphur  is  split  off  as  sulphur  bromide,  whilst 
the  remainder  persists  in  the  rubber  bromide.1  For  soft- 
cured  goods  of  2° — 4°  of  sulphur,  the  same  factor  of 
conversion,  viz.,  0'42,  holds  approximately  good  as  for 
unvulcanized  rubber.  For  ebonites  the  factor  ranges 
between  0'6  and  1-0,  according  to  the  degree  of 
vulcanization. 

VII.     Analysis  of  Unvulcanized  Goods. 

This  is  a  minor  branch  of  rubber  manufacture,  limited 
to  certain  special  articles.     Unvulcanized  insulation-strip 
1  W.  A.  Caspar!,  Le  Caoutchouc  et  la  Guttapercha,  8  (1911),  p.  5289. 


134        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

is  usually  free  from  mineral  charge,  but  may  contain 
factice  and  waxy  hydrocarbons.  Among  more  or  less 
highly  charged  doughs  sold  as  such  may  be  mentioned 
tyre-repairing  compositions,  in  which  much  litharge  or 
other  accelerator  may  be  expected ;  doughs  for  surgical 
and  dental  ebonites ;  bands  or  cords  for  sealing  tins,  &c. 
Exactly  the  same  mode  of  analysis  is  applicable  to  all 
these  as  to  vulcanized  goods,  from  which  they  differ  only 
in  containing  no  rubber-combined  sulphur.  Certain 
modifications  are,  however,  dictated  by  the  fact  that 
uncured  dough  is  apt  to  melt  and  clog  when  slightly 
warmed,  and  so  to  resist  extraction  by  boiling  solvents. 
When  the  material  is  not  already  in  the  form  of  sheet  or 
cord,  it  should  be  rolled  into  sheet  of  not  more  than 
1  mm.  thickness.  This  is  cut  into  strip,  weighed  out, 
and  wrapped  spirally  in  stout  gauze,  whereupon  it  is 
ready  for  extraction  with  acetone  and  alcoholic  potash. 
When  the  dough  is  available  only  in  lump  form,  it  is  cut 
up  as  finely  as  possible,  and  the  snippets,  after  being 
wrapped  layer-wise  in  filter-paper  or  gauze,  will  yield 
their  extractive  matter  readily  enough  to  acetone — but 
not  always  quantitatively  to  alcoholic  potash.  The  latter 
difficulty  may  be  overcome  by  the  following  artifice  : — 
the  acetone-extracted  material  is  swelled  and  dissolved 
in  ten  parts  of  benzene,  and  the  magma  is  mixed  with 
alcoholic  potash  solution  (which  precipitates  the  rubber 
in  porous  clots)  and  boiled  as  usual.  The  extract  is 
transferred  to  a  separating  funnel  and  shaken  with  a  few 
c.c.  of  water ;  the  bulk  of  the  benzene  then  separates 
out  and  is  rejected.  At  least  one  more  extraction  of  the 
rubber  clot  is  carried  out,  and  finally  the  united  extracts 
are  further  treated  as  on  p.  124. 

Carbon  disulphide   extractions  being  impracticable  in 


vii         ANALYSIS  OF  MANUFACTURED   RUBBER         135 

the  case  of  uncured  dough,  bitumen,  if  present,  must  be 
approximately  estimated  from  the  acetone  extract. 
Failing  this  possibility,  the  best  plan  is  to  vulcanize  a 
portion  of  the  sample,  e.g.  by  pressing  into  a  test-tube  and 
heating  in  an  oil  bath,  and  then  to  proceed  as  usual. 


VIII.— Analysis  of  Rubber  Solutions. 

The  rubber  solutions  current  in  trade  and  within 
factories  range  from  dilute  solutions  containing  5 — 10  per 
cent,  of  rubber  and  little  or  no  charge  to  thick  pastes  or 
cements  in  which  there  is  much  pulverulent  filling  and 
comparatively  little  solvent.  The  solvents  in  use  are 
coal-tar  hydrocarbons,  petroleum  hydrocarbons,  carbon 
disulphide,  and  carbon  tetrachloride,  or  mixtures  of  two 
or  more  of  these.  Rubber  solutions  may  be  analysed  as 
follows : — 

1.  Fifty  gr.,  or  as  much  as  can  be  spared,  of  solution 
are  steam-distilled  until  the  runnings  are  no  longer  turbid. 
The  non-aqueous  portion  of  the  distillate  is  separated  off 
and   subjected   to  fractional  distillation,  specific  gravity 
determination,   and  chemical  tests.     The   nature   of  the 
solvent  or  solvents  is  thus  ascertained. 

2.  Five  to  twenty  gr.,  according  to  concentration,  of 
well  mixed  solution  are  spread  on  a  wide  flat  porcelain 
dish,  which  is  covered  with  a  clock-glass  and  weighed. 
The  dish  is  dried  in  the  vacuum  oven,  so  that  the  dissolved 
matter  forms  a  thin  elastic  film  on  the  bottom  of  the 
dish.     This  film  is  drawn   off  and  turned  upside  down, 
and  drying  is  continued  to  constancy  of  weight.    The  loss 
in  weight  gives  the  percentage  of  solvent,  which  cannot 
be  determined  accurately  by  steam-distillation  owing  to 
the  difficulty  of  expelling  the  last  traces.     The  residual 


136        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

film  of  rubber  thus  obtained  is  examined  by  the  usual 
methods  of  rubber  analysis. 

In  some  solutions  and  pastes,  especially  those  intended 
for  cementing  solid  tyres,  rubber  is  replaced  wholly  or 
partially  by  gutta-percha  or  balata.  A  quantitative 
separation  of  these  hydrocarbons  from  rubber  is  im- 
practicable, but  information  as  to  the  presence  of  gutta 
can  generally  be  obtained  by  isolating  and  examining  the 
pure  hydrocarbons ;  to  this  end,  the  solution  is  suitably 
diluted  andcentrifuged,  and  the  clear  liquid  is  precipitated 
with  alcohol.  As  distinguished  from  indiarubber,  gutta- 
percha  and  balata  are  more  plastic  and  almost  destitute 
of  tensile  elasticity,  and  they  are  much  less  viscous  in 
solution. 

IX. — Analysis  of  Ebonite. 

Ebonite  is  the  product  obtained  when  rubber  is  mixed 
with  30 — 50  parts  of  sulphur  and  subjected  to  prolonged 
cure  at  high  temperature.  It  not  only  has  a  high  degree 
of  sulphur  but  also  contains  rather  large  percentages  of 
uncombined  sulphur,  which  does  not  effloresce  to  the 
surface.  Superior  ebonites,  especially  those  which  take  a 
high  polish,  are  made  with  little  or  no  filling  matter ;  in 
the  cheaper  kinds,  diluents  and  pulverulent  ingredients 
play  an  important  part,  and  the  proportion  of  rubber  may 
tail  off  to  near  vanishing-point. 

In  all  essentials,  the  analysis  of  ebonite  is  conducted  on 
the  same  lines  as  that  of  soft  rubber.  The  material  is 
easily  comminuted  by  rasping.  Acetone  extraction 
should  be  continued  for  20  hours.  Alcoholic  potash, 
even  if  no  factice  at  all  be  present,  will  invariably  extract 
a  few  per  cent,  of  saponifiable  matter  which  has  been 
formed  by  the  action  of  sulphur  upon  resin,  etc.  Mineral 
matter  must  be  determined  by  ash-analysis  (see  p.  158), 


vii        ANALYSIS  OF  MANUFACTURED  RUBBER          137 

antimony  and  mercury  being  separately  determined,  as 
also  carbon. 

A  frequent  ingredient  of  ebonite  is  added  resin.  So  far 
as  this  consists  of  rosin  or  rubber-containing  resins,  it 
finds  its  way  completely  into  the  acetone  extract.  The 
hard  varnish-maker's  resins,  however  (copal,- shellac,  etc., 
etc.),  are  insoluble,  or  only  partially  soluble,  in  acetone. 
In  order  to  obtain  information  as  to  the  presence  of  these 
latter,  the  ebonite  is  subjected,  immediately  after  acetone, 
to  extraction  with  epichlorhydrin,  B.P.  116°— 117°.  This 
is  best  done  by  boiling  out  the  material  in  a  flask  under 
reflux  condensation  with  two  or  three  portions  of  solvent. 
From  the  united  extracts  the  bulk  of  epichlorhydrin  is 
removed  by  distillation  from  an  oil-bath,  and  the  re- 
mainder by  adding  one  or  two  relays  of  clean  alcohol  to 
the  residue  and  distilling  off.  Casein,  which  sometimes 
occurs  as  a  filler,  is  easily  detected  by  the  soda-lime  test 
for  nitrogen  and  determined  by  a  Kjeldahl  assay  ;  as  factor 
of  conversion  of  nitrogen  to  «casein,  6*7  may  be  taken. 
Cork  Dust,  a  not  uncommon  filler,  is  more  insidious 
from  the  analyst's  point  of  view.  Taken  alone,  it  yields 
5 — 10  per  cent,  of  extractive  matter  to  boiling  acetone 
and  subsequently  40 — 50  per  cent,  to  alcoholic  potash. 
The  fatty  acids  from  the  latter  extraction  form  a  brown, 
amorphous  mass  of  firmer  consistency  than  those  from 
factice,  and,  unlike  these,  insoluble  in  cold  petroleum 
spirit;  in  boiling  petroleum  spirit  they  are  slightly 
soluble,  a  white  subcrystalline  deposit  separating  out  on 
cooling.  After  extraction  with  alcoholic  potash,  cork 
dust  still  yields  a  little  matter  to  dilute  aqueous  caustic 
lye ;  the  red  solutions  so  obtained  give,  on  acidification,  a 
light  yellow  precipitate  almost  insoluble  in  ether.  By 
the  aid  of  these  data,  cork  dust  in  ebonite  may  be  detected 


138        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

and  roughly  determined,  it  being  borne  in  mind  that  one 
or  two  per  cent,  of  organic  acids  which  are  derived 
neither  from  factice  nor  from  cork  dust  are  always  likely 
to  be  found  in  the  alcoholic  potash  extract. 

X.  Reclaim  and  Ground  Waste. 

No  general  method  has  as  yet  been  devised  for  deter- 
mining reclaim  or  ground  waste  in  vulcanized  rubber 
goods,  any  more  than  for  separating  two  or  more  raw 
rubber  sorts,  once  vulcanized  together.  Even  qualita- 
tively it  is  by  no  means  always  possible  to  make  sure  of 
the  presence  of  reclaim.  In  all  cases,  rubber  analyses 
should  be  gone  through  in  the  normal  way,  regardless  of 
its  presence  or  absence ;  conclusions  as  to  one  or  the 
other  may  afterwards  be  drawn  from  the  analyses  and 
from  other  tests. 

The  main  chemical  characteristic  of  reclaim  in  a  vul- 
canized mixing  is  its  comparatively  high  degree  of 
sulphur.  Whereas  raw  rubber  in  soft-cured  goods  is 
seldom  vulcanized  above  4°,  reclaims  themselves  show 
originally  from  2°  to  5°,  and  after  re-vulcanization  rise  to 
a  correspondingly  higher  degree.  Hence  from  an  ab- 
normal degree  of  sulphur  in  a  not  obviously  over-cured 
article  the  presence  of  reclaim  may  reasonably  be 
suspected.  A  physical  peculiarity  of  vulcanized  reclaim 
is  its  relatively  low  capacity  for  absorbing  solvents.  In 
general,  and  with  any  kind  of  vulcanized  rubber,  tendency 
to  swell  in  solvents  decreases  as  the  degree  of  sulphur 
rises  ;  but  as  regards  reclaim  the  purely  physical  con- 
dition of  the  material  is  an  additional  factor.  Eubber 
goods  made  largely  or  wholly  from  reclaim,  then,  swell 
up  much  less  when  immersed  in  naphtha  than  those 
made  from  ra\v  rubber.  In  goods  containing  both,  a 


vii        ANALYSIS   OF  MANUFACTURED  RUBBER          139 

curious  pitted  formation  may  often  be  observed  when  a 
perfectly  plane  surface  is  allowed  to  swell  in  naphtha. 
Another  side  of  the  same  phenomenon  is  the  circumstance 
that  vulcanized  reclaim  is  much  less  readily  dissolved  at 
high  temperatures,  e.g.  by  boiling  petroleum  (cf.  p.  141) 
than  ordinary  vulcanized  rubber.  By  its  behaviour 
under  this  treatment,  reclaim  can  frequently  be  detected 
with  tolerable  certainty,  and  it  is  conceivable  that  an 
approximate  separation  of  raw  rubber  from  reclaim  in 
rubber  goods,  based  on  selective  decomposition  with 
solvents  at  different  temperatures,  may  some  day  be 
worked  out. 

Little,  if  any,  evidence  of  the  presence  of  reclaim  is  to 
be  gained  from  the  accompanying  non -rubbers.  When, 
however,  there  is  found  an  unexpectedly  large  variety  of 
mineral  fillers,  some  of  them  in  quite  small  quantity,  the 
presence  of  reclaim  may  well  be  suspected,  since  the 
tendency  in  compounding  raw  rubber  mixings  is  rather 
to  simplify  than  to  complicate  the  charge. 

The  mechanical  properties  of  rubber  goods  are  of 
course  affected  to  a  considerable  extent  by  the  presence  of 
reclaim,  which  can  often  be  detected  by  merely  fingering 
and  inspecting  the  sample.  Tensile  strength  and,  still 
more,  elongation  at  rupture,  are  much  reduced.  So, 
above  all,  is  resiliency :  the  material  feels  more  or  less 
"  dead  "  when  pulled  or  bent,  and  recovery  from  deform- 
ation takes  place  sluggishly.  At  the  same  time,  these 
effects  may  be  just  as  well  produced  by  inferior  raw 
rubbers,  or  excess  of  foreign  materials,  or  faulty  cure ;  so 
that  conclusions  must  be  drawn  with  caution. 


CHAPTEE  VIII 

ANALYSIS  OF  MANUFACTURED  RUBBER  :  INORGANIC 

HAVING  dealt  with  rubber  diluents  and  sulphur,  we 
now  come  to  what  is  in  the  main  a  branch  of  inorganic 
analysis,  viz.,  examination  of  the  solid  compounding 
materials  ;  and  the  first  task  will  be  to  determine  their 
aggregate  percentage  in  the  rubber.  Until  recent  times 
there  was  no  way  of  doing  this  save  by  incineration, 
which  involves  numerous  inaccuracies,  gives  no  informa- 
tion as  to  organic  pulverulent  fillers,  and,  by  disguising 
the  mineral  combined  sulphur,  renders  the  determination 
of  degree  of  sulphur  difficult,  if  not  impossible.  By  now, 
however,  methods  by  which  the  rubber  is  dissolved  away 
and  the  residual  charge  collected  have  been  gradually 
brought  to  perfection.  Of  the  numerous  solvents  by 
which  rubber  can  be  destructively  dissolved,  the  one 
earliest  proposed,  viz.,  petroleum,  is  on  the  whole  the 
best.  The  chief  obstacle  to  be  surmounted  has  been 
rather  the  difficulty  of  collecting  the  charge,  which  is 
obtained  in  very  fine  suspension  and,  in  most  cases, 
resists  all  attempts  at  filtration.  This  problem  has  been 
satisfactorily  solved  by  the  application  of  centrifugal 
machinery. 

J40 


CHAP,  vni    ANALYSIS  OF  MANUFACTURED  RUBBER  141 


I.     Determination  of  Charge. 

In  presence  of  little  or  no  free  sulphur,  it  is  immaterial 
whether  the  original  rubber  or  such  as  has  undergone 
extraction  be  taken ;  when  the  total  sample  available  for 
analysis  is  scanty,  the  latter  is  obviously  to  be  preferred. 
Preliminary  extraction  is  advisable  in  presence  of  much 
free  sulphur,  in  order  that 
possible  after  -  vulcanization 
during  the  hot  petroleum 
treatment  may  be  avoided. 
The  rubber  must  in  any  case 
be  as  finely  divided  as  possible. 
One  or  two  grammes  are 
weighed  into  a  50  c.c.  Erlen- 
meyer  flask,  and  covered  with 

10  c.c.  of  a  petroleum  fraction 
(distilled  from  ordinary  lamp- 
oil)    of    B.P.    200°   upwards. 
Soaking     overnight     in     the 
cold     greatly    facilitates     the 
subsequent  operation,   but   is 
not  absolutely  necessary.    The 
rubber   is   brought  into  solu- 
tion by  heating  in  a  bath  of 

011  or    fusible    metal    to   not 
much    over    the    initial    B.P. 
of  the  solvent,  i.e.,  the  liquid 
should  be    just    on    the    simmer. 

position  of  apparatus  is  shown  in  fig.  18.  The  flask  is 
held  by  a  short  stalk  of  glass  tubing  acting  as  reflux 
condenser,  and  is  well  shaken  from  time  to  time.  Dis- 
solution is  completed  in  ^  hr.  to  2  hrs.,  according  to 


FIG.  18. 
A  convenient    dis- 


142        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

the  degree  of  vulcanization ;  lightly  vulcanized  goods, 
especially  if  previously  soaked,  break  up  very  rapidly. 
When  the  magma  seems  smooth  and  homogeneous  it  is 
cooled  and  settled,  and  the  fluid  portion  is  decanted  off. 
Should  undissolved  lumps  of  rubber  remain,  more  petrol- 
eum is  added  and  heating  is  continued.  Ultimately  the 
whole  magma  is  rinsed  into  a  tared  pear-shaped  flask 
(see  Fig.  12)  with  ordinary  ether  or  light  petroleum  spirit, 
and  is  made  up  to  about  50  c.c.  Thick- walled  cylinders  of 
the  Nessler-glass  type,  if  not  too  heavy,  are  also  quite 
suitable,  but  Erlenmeyer  flasks  should  not  be  used  in  the 
centrifuge,  as  they  can  seldom  be  trusted  to  stand  the 
strain.  The  flask  or  glass  is  counterpoised  (to  within 
Ol  gr.)  against  a  similar  vessel  holding  the  same  kind 
of  contents  or  merely  water,  and  the  two  are  whirled 
for  20  —  30  minutes  in  a  centrifuge  (see  Figs.  10  and  11) 
running  at  1500—2000  revolutions  per  minute.  All  solid 
matter,  excepting  negligible  quantities  which  may  remain 
in  colloidal  suspension,  will  now  have  gone  to  the  bottom. 
If  of  a  heavy  and  not  too  finely-divided  character,  the 
charge  will  often  settle  in  so  compact  a  mass  that  the 
supernatant  liquid  can  be  poured  away  to  the  last  drop. 
As  a  rule,  however,  the  liquid  will  have  to  be  removed  by 
siphoning,  for  which  the  apparatus  shown  in  Fig.  19  may 
be  used.  The  siphon,  which  should  be  of  about  2  mm. 
bore,  is  started  by  sucking  at  C.  Whilst  at  work  the 
siphon  is  gradually  lowered  through  the  rubber  joint  D 
until  it  approaches  the  level  of  the  solid  deposit  in  B  to 
within  practicable  limits.  Eventually  the  volatile  solvent 
is  recovered  by  distillation  from  the  receiver  A.  The 
charge  is  broken  up  with  a  wooden  spatula,  thoroughly 
shaken  with  50  c.c.  of  fresh  ether  or  petroleum  spirit,  and 
again  whirled  and  separated.  The  same  process  is  repeated 


viii       ANALYSIS  OF  MANUFACTURED  RUBBER         143 

once  or  twice  again,  and  the  flask  is  then  dried  at  110° 
and  weighed. 

The  feasibility  of  dissolving  vulcanized  rubber  by  means 
of  hot  petroleum  reaches  its  limit  at  a  degree  of  vulcan- 
isation somewhere  between  5°  and  10°.  On  ebonite,  hot 
petroleum  has  no  dissolving  action  worth  mentioning. 


FIG.  19. 


Since  revulcanized  waste  and  reclaim  are  apt  to  attain 
somewhat  high  degrees  of  sulphur,  it  often  happens  that 
rubbers  containing  these  ingredients  refuse  to  go  com- 
pletely into  solution.  The  isolated  charge  will  then  be 
contaminated  with  rubber,  and  will  come  out  too  high. 
After  the  subsequent  treatment  of  the  charge  with  hot 


144        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

acid,  this  impurity  can  sometimes  be  skimmed  off,  dried, 
and  weighed ;  more  usually  it  will  have  to  be  filtered  off 
together  with  insoluble  mineral  matter  and  determined 
by  ignition  loss.  Should  a  really  important  proportion 
of  the  original  rubber  remain  undissolved  in  the  form  of 
flakes  after  petroleum  treatment,  the  presence  of  ground 
waste  or  reclaim  may  safely  be  concluded;  it  is  often 
worth  while  to  isolate  these  flakes  and  examine  them 
separately. 

II.  Analysis  of  Charge. 

In  most  cases  the  insoluble  matter  isolated  as  above 
consists  mainly  of  inorganic  substances.  There  may  also 
be  present  lampblack,  graphite,  coal-tar  dyes  in  the  form 
of  lakes,  vegetable  fibres,  cork  dust,  starch,  &c.,  not  to 
mention  residues  of  undissolved  rubber.  The  charge  is 
scraped  out  with  a  wooden  spatula  and  closely  inspected 
with  the  aid  of  a  lens.  Asbestos  or  cellulosic  fibres, 
flake  graphite,  metallic  powders,  &c.,  will  be  recognized  at 
once ;  lampblack  also  can  often  be  recognized,  and  various 
clues  as  to  the  inorganic  constituents  may  be  obtained. 
The  charge,  unless  it  is  to  be  analysed  as  a  whole,  must 
be  ground  and  mixed  thoroughly  before  being  weighed 
out  in  portions,  since  the  centrifugal  process  brings  about 
a  grading  of  the  several  powders  in  layers.  Starch, 
which  will  now  be  present  in  the  form  of  dextrin,  is 
extracted  by  means  of  boiling  water ;  it  is  a  very  unusual 
filler  and  occurs  only  in  low-grade  complex  qualities. 
Tests  for  organic  dyes,  which  occur  more  often  in 
cold-cured  than  in  heat-cured  goods,  are  made  by  the 
usual  methods  ;  the  dyes  may,  however,  have  escaped 
into  the  hot  petroleum,  or  may  have  been  extracted  in 
the  course  of  the  earlier  stages  of  analysis.  The  sys- 


viii       ANALYSIS  OF  MANUFACTURED  RUBBER    -      145 

tematic  examination  of  charge,  in  all  ordinary  cases,  is 
conducted  as  follows  :  — 

1.  The  material  is  treated  with  dilute  hydrochloric 
acid,  evolution  of  carbon  dioxide  or  hydrogen  sulphide 
being  noted,  and  evaporated  to  dryness.  The  residue  is 
again  brought  into  solution  by  boiling  with  moderately 
strong  (1 : 1)  hydrochloric  acid,  then  adding  200 — 300  c.c. 
of  water,  and  boiling  once  moj*e.  In  the  case  of  red 
rubbers,  a  sufficiency  of  tartaric  acid  is  added.  If  much 
lead  be  present,  it  may  be  desirable  to  decant  and  boil 
with  fresh  portions  of  water,  without  acid.  The  totally 
insoluble  residue  is  filtered  off,  tested  for  absence  of  lead 
by  a  drop  of  ammonium  sulphide,  ignited  in  a  platinum 
crucible,  and  weighed.  In  presence  of  carbon  black, 
vegetable  fibres,  cork,  ebonite,  or  residual  rubber,  the 
filter  is  previously  tared  (e.g.  in  the  crucible  itself)  and  is 
dried  and  weighed  before  ignition.  To  the  ignited 
substance  are  added  a  sufficiency  of  pure  hydrofluoric 
acid  and  a  drop  or  two  of  sulphuric  acid.  After  being 
evaporated  down,  the  contents  of  the  crucible  are 
re-ignited  and  re-weighed. 

In  the  first  ignition,  provided  the  residue  be  small  or 
consist  wholly  of  barium  sulphate,  the  ignition  loss  will 
represent  accurately  enough  the  aggregate  organic  matter 
present.  When  there  is  silica  in  the  residue,  a  certain 
amount  of  water,  corresponding  to  the  combined  water  of 
the  siliceous  matter,  is  included  in  the  ignition  loss  and 
may  be  allowed  for  if  the  nature  of  the  siliceous  matter 
be  known.  Amorphous  or  graphitoidal  carbon  may  thus 
be  determined  by  ignition  if  uncontaminated  with  other 
organic  matter ;  but  if  such  be  present,  carbon  must  be 
determined  separately  by  the  nitric  acid  method  (see 
p.  155)  either  in  the  rubber  or  in  the  isolated  charge. 

L 


146        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

Loss  on  evaporation  with  hydrofluoric  acid  indicates 
silica.  Should  it  be  small  in  amount,  the  loss  may 
be  set  down  to  siliceous  impurities  or  rubber-ash,  and  the 
residue  (if  white)  regarded  as  pure  barium  sulphate.  If, 
however,  siliceous  matter  be  present  in  any  considerable 
quantity,  the  final  residue  in  the  platinum  crucible  should 
be  fused  with  sodium  carbonate  or  potassium  bisulphate 
an'd  assayed  for  barium  and  other  bases  in  the  usual  way. 
The  result,  together  with  that  of  the  hydrofluoric  acid 
treatment  (  =  SiO2),  provides  the  requisite  quantitative 
data  as  to  barytes  and  siliceous  fillers. 

Ferric  oxide  (rouge)  and  chromic  oxide  (green  pigment) 
are  in  the  main  resistant  to  acid  attack  and  behave  in  the 
same  way  as  barium  sulphate. 

2.  The  filtrate  from  acid-insoluble  matter  is  treated 
with  hydrogen  sulphide,  when  lead  or  antimony  sulphide 
may  come  down.  A  precipitate  of  the  former  need  be 
expected  only  in  black  or  grey  goods,  of  the  latter  only  in 
red  goods.  Small  quantities  of  lead  are  best  determined 
gravimetrically :  the  precipitate  together  with  the  filter 
is  moistened  with  concentrated  nitric  and  sulphuric  acids 
in  a  porcelain  crucible,  gently  charred  and  burnt,  ignited, 
and  weighed  as  PbS04.  Larger  amounts  may  be 
determined  volumetrically  by  the  following  method l : — 

The  precipitate  is  decomposed  with  strong  hydrochloric 
acid,  diluted  to  50  c.c.,  and  treated  with  ammonia  in  very 
slight  excess.  Five  c.c.  of  acetic  acid  are  added,  whereby 
the  lead  is  again  brought  into  solution.  The  liquid  is 
heated  to  boiling  and  titrated  with  ammonium  molybdate 
solution  (8-6  gr.  per  litre),  which  is  standardized  against 
lead  nitrate  solution  (16  gr.  of  Pb  (NO3)2  per  litre,  1  c.c.  = 
0-01  gr.  of  Pb).  A  dilute  solution  of  tannin  (5  gr.  per  litre) » 
1  J.  F.  Sacher,  Chem.-Ztg.  33  (1909),  p.  1257. 


vni        ANALYSIS  OF  MANUFACTURED   RUBBER        147 

sterilized  with  alcohol,  serves  as  external  indicator, 
giving  a  yellow  coloration  when  the  end-point  is 
reached. 

When  the  hydrogen  sulphide  precipitate  consists  of 
antimony  sulphide,  the  metal  is  best  determined  gravi- 
metrically  as  on  p.  76.  Lead  and  antimony  are  seldom, 
if  ever,  present  together.  In  rubber  compounded  with 
black  reclaims,  however,  a  little  antimony  may  occur  side 
by  side  with  lead  and  may  be  detected  by  extracting  the 
mixed  sulphides  with  sodium  sulphide  solution. 

Vermilion  is  recognizable  in  rubber  goods  by  its 
brilliant  reds  and  pinks  free  from  the  slightest  yellow  or 
brown  tone.  In  its  presence,  nitric  acid  must  be  added 
when  the  charge  is  decomposed  by  hydrochloric  acid, 
otherwise  it  will  not  dissolve  completely.  All  the  mercury 
is  then  brought  down  by  hydrogen  sulphide.  Mercury 
and  antimony  sometimes  occur  together,  in  which  case 
the  sulphides  are  separated  by  means  of  sodium  sul- 
phide. 

3.  The  filtrate  from  the  foregoing  is  boiled  until  free 
from  hydrogen  sulphide,  filtered  if  necessary,  and  rendered 
alkaline  with  ammonia.     An  inconsiderable  precipitate  at 
this  stage  is  usually  due  to  mere  impurities.     A  decided 
precipitate  of  alumina  may  represent  a  portion,  extracted 
by  acid,  of  the  siliceous  fillers  present,  and  should  be 
weighed  as  such.     Iron  is  mostly  a  mere  impurity,  but  in 
the  case  of  goods  pigmented  with  rouge  or  ochre  is  to  be 
regarded  as  part  of  the  pigment.     Precipitates  of  calcium 
fluoride  and  phosphate  are  also  possibilities  ;  the  former 
will  have  been  introduced  by  barytes,  the  latter  by  bone- 
black. 

4.  In  the  filtrate,  zinc  is  precipitated  by  boiling  with 
an  excess  of  ammonium  sulphide.     There  are  few  pre- 

L2 


148        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

cipitates  so  slow  and  difficult  to  filter  as  zinc  sulphide, 
and  therefore  it  saves  time,  at  this  stage,  to  halve  the  sub- 
stance analysed,  as  follows  : — 

Precipitation  having  been  effected,  the  whole  liquid  (of 
which  the  volume  is  presumed  less  than  500  c.c.)  is  im- 
mediately washed  into  a  J-litre  measuring  flask  with 
hot  water,  made  up  to  rather  over  the  mark,  and  well 
shaken.  The  flask  is  left  to  itself  until  the  precipitate 
has  settled  (1 — 2  hours)  and  is  then  further  cooled  with 
water,  if  necessary.  Of  the  clear  supernatant  liquid  250 
c.c.  are  siphoned  off.  Should  the  original  volume  of  liquid 
fall  short  of  250  c.c.,  a  J-litre  flask  may  be  made  use  of 
in  analogous  fashion.  In  the  clear  half,  calcium  and 
magnesium,  which  are  now  the  only  metals  left,  are 
precipitated  successively  by  means  of  ammonium  oxalate 
and  sodium  phosphate ;  the  results  so  obtained  are 
multiplied  by  two.  For  greater  accuracy,  in  measuring 
the  hot  liquid  as  above,  a  flask  having  0'2  c.c.  divisions 
on  the  stem  may  be  used,  the  temperature  of  the  liquid 
being  noted ;  allowance  ought  also  to  be  made  for  the 
volume  of  zinc  sulphide,  sp.  gr.  3-3.  For  ordinary  pur- 
poses, however,  it  suffices  to  fill  up  to  an  improvised  mark 
corresponding  to  15  c.c.  in  excess  of  the  500  c.c.  bulk. 

All  the  zinc  is  now  left  as  sulphide  at  the  bottom  of  the 
flask  and  may,  if  desired,  be  determined  by  the  ordinary 
gravimetric  methods.  Filtration  is  best  effected  by 
means  of  a  thick  filter  paper,  or,  still  better,  a  nest  of 
paper  pulp.  The  sulphide  may  then  be  re-dissolved  and 
the  zinc  re-precipitated  as  carbonate  and  weighed  as  oxide. 
A  not  much  less  accurate  procedure  consists  in  roasting 
the  precipitated  sulphide  directly  to  oxide,  after  detaching 
the  filter-paper  as  far  as  possible  and  burning  it  separately. 
Several  hours'  ignition  in  an  open  crucible,  until  the 


viii        ANALYSIS  OF  MANUFACTURED   RUBBER         149 

smell  of  sulphur  dioxide  has  passed  away,  will  be  re- 
quired. 

It  is  far  more  expeditious  to  determine  the  zinc  volu- 
metrically,  for  which  the  ferrocyanide  method  may  be 
recommended.  The  whole  remaining  contents  of  the 
measuring  flask  are  transferred  to  an  ordinary  flask, 
boiled  up  with  a  slight  excess  of  hydrochloric  acid  to 
dissolve  the  sulphide,  and  titrated  whilst  hot  with  a 
solution  of  potassium  ferrocyanide  (35  gr.  per  litre, 
1  c.c.  =  0'1  gr.  ZnO  approximately).  The  end-point  is 
indicated  by  means  of  a  5  per  cent,  solution  of  uranyl 
nitrate,  used  as  an  external  indicator :  when  all  the  zinc 
is  precipitated,  the  red  colour  of  uranyl  ferrocyanide 
appears.  The  titrating  solution  is  standardized  against  a 
solution  of  10  gr.  of  pure  zinc  oxide  in  a  litre  of  acidulated 
water ;  it  keeps  fairly  well  if  preserved  in  the  dark. 

III.     Special  Determinations  in  the  Charge. 

When  the  charge  has  been  submitted  to  the  systematic 
analysis  described  in  the  foregoing  section,  the  results 
will  add  up  to  less  than  full  weight  if  the  charge  contains 
mineral  matter  other  than  barytes  and  simple  oxides. 
Certain  supplementary  determinations  may  therefore 
have  to  be  carried  out,  notably  that  of  sulphide-sulphur 
and  that  of  carbonic  acid.  Without  a  knowledge  of  these 
constituents  it  is  often  impossible  to  render  a  correct 
account  of  the  qualitative  nature  of  the  compounding 
materials.  Supplementary  determinations  postulate  a 
good  supply  of  isolated  charge.  When  they  are  per- 
formed upon  aliquot  parts  of  a  single  lot  of  charge,  it  is 
most  important  that  the  charge  be  thoroughly  ground 
and  mixed  before  being  broken  into. 

Combined    Water   (from    silicates,    calcium    sulphate, 


150        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

magnesium  carbonate,  etc.),  can  usually  be  estimated  in- 
directly by  calculation,  and  need  be  determined  only  in 
exceptional  cases.  The  determination  is  carried  out, 
preferably  on  not  less  than  J  gr.,  by  ignition  in  a  current 
of  dried  air  in  a  short  tube-furnace  (see  p.  35),  the  water 
being  caught  in  a  calcium  chloride  tube.  Organic  matter 
in  the  charge  will  vitiate  the  results.  In  presence  of 
volatile  inorganic  matter,  e.g.,  antimony,  a  plug  of  asbestos 
should  be  placed  in  the  cool  fore-part  of  the  ignition 
tube. 

Total  Sulphur  is  determined  as  on  p.  131,  and  will  then, 
include  the  sulphur  belonging  to  both  sulphides  and 
sulphates.  To  determine  total  sulphur  other  than  that 
existing  as  BaS04  or  PbSO4,  0-2 — O5  gr.  of  charge  is 
assayed  for  acid-soluble  total  sulphur  by  the  nitric  acid 
method  given  for  antimony  pigment  on  p.  77.  Acid- 
soluble  sulphur  minus  sulphide-sulphur  gives  soluble 
sulphate- sidphur,  which  is  usually  present,  if  at  all,  as 
calcium  sulphate. 

Sulphide- SulphiiT. — This  may  be  present  in  large 
amount  as  zinc  sulphide  and  in  small  amount  as  lead 
sulphide,  either  of  which  sulphides  gives  up  practically 
the  whole  of  its  sulphur  as  hydrogen  sulphide  when 
decomposed  by  acid.  In  the  case  of  antimony  sulphide, 
the  disengagement  of  hydrogen  sulphide  is  not  quite 
quantitative.  To  determine  sulphide-sulphur,  0*2 — O5  gr. 
(or  more,  according  to  circumstances)  of  charge  is  weighed 
into  an  evolution  apparatus  fitted  with  a  reflux  condenser. 
The  well-known  Corleis  flask  (Fig.  20)  does  very  well  for 
this.  Cheaper  and  equally  serviceable  is  the  apparatus 
shown  in  Fig.  21,  which  is  made  up  from  a  dropping 
funnel,  a  ground-in  wash-bottle,  and  a  glass  worm.  The 
exit  is  connected  with  two  successive  absorption  flasks, 


vni       ANALYSIS    OF  MANUFACTURED  RUBBER 


each  containing  50  c.c.  of  10  per  cent,  zinc  acetate 
solution.  Air  having  first  been  expelled  by  a  current  of 
carbon  dioxide,  hydrochloric  acid  (1 : 1  for  zinc  sulphide, 
pure  for  lead  sulphide)  is  introduced  little  by  little  and 
slowly  brought  to  the  boil.  When  all  the  hydrogen 
sulphide  has  been  boiled  off  and  driven  over  by  means  of 


FIG.  20  (Scale  1 :  6).  FIG.  21  (Scale  1 : 5). 

carbon  dioxide,  the  united  contents  of  the  absorption- 
flasks  are  thoroughly  shaken  with  50  c.c.  of  A^/10  iodine 
solution,  the  excess  of  which  is  titrated  back  with  thio- 
sulphate.  One  gr.  of  iodine  =  0-1263  gr.  of  sulphur. 

Carbonic  Acid  maybe  present  as  calcium  or  magnesium 
carbonate,  exceptionally  as  lead  carbonate ;  its  determina- 
tion is  at  least  as  important  as  that  of  sulphide-sulphur 


152        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

and  is  carried  out  by  means  of  the  same  apparatus.  The 
substance  is  first  covered  with  cupric  sulphate  solution — 
to  retain  hydrogen  sulphide — and  then  decomposed  with 
dilute  (1 : 10)  hydrochloric  acid,  very  slowly  added.  The 
liquid  is  eventually  boiled  and  the  carbon  dioxide  swept 
over  by  means  of  purified  air.  Absorption  is  effected  in 
Geissler  bulbs  or  soda-lime  tubes,  which  must  be  preceded 
by  at  least  one  calcium  chloride  tube  to  retain  moisture.  . 
Phosphoric  Acid,  which  is  but  rarely  present,  may  be 
determined  in  the  usual  way  by  precipitating  a  nitric  acid 
extract  of  the  charge  with  ammonium  molybdate  re- 
agent. 

IV.  Notes  on  the  Interpretation  of  Charge- Analyses. 

Of  the  various  organic  substances  which  may  be  em- 
braced in  the  ignition  loss  of  the  acid-insoluble  portion, 
finely-divided  undissolved  rubber  points  to  the  presence  of 
reclaim  or  ground  waste,  unless  the  sample  as  a  whole  is 
obviously  over-cured.  Its  amount,  when  ascertained, 
should  be  deducted  from  charge  proper.  Carbon  may  be 
separated  from  rubber,  and  other  organic  matter,  by  the 
nitric  acid  method  (p.  155),  and  should  be  determined 
separately  whenever  it  does  not  happen  to  be  the  sole 
combustible  constituent.  Carbon  may  have  been  imported 
by  coal-tar  pitch  (see  p.  56)  or  black  hypo  (see  p.  82). 
Amorphous  carbon  may  be  distinguished  from  graphite  by 
the  relatively  difficult  combustibility  of  the  latter.  Among 
less  common  organic  substances  may  be  mentioned  saiv- 
dust,  cork  dusty  ebonite  dust,  cellulosic  fibres,  etc.,  which 
sometimes  occur  in  brake-blocks  and  the  like.  These 
remain  with  the  charge  when  the  rubber  is  broken  down 
by  means  of  petroleum  and  can  then  be  approximately 
determined  by  ignition  loss.  The  original  mineral  con^ 


viii       ANALYSIS   OF  MANUFACTURED  RUBBER        153 

stituents  of  ebonite  dust,  like  those  of  reclaim  or  ground 
waste,  will  in  most  cases,  however,  prove  inextricable 
from  the  mineral  charge  proper. 

In  the  acid-insoluble  portion  of  the  charge  we  have  all 
the  barium  (which  hardly  ever  occurs  in  rubber  goods 
except  as  sulphate),  all  the  silica,  and  most  of  the  bases 
combined  with  silica  as  silicates.  If  silica  be  present 
uncombined,  atmoid  or  talite  is  indicated.  When  alumina 
is  the  principal  silicate-base  in  a  white  residue,  kaolin  is 
indicated ;  in  coloured  residues,  ochre  or  slate-powder. 
Magnesia  as  a  base  points  to  talc  ;  asbestos,  which  can 
usually  be  recognised  as  such,  sends  most  of  its  magnesia 
into  acid  solution.  Fancy  silicates  such  as  pumice,  mica, 
glass,  etc.,  are  peculiar  to  special  classes  of  goods  and 
can  often,  moreover,  be  detected  by  inspection  under  the 
lens. 

The  form  in  which  lead  occurs  in  a  rubber  article  is  in 
nine  cases  out  of  ten  litharge.  This  may  be  detected  as 
a  heavy  yellow  powder,  and  thus  distinguished  from  white 
lead,  when  the  isolated  charge  is  shaken  up  with  a  liquid, 
as  in  the  course  of  the  isolation  process  itself.  White  lead 
is  less  easy  to  make  sure  of ;  but  in  many  cases  the 
carbonic  acid  and  sulphate- sulphur  afford  a  clue.  All 
heat-cured  goods  made  up  with  lead  compounds  contain 
a  small  quantity  of  lead  sulphide.  Antimony  and 
mercury  are  never  present  except  as  sulphides ;  the 
former  will  frequently  be  found  to  be  accompanied  by 
calcium  sulphate. 

Zinc  may  be  present  in  the  form  of  oxide  or  sulphide 
(as  such  or  in  lithopone)  or  both.  When  there  is  little  or 
no  sulphide-sulphur  in  the  charge,  -zinc  white  may  be 
confidently  diagnosed.  So  much  sulphide-sulphur  (apart 
from  lead  sulphide,  which  is  mostly  negligible)  as  is  not 


154        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

accounted  for  by  antimony  or  mercury  may  be  presumed 
to  be  in  combination  with  zinc.  If,  then,  this  sulphur 
and  the  zinc  present  are  in  approximately  equimolecular 
proportion,  zinc  sulphide  alone  is  indicated  ;  if  there  is  a 
deficiency  of  sulphur,  zinc  oxide  and  sulphide  side 
by  side.  Barium  sulphate  and  zinc  sulphide  in  equimole- 
cular proportion  point,  almost  certainly,  to  lithopone. 

The  variety  of  forms  in  which  calcium  may  occur  is 
apt  to  give  trouble  in  interpretation.  Sulphate-sulphur 
soluble  in  acid  may  be  assumed  to  be  combined  with 
lime ;  calcium  sulphate  very  commonly  occurs  in  red 
rubbers,  but  seldom  elsewhere.  Calcium  in  large  amount 
points  to  whiting,  and  this  can  be  checked  (in  absence  of 
magnesium)  by  the  carbonic  acid  present.  Small  amounts 
(2 — 5  per  cent.)  are  probably  present  as  caustic  lime,  so 
far  as  they  are  not  of  the  nature  of  impurities.  It  is  not 
easy  to  make  sure  of  this  body  in  company  with  car- 
bonates ;  useful  qualitative  indications  can  often  be 
obtained  by  testing  an  aqueous  extract  of  the  charge  for 
alkalinity. 

Of  magnesia  it  may  similarly  be  said,  in  general,  that 
considerable  quantities  indicate  magnesium  carbonate, 
small  quantities  calcined  magnesia.  Some  control  can 
be  effected  by  careful  determination  of  the  carbonic  acid, 
it  being  remembered  that  commercial  light  magnesium 
carbonate  contains  only  about  40  per  cent,  of  CO2.  When 
asbestos  is  present  as  a  filler,  magnesia  derived  therefrom 
(up  to  about  30  per  cent,  of  MgO  upon  the  silicate)  may 
be  encountered  in  the  final  stage  of  mineral  analysis. 

V.     Special  Determinations  in  Original  Material. 

1.  Sulphur. — The  total  sulphur  in  a  manufactured 
rubber  article  is  determined  by  treating  the  comminuted, 


vni        ANALYSIS  OF  MANUFACTURED  RUBBER        155 

but    otherwise   untouched,    material   by   the    nitrate   or 
peroxide  method,  as  described  on  pp.  128 — 131. 

The  necessity  for  determining  total  sulphur,  however, 
seldom  arises.  On  no  account  should  sulphur  present  in 
a  given  form  (e.g.  sulphur  of  vulcanization)  be  estimated 
by  the  difference  between  total  sulphur  and  sulphur  in 
other  forms :  the  chances  of  large  error  greatly  outweigh 
those  of  accurate  determination.  It  may  here  be  useful 
to  recapitulate  the  various  forms  in  which  sulphur  may 
occur  in  rubber  goods  :— 

1.  Free  (pp.  115-117). 

2.  Combined  with  factice  (p.  125). 

3.  Combined  with  rubber  and  bitumen  (pp.  128-131). 

4.  In  mineral  combination  (p.  131) : — 

a.  Barium  sulphate  (p.  150). 

b.  Sulphides  (p.  150). 

c.  Soluble  sulphates  (pp.  150-151). 

The  sum  of  Nos.  1  and  3  constitutes  sulphur  incor- 
porated as  such  in  the  original  mixing. 

2.  Carbon. — When  quantitative  data  as  to  the  amor- 
phous carbon  or  graphite  in  a  rubber  are  required,  it  is 
often  advisable  to  make  a  special  determination  starting 
from  original  material.  To  this  end,  advantage  may  be 
taken  of  the  fact  that  the  organic  portion,  and  much  of 
the  mineral  matter,  is  converted  into  soluble  bodies  by 
the  action  of  nitric  acid,  whilst  carbon  is  not  attacked  to 
any  serious  extent.  The  comminuted  rubber  (1 — 2  gr.) 
is  evaporated  with  20  c.c.  of  nitric  acid  in  a  small 
porcelain  basin  on  a  water-bath.  Evaporation  is  repeated, 
if  necessary,  with  fresh  acid  until  no  more  lumps  of 
undecomposed  rubber  can  be  detected.  The  contents  of 
the  dish  are  rinsed  into  a  beaker  and  boiled  with  400  c.c. 


1 56        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

of  water,  when  rubber-nitration  products  and  more  or 
less  inorganic  matter  go  into  solution.  The  settled  liquid 
is  sent  through  a  tared  filter ;  the  residue  is  twice  washed 
by  decantation  with  hot  water,  brought  on  to  the  filter, 
and  thoroughly  washed  out  with  hot  water.  The  contents 
of  the  filter  are  now  rinsed  back  into  a  small  beaker  and 
warmed  with  50  c.c.  of  dilute  ammonia,  which  dissolves 
the  remaining  nitro-compounds.  A  pinch  of  ammonium 
chloride  should  be  added  to  precipitate  colloidal  carbon. 
Any  floating  grease  (derived  from  bitumen  or  paraffin)  still 
present  is  removed  by  extraction  with  ether.  After  settling, 
the  clear  liquid  is  poured  through  the  original  filter,  and 
the  process  of  boiling  up  the  residue  with  ammonia  and 
ammonium  chloride,  settling,  and  decanting,  is  repeated 
so  long  as  yellow  solutions  are  formed.  Finally  the  resi- 
due is  boiled  up  with  100  c.c.  of  dilute  hydrochloric  acid, 
returned  to  the  original  filter,  well  washed,  dried  at  110°, 
and  weighed.  We  now  have  carbon  plus  mineral  matter, 
the  latter  consisting  essentially  of  barium  sulphate  and 
silicates.  The  weighed  filter  is  therefore  incinerated  and 
the  weight  of  mineral  matter  duly  subtracted. 

Sufficiently  accurate  results  can  thus  be  obtained  by 
weighing  the  actual  carbon  in  all  cases  when  there  is  a 
reasonably  large  amount  of  it,  and  the  residual  minerals 
consist  mainly  of  barium  sulphate.  Siliceous  matter 
introduces  an  error  owing  to  its  water  of  hydration. 
When  there  are  several  centigrammes  of  siliceous  matter, 
and  in  general  when  the  minerals  are  much  in  excess 
of  the  carbon,  the  latter  should  be  determined  by  com- 
bustion. For  this  purpose  the  insoluble  residue  is 
collected,  not  on  a  paper  filter,  but  on  ignited  asbestos  in 
an  untared  Gooch  crucible  or  similar  contrivance.  Asbestos 
and  substance  are  then  dried,  transferred  unweighed  to  a 


vni        ANALYSIS  OF  MANUFACTURED  RUBBER        157 

boat,  and  burnt  in  a  small  tube-furnace,  the  carbon  being 
weighed  as  CO2. 

3.  Antimony  and  Mercury  .—  The  necessity  frequently 
occurs  of  determining  these  metals  by  a  separate  assay, 
especially  in  ebonites  and  in  other  materials  where  the 
bulk  of  the  mineral  charge  is  dealt  with  by  ash-analysis. 
The  first  thing  to  do,  in  such  cases,  is  to  destroy  the 
rubber  and  other  organic  matter  in  the  wet  way.  Several 
methods,  each  of  which  has  its  devotees,  have  been 
proposed,  e.g.  by  J.  Eoth  l  (sulphuric  and  nitric  acids), 
F.  Frank  and  C.  Birkner2  (ammonium  persulphate  and 
nitric  acid), and  W.  Schmitz3  (sulphuric  acid  and  mercury). 
Sulphuric  acid  acts  satisfactorily  enough,  and  the  addition 
of  mercury  may  well  be  dispensed  with.  The  following 
procedure  may  be  recommended  : — 

Two  gr.  of  rubber  are  heated  with  25  c.c.  of  concen- 
trated sulphuric  acid  in  a  long-necked  Kjeldahl  flask, 
loosely  stoppered  with  a  small  funnel.  After  the  first 
effervescence  has  subsided,  the  liquid  is  left  to  boil  briskly, 
over  the  free  flame,  for  two  or  three  hours.  It  is  then 
cooled,  and  1  gr.,  or  more  if  necessary,  of  potassium 
permanganate  crystals  is  cautiously  added.  On  boiling 
again  for  a  short  time,  the  liquid  assumes  a  light  reddish- 
yellow  tint,  and  there  is  now  no  need  to  continue  the 
destructive  process.  The  cooled  magma  is  taken  up  with 
300  c.c.  of  water,  boiled  up,  and  filtered.  In  the  clear 
filtrate,  antimony  or  mercury  is  precipitated  by  means  of 
hydrogen  sulphide.  If  antimony  alone  be  present,  it  is 
determined  in  the  usual  way.  In  presence  of  both 
metals,  the  sulphide  precipitate  is  collected  on  a  tared 

1  Chem.-Ztg.  33  (1909),  p.  679. 

2  Chem.-Ztg.  34  (1910),  pp.  34,  49. 

3  Gummi-Ztg.  25  (1911),  p.  1928. 


158        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

filter,  washed,  rinsed  into  a  small  beaker,  and  warmed 
with  sodium  sulphide  solution.  The  undissolved  mercury 
sulphide  is  returned  to  the  filter  and  washed,  and  in  the 
filtrate  antimony  is  reprecipitated  by  acidification. 
Meanwhile  the  bulk  of  the  mercury  wall  have  remained, 
together  with  other  fillers,  in  the  undissolved  sulphate 
residue ;  this  is  now  therefore  gently  boiled  for  some  time 
with  moderately  strong  hydrochloric  acid.  After  filtering, 
and  testing  the  residue  with  ammonium  sulphide,  the 
clear  solution  is  treated  with  hydrogen  sulphide ;  the 
precipitate  of  mercuric  sulphide  is  added  to  that  which  is 
already  on  the  tared  filter,  washed  with  water  slightly 
acidified  with  hydrochloric  acid,  then  with  alcohol,  then 
with  carbon  disulphide,  dried,  and  weighed. 

VI.  Ash-Analysis. 

Any  unimpeachably  correct  method  for  ascertaining 
the  amount  and  composition  of  the  charge  in  a  vulcanized 
rubber  would  have  to  be  based  on  the  destructive  dissolu- 
tion of  the  rubber-substance.  But  such  a  process  as  that 
described  on  pp.  141 — 143  is  comparatively  troublesome 
and  necessitates  the  use  of  costly  apparatus.  On  the 
other  hand,  incineration  is  a  rapid,  easy,  and,  within  its 
limits,  exact  operation,  but  it  has  the  defect  of  obscuring 
the  true  nature  of  the  charge  to  some  extent.  The  effect 
of  incineration  on  the  more  usual  filling  materials  may  be 
expressed  by  the  following  classification  : — 

No  change  in  the  main  : — Barytes,  Zinc  White,  Iron 
Oxide,  Calcium  Carbonate,  Magnesia. 

Loss  of  combined  water : — Calcium  Sulphate,  Lime, 
Infusorial  Earth,  Kaolin,  Asbestos,  Talc. 

Loss  of  carbonic  acid  and  water : — Magnesium  Car- 
bonate, White  Lead. 


vin        ANALYSIS  OF  MANUFACTURED  RUBBER        159 

Volatilization  :  —  Sulphur,  Vermilion,  Lampblack, 
Graphite,  Organic  Fibres  and  Powders. 

Partial  Reactions  :—  Litharge  combines  with  sulphur 
and  oxygen  to  form  lead  sulphate ;  so  much  as  is  present 
in  excess  of  the  available  sulphur  remains  unchanged, 
being  sometimes  partially  converted  into  minium.  Zinc 
Sulphide  is  more  or  less  roasted  to  oxide,  according  to 
the  duration  and  intensity  of  ignition ;  a  little  sulphate 
may  also  be  formed.  Antimony  Sulphide  is  converted 
into  tetroxide ;  occasionally  the  metal  is  recovered 
quantitatively  from  the  ash,  more  usually  it  undergoes 
partial  volatilization.  Whenever  accurate  information  as 
to  its  amount  is  desired,  antimony,  like  mercury,  should 
be  determined  separately  in  the  rubber  itself.  Caustic 
Lime  and  Magnesia  combine  with  as  much  sulphur  as 
they  can  seize  and  yield  sulphates  to  a  corresponding 
extent ;  the  same  tendency,  in  a  comparatively  modest 
degree,  is  observed  with  Zinc  White  and  Magnesium 
Carbonate.  A  certain  amount  of  reaction  in  this  sense, 
negligible  for  ordinary  purposes,  will  have  already  taken 
place  during  vulcanization  (cf.  p.  111).  Lime,  so  far  as 
it  is  not  sulphated,  is  converted  into  carbonate. 

It  will  be  gathered  from  the  above  that  the  percentage 
ash  of  a  compounded  rubber  will  generally  come  out 
slightly  lower,  less  usually  slightly  higher,  than  the  true 
total  charge.  Unless,  however,  there  be  much  magnesium 
carbonate,  carbonaceous  matter,  or  vermilion  present,  or, 
on  the  other  hand,  much  sulphur  in  conjunction  with 
basic  materials,  the  difference  will  not  be  intolerably 
great,  as  rubber  standards  go.  This  discrepancy  affects 
the  determination  not  only  of  charge  but  also  of  rubber  ; 
but  it  can  to  a  large  extent  be  neutralized  by  a  knowledge 
of  the  nature  of  rubber  goods  generally  and  by  certain 


160        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

supplementary  analytical  operations.  In  commercial 
specifications  it  is  still  customary  to  impose  limits  on  the 
percentage,  not  of  true  charge,  but  of  ash ;  which,  in  view 
of  the  ease  and  cheapness  of  ash-determinations,  seems 
quite  proper.  As  regards  the  detailed  composition  of  the 
original  charge,  the  direct  results  of  ash-analysis 
undoubtedly  yield  but  a  distorted  image.  The  same, 
however,  applies  to  some  extent  to  analysis  of  the  charge 
isolated  as  such.  An  analyst  who  is  capable  of  interpret- 
ing the  one  will  probably  be  equal  to  the  other,  so  far  as 
exact  interpretation  is  possible  at  all.  On  the  whole, 
then,  the  cases  in  which  ash-analysis,  plus  supplementary 
determinations,  fails  to  yield  all  such  information  as  is 
obtainable  are  less  common  than  might  be  supposed. 
Even  such  lacunae  as  sulphide-sulphur  and  carbonic  acid 
can  generally  be  filled  up  deductively.  Almost  the  only 
determination  for  which  isolation  of  the  charge  is 
absolutely  indispensable  is  that  of  sulphur  of  vulcaniza- 
tion in  goods  containing  inorganically  combined  sulphur. 
In  the  incineration  of  vulcanized  rubber  it  is  desirable 
to  avoid  high  temperatures  and  lengthy  ignition  as  far  as 
possible,  so  as  to  reduce  decomposition  of  calcium 
carbonate  and  partial  volatilization  of  metals  to  a 
minimum.  The  dissipation  of  volatile  organic  matter 
should  be  carried  out  slowly  and  without  allowing  the 
vapours  to  burst  into  flame,  since  excessive  local  tempera- 
tures might  then  be  produced  at  the  surface.  Of  heavy 
rubber  1  gr.,  of  medium  2  gr.,  and  of  floating  5  gr.,  cut 
into  smallish  pieces  or  crumbed,  are  weighed  into  a  tared 
porcelain  dish  of  about  8  cm.  diameter.  The  best  form 
of  dish  is  neither  flat  nor  hemispherical,  but  the  inter- 
mediate shape.  As  the  dish  is  cautiously  heated  over  a 
Bunsen  flame,  the  rubber,  unless  very  highly  charged, 


vin        ANALYSIS  OF  MANUFACTURED  RUBBER        161 

melfe  and  presently  fumes  off  with  ebullition.  There 
need  be  little  or  no  charring,  since  rubber,  resins,  waxes, 
and  bitumens  are  volatile  with  very  little  organic  residue. 
When  no  more  fumes  are  disengaged,  the  dish  is  trans- 
ferred to  a  muffle  and  ignited  at  a  low  red  heat  until  the 
ash  is  free  from  carbonaceous  matter.  As  a  rule,  neither 
the  first  nor  the  second  operation  need  last  more  than  ten 
minutes.  The  clearing  of  the  ash  by  ignition  proceeds 
rapidly,  owing  to  the  porosity  of  the  mineral  matter  and 
its  catalytic  effect  on  combustion.  Litharge  should  not 
be  allowed  to  fuse  nor  calcium  carbonate  to  dissociate ; 
that  is,  the  temperature  should  not  rise  much  above  700°. 
Magnesium  carbonate  is  wholly  reduced  to  oxide.  Lamp- 
black burns  off  very  readily,  but  in  presence  of  graphite, 
which  is  less  easily  combustible,  there  is  nothing  for  it 
but  to  take  the  risks  attendant  on  prolonged  ignition. 
Zinc  reveals  itself  by  a  brilliant  yellow  coloration  of  the 
hot  ash,  which  disappears  on  cooling.  In  a  busy  labora- 
tory it  is  well  to  number  the  dishes, — best  with  an 
argentiferous  marking  ink, — and  keep  a  list  of  their 
approximate  tares  near  the  balance. 

The  contents  of  the  dish  are  treated  with  cold  dilute, 
hydrochloric  acid.  Effervescence  of  carbon  dioxide 
indicates  calcium  carbonate.  If  the  ash  goes  completely 
into  solution,  lead,  antimony,  and  silicates  are  absent ; 
if  there  is  a  residue,  strong  hydrochloric  acid  is  added. 
Evolution  of  hydrogen  sulphide  at  this  stage  generally 
indicates  zinc  sulphide  ;  but  the  presence  of  this  body  in  the 
original  rubber  is  to  be  inferred  only  if  the  disengagement 
of  hydrogen  sulphide  is  somewhat  considerable,  since 
sulphides  in  small  amount  may  be  produced  during 
incineration.  Evolution  of  chlorine  points  to  minium, 
probably  of  secondary  formation.  The  contents  of  the 

M 


1 62        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

dish  are  transferred  to  a  beaker,  diluted,  and  boiled  for 
some  time  to  bring  lead  and  antimony  into  solution. 

A  trouble  often  experienced  at  this  stage  is  caused  by 
the  difficult  solubility  of  antimony  tetroxide.  When  there 
is  a  large  ballast  of  other  inorganic  matter,  the  antimony 
is  usually  so  finely  divided  that  it  can  be  dissolved  by  pro- 
longed boiling  with  hydrochloric  and  a  little  tartaric  acid. 
But  with  goods  containing  little  else  than  antimony-red  as 
charge  (e.g.  red  inner  tubes,  high-class  sheet,  &c.),  the  ash 
is  apt  to  sinter  into  a  hard  enamel  which  is  practically  in- 
soluble, though  relief  may  sometimes  be  obtained  by  fusion 
with  potassium  bisulphate.  The  best  plan  in  such  cases 
is  to  cover  the  ash  with  powdered  ammonium  chloride  and 
re-ignite ;  most  of  the  antimony  is  thereby  volatilized, 
whilst  the  little  that  remains  no  longer  offers  an  obstacle 
to  the  determination  of  non-antimonial  matter. 

The  insoluble  residue,  consisting  of  barium  sulphate 
and  silicates,  is  filtered  off,  washed,  and  tested  for  lead, 
by  means  of  ammonium  sulphide.  As  a  rule,  the  appear- 
ance of  the  residue  will  afford  a  clue  as  to  whether  much 
siliceous  matter  is  present.  Should  this  not  seem  to  be 
the  case,  the  residue  is  ignited  and  weighed  in  a  platinum 
crucible,  then  evaporated  with  hydrofluoric  and  sulphuric 
acids,  re-ignited,  and  re-weighed.  The  difference  in 
weight,  if  considerable  (e.g.  more  than  a  centigram), 
will  represent  something  more  than  ordinary  siliceous 
impurities,  and  in  this  case  it  is  safer,  in  order  to  deter- 
mine barium  sulphate  accurately,  to  fuse  the  residue  in 
the  crucible  and  determine  barium  in  the  lixiviated 
melt.  Total  acid-insoluble  matter  other  than  barium 
sulphate  and  coloured  sesquioxides  may  be  set  down  to 
silicates ;  but  it  is  to  be  noted  that  additional  instalments 
of  the  silicates  originally  present  are  almost  sure  to  be 


vin        ANALYSIS  OF  MANUFACTURED  RUBBER        163 

encountered  in  the  subsequent  group-separation,  hydrous 
silicates  being  much  more  susceptible  to  acid  attack  after 
ignition  than  before.  The  nature  of  the  silicates  may  be 
gathered  from  their  qualitative  composition,  as  ultimately 
ascertained. 

Should  the  acid-insoluble  portion  of  the  ash  be  sus- 
pected from  the  beginning  of  being  largely  siliceous,  it 
is  advisable,  instead  of  treating  with  hydrofluoric  acid,  to 
fuse  with  sodium  carbonate  directly  after  igniting  and 
weighing,  and  to  analyse  as  usual. 

The  acid-soluble  portion  of  the  ash  is  dealt  with  by  the 
ordinary  group-separation  methods  sketched  out  on 
pp.  145—149. 

We  now  have  to  consider  the  relations  existing  between 
the  results  of  ash-analysis  and  the  original  mineral  com- 
ponents of  the  rubber.  The  task  is  a  double  one.  In 
the  first  place,  corrections  have  to  be  applied  to  each 
analytical  item  so  •  as  to  translate  ignited  into  terms  of 
original  charge.  In  the  second  place,  the  amount  and 
nature  of  the  several  compounding  materials  have  to  be 
deduced  from  the  immediate  analytical  data.  As  aids  to 
recalculation,  the  following  points  may  be  noted : — 

Barium  sulphate  may  be  set  down  to  barytes  or 
lithopone. 

Siliceous  matter  covers  the  ash  of  raw  rubber,  im- 
purities generally,  and  the  usual  siliceous  fillers.  Most 
silicates  lose  some  combined  water  (4 — 12  per  cent.)  on 
ignition ;  when,  therefore,  the  identity  of  the  silicate  has 
been  decided  upon,  the  proper  plus  correction  should  be 
made. 

Lead,  in  the  great  majority  of  cases,  exists  in  the  ash  as 
sulphate  but  was  originally  present  as  litharge ;  a  corre- 
sponding minus  correction  is  therefore  to  be  made.  If 

M  2 


164        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

the  ash  visibly  contains  much  litharge  as  such,  the 
best  course,  on  the  whole,  is  to  make  no  correction  for 
sulphatization  ;  in  case  there  is  no  other  sulphate  or 
sulphide  present  beside  barium  sulphate,  the  actual 
amount  of  sulphated  lead  can,  however,  be  ascertained 
by  a  determination  of  total  sulphur  in  the  ash.  Bed  lead, 
white  lead,  black  hypo,  and  lead  sulphide  are  comparatively 
uncommon  fillers.  When  they  do  occur  they  cannot  well 
be  traced  in  the  ash,  but  indications  may  often  be  obtained 
by  testing  the  shredded  rubber  with  concentrated  hydro- 
chloric acid. 

Antimony  generally  comes  out  too  low  in  the  ash,  and 
should  be  separately  determined.  It  may  be  calculated  to 
Sb2S3  or  Sb2S4.  Whenever  antimony  occurs,  it  is  well  to 
look  out  for  calcium  sulphate. 

The  Group  III  (ammonia)  precipitate  yielded  by  a 
white  ash  is  in  most  cases  insignificant  and  due  mainly 
to  impurities.  A  respectable  precipitate  of  alumina, 
carrying  with  it  some  silica,  points  to  silicates ;  kaolin, 
for  instance,  sends  almost  the  whole  of  its  alumina  into 
acid  solution  after  ignition.  Phosphate  and  fluoride 
precipitates  (from  bone-black  and  fluorspar  respectively) 
are  easily  recognized  and  may  be  dealt  with  by  the 
usual  methods.  Rouge  and  ochre,  which  give  rise  to 
precipitates  in  this  group,  will  already  have  revealed 
themselves  in  the  ash  if  not  in  the  rubber  itself. 

With  zinc  it  is  sometimes  difficult  to  decide  whether 
the  oxide  or  the  sulphide  was  originally  present,  more 
especially  when  the  quantity  is  small.  The  complete 
conversion  of  sulphide  into  oxide  requires  very  prolonged 
ignition ;  hence,  given  a  reasonable  quantity  of  zinc,  a 
decided  evolution  of  hydrogen  sulphide  with  acid  indicates 
zinc  sulphide,  whilst  little  or  no  evolution  indicates  zinc 


viii        ANALYSIS  OF  MANUFACTURED  RUBBER        165 

white.  Barium  and  zinc  in  approximately  equimolecular 
proportions  point  to  lithopone.  This  latter  pigment  often 
occurs  together  with  zinc  white,  fairly  often  with  barytes, 
but  hardly  ever  with  added  zinc  sulphide. 

Calcium  may  have  been  present  originally  as  carbonate, 
hydroxide,  or  sulphate.  The  sulphate  is  very  rarely  met 
with  except  as  a  constituent  of  antimony  red.  The  ash 
of  red  rubbers  will  therefore  frequently  contain  calcium. 
When  Ca  is  found  in  any  amount  up  to  one-half  of  the 
Sb,  it  may  fairly  safely  be  regarded  as  belonging  to  the 
pigment,  and  may  be  calculated  as  CaS04,2H2O.  Calcium 
in  excess  of  this  limit  will  probably  be  due  to  whiting. 
In  rubber-ash  generally,  soluble  sulphates,  so  far  as  they 
cannot  be  accounted  for  as  reaction-products  of  litharge, 
lime,  and  magnesia,  may  be  ascribed  to  calcium  sulphate. 
Carbonic  acid  determined  in  the  ash  may  be  taken  to 
represent  whiting,  with  the  proviso  that  any  hydroxide 
originally  present  will  in  most  cases  emerge  from  the 
incineration  process  in  the  form  of  carbonate.  Hence,  if 
caustic  lime  and  whiting  occur  together,  they  cannot  be 
disentangled  in  the  ash.  Small  quantities  of  calcium, 
say  up  to  5  per  cent,  of  CaO  on  the  rubber,  indicate 
caustic  lime,  and  may  be  calculated  to  Ca(OH)2.  Larger 
quantities  are  best  calculated  to  CaC03,  and  assumed  to 
be  due  to  whiting  alone.  Special  quick-curing  rubbers, 
howrever,  may  contain  rather  considerable  percentages  of 
caustic  lime. 

With  magnesium,  again,  there  is  often  a  doubt  as  to 
whether  oxide  or  carbonate  was  originally  present,  since 
both  are  found  as  oxide  in  the  ash.  Here,  as  in  the  case 
of  calcium,  one  must  be  guided  by  the  fact  that  the  oxide 
is  essentially  an  accelerator  of  vulcanization  and  the 
carbonate  a  filler.  Calcined  magnesia  is  seldom  put  into 


1 66    INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE  CHAP,  vm 

a  mixing  other  than  that  of  the  quick-curing  type  to  more 
than  10  per  cent.,  whilst  carbonate  may  occur  in  any 
quantity.  Much  magnesium  carbonate  (30  per  cent,  or 
over),  unlike  whiting,  makes  a  very  stiff  rubber,  and  may 
therefore  be  suspected  from  the  beginning.  On  the  other 
hand,  it  is  unsafe  to  assume  that  small  quantities  of 
magnesium  necessarily  indicate  oxide  rather  than  car- 
bonate. In  the  absence  of  calcium,  magnesium  car- 
bonate may  be  detected  in  the  finely-divided  original 
rubber  by  means  of  dilute  hydrochloric  acid. 

Both  calcium  (in  very  small  amount)  and  magnesium 
originating  from  silicates  may  find  their  way  into  the  acid 
extract  of  an  ash.  Similarly,  a  portion  of  the  calcium  of 
bone-black  may  persist  into  the  oxalate  precipitate. 


CHAPTEE  IX 

GUTTA-PEECHA  AND  BALATA 

THE  industries  of  which  these  gums  are  the  raw 
material  are  commonly  carried  on  side  by  side  with  the 
manufacture  of  rubber  goods,  though  the  technique  is  in 
almost  all  respects  quite  different.  Gutta-percha  and 
balata  are  obtained  from  the  latex  of  trees  which  are 
botanically  unrelated  to  the  rubber- bearing  species,  and  by 
a  distinct  method  of  collection.  The  former  gum  is  also 
to  some  extent  extracted,  by  mechanical  means  and 
by  the  aid  of  solvents,  from  leaves  and  other  parts 
of  the  tree.  Gutta-percha  comes  from  the  Malay 
Peninsula,  Sumatra,  Borneo,  and  neighbouring 
countries,  whilst  balata  has  its  place  of  origin  in 
Venezuela  and  the  Guianas.  Gums  passing  under  the 
name  of  balata,  but  differing  somewhat  from  Venezuela 
balata,  especially  in  the  associated  resins,  are  moreover 
imported  from  the  Amazon  Valley,  West  Africa,  and 
elsewhere.  Gutta-percha  and  balata  consist  essentially 
of  an  amorphous  colloidal  hydrocarbon  chemically  indis- 
tinguishable from  that  of  india-rubber,  together  with  a 
large  proportion  of  resin.  The  specific  gravity  of  the 
isolated  hydrocarbon  is  0'96,  that  of  the  resinous  gum 


1 68        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

being  usually  just  short  of  unity.  In  spite  of  the 
chemical  similarity,  these  hydrocarbons  differ  widely 
from  rubber  hydrocarbon  in  physical  respects.  When 
cold,  they  are  of  a  firm  tough  consistency  suggestive  of  the 
denser  sorts  of  leather ;  under  shearing  stress  they  are 
eminently  pliable,  and  recover  from  deformation  incom- 
pletely and  somewhat  sluggishly  ;  tensile  and  compressile 
elasticity  are  all  but  absent.  This  peculiar  mechanical 
"  deadness"  is  much  enhanced  by  the  presence  of  resin. 
At  temperatures  well  below  100°,  gutta-percha  and  balata 
soften  without  developing  the  marked  tackiness  of  un- 
cured  rubber,  and  in  that  condition  they  are  highly  plastic 
and  ductile  and  lend  themselves  admirably  to  all  kinds  of 
moulding  operations.  This  property,  together  with  their 
toughness  and  high  electrical  insulation  when  cold,  con- 
stitutes their  chief  claim  to  utilization  in  the  arts.  Balata 
hydrocarbon  shows  considerably  more  springiness  under 
shearing  stress  than  gutta ;  but  for  many  practical  pur- 
poses no  very  sharp  distinction  is  made  between  the  two 
gums.  By  far  the  greater  part  of  the  gutta-percha 
imported  into  Europe  goes  into  cable-coverings,  especially 
for  submarine  work ;  the  remainder  is  made  into  various 
small  articles  of  surgical,  chemical,  and  mechanical  utility. 
Balata,  as  such,  is  notably  applied  to  the  manufacture  of 
lined  canvas  belting.  The  technology  of  gutta-percha 
and  balata  resolves  itself  into  processes  of  washing  and 
drying,  softening  by  heat,  shaping,  and  cooling.  Vulcani- 
zation is  not  practised.  Compounding  materials  are 
only  exceptionally  added,  and  usually  in  small  proportion. 
On  a  moderate  scale  the  de-resinification  or  "  hardening  " 
of  gutta-percha  and  balata  by  extraction  with  solvents  is 
carried  out  industrially,  raw  gutta-percha  of  low  resin- 
content  being  much  scarcer  now  than  formerly. 


ix  GUTTA-PERCHA   AND  BALATA  169 

Crude  gutta-percha  is  composed  of  twists,  sausage- 
shaped  rolls,  and  large  lumps  of  rounded  or  rectangular 
contour,  always  containing  moisture  and  a  good  deal  of 
bark  and  other  dirt.  It  is  even  more  inhomogeneous  than 
crude  rubber,  because  the  separate  pieces  in  a  package 
commonly  differ  not  only  in  washing  loss  but  also  in 
quality  and  resin-content.  Attempts  at  sampling  crude 
gutta-percha  are  therefore  apt  to  be  illusory,  and  it 
is  advisable  to  postpone  analysis  until  the  whole  package 
has  been  washed  and  sheeted.  Washing  losses  usually 
run  from  20  to  50  per  cent.  In  dealing  with  a  hand- 
sample,  a  proportional  fragment  may  be  cut  from  each 
piece,  so  as  to  make  up  a  sample  for  analysis  ;  but  even 
in  this  case"  it  is  sounder  practice  to  determine  moisture 
on  the  whole  lot,  then  mix  on  the  rollers,  and  then  con- 
tinue the  analysis.  Extracted  gutta-percha  usually  takes 
the  form  of  neat  blocks  homogeneous  in  composition  and 
nearly  free  from  moisture  and  dirt.  Crude  Ealata  of  the 
Venezuelan  type  comes  over  in  large  thick  slabs  and  blocks, 
which  are  as  a  rule  much  cleaner  and  more  homogeneous  than 
crude  gutta-percha.  A  considerable  quantity  of  recovered 
gutta-percha,  mainly  cable-strippings,  comes  into  the 
market  and  is  used  up  again  without  any  special  treatment 
save  removal  of  mechanical  impurities.  Old  gutta-percha 
which  has  served  on  land  will  generally  have  become 
partially  resinified,  whilst  with  submarine  goods  this 
effect  is  only  slight ;  but  in  either  case  the  gutta  hydro- 
carbon will  have  deteriorated  by  partial  loss  of  plasticity 
and  cohesion. 

The  commercial  value  of  gutta-perchas  and  balatas 
obviously  depends  in  a  high  degree  on  washing  loss  and 
resin-content ;  but  apart  from  this  there  are  notable 
variations  in  the  mechanical  quality  of  the  gutta  hydro- 


i;o        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

carbon,  as  also  in  the  insulation-resistance  of  the  washed 
and  dried  gums. 

Analysis  of  Gutta-Percha  and  Balata. 

The  analytical  procedure  is  the  same  for  raw  and 
manufactured  material,  and  consists  in  the  determination 
of  moisture,  resin,  dirt,  and  hydrocarbon  (termed  "  gutta  " 
for  short).  No  analytical  distinction  is  made  between 
the  hydrocarbons  of  gutta-percha  and  balata,  but  there 
are  various  indications  on  which  an  identification  can 
often  be  successfully  based,  provided  that  the  one  or  the 
other  be  present  alone  or  in  decided  predominance. 

Moisture. — One  to  five  gr.  (or  more  in  the  case  of  crude 
gum),  cut  into  snippets,  are  spread  on  a  flat  dish  and 
dried  to  constant  weight  in  the  vacuum-oven  at  95°. 
Three  hours  should  be  given  as  a  minimum,  but  with 
comparatively  moist  samples  a  much  longer  period  may 
be  requisite.  An  alternative  method  consists  in  heating 
for  three  hours  and  upwards  at  110°  in  an  atmosphere 
destitute  of  oxygen,  the  apparatus  being  of  the  type 
referred  to  on  p.  24.  Dried  carbon  dioxide  is  the 
indifferent  gas  ordinarily  used,  but  dried  coal  gas  serves 
practically  as  well,  since  gutta-percha  is  much  less  apt  to 
absorb  matter  from  it  than  india-rubber. 

Resin. — The  ratio  of  gutta  to  resin  in  crude  gutta-percha 
varies  between  wide  limits,  from  about  3 : 1  in  the  finest 
reds  to  about  1:3  in  low  whites.  In  balata  the  ratio  is 
about  1:1.  Manufactured  gutta-percha  of  ordinary 
quality  may  be  expected  to  show  ratios  ranging  between 
two  of  gutta  to  one  of  resin  and  equal  parts.  The  deter- 
mination of  resin  is  carried  out  by  either  of  the  two 
methods  described  below.  Original  material  may  be 
taken  for  assay  if  the  moisture-content  amounts  to  only 


ix  GUTTA-PERCHA   AND  BALATA  171 

a  few  per  cent.,  as  is  the  case  with  the  majority  of  manu- 
factured goods ;  otherwise  the  material  should  first  be 
dried. 

1.  Extraction  Method. — The  material  is  cut  with  the 
aid  of  a  knife  and  scissors  into  the  finest  possible  snippets. 
Of   these,  one   or   two   gr.  are   extracted   with   acetone 
exactly  as  in  the  case  of  rubber,  except  that  a  Soxhlet 
extractor  is  employed.     At  the  comparatively  low  tem- 
perature  of   the   Soxhlet,  gutta-perchas   do   not,   unless 
abnormally   soft,   cake   by   partial   fusion.      Ten    hours 
suffice  for  complete  extraction,  whereupon  the  extract  is 
evaporated   and   dried   for   three   hours  at   110°.      This 
method  of  resin-assay  is  not  only  the  least  laborious  but 
also  the  most  accurate ;  its  only  drawback  is  that  a  good 
deal  of  time  elapses  between  start  and  finish. 

2.  Precipitation  Method. — One  gr.  of  material,  which 
need  not  be   finely  comminuted,   is   placed  in  a  100  c.c. 
Erlenmeyer  flask  with   20  c.c.   of  redistilled  toluene  or 
solvent  naphtha,  heated  to  100°  on   a  water-bath,  and 
vigorously  shaken  until  solution  is  complete.     The  liquid 
is  poured,  with  agitation,  into  50  c.c.  of  ordinary  alcohol 
in   a   rather   larger  Erlenmeyer,    whereby  gutta  is  pre- 
cipitated ;  the  contents  of  the  first  flask  are  also  shaken 
up  with  alcohol  and  added  to  bulk.     The  last  traces  of 
gutta  come  out  of  solution  somewhat  reluctantly  ;  it  may 
therefore  be  necessary  to  warm  and  shake  very  thoroughly 
until  the  solution  is  clarified.     The  clear  liquid  is  poured 
off  and  set  aside,  and  the  residual  clot  of  gutta  is  washed 
by  kneading   with  alcohol,  redissolved,   and  again   pre- 
cipitated.      With     highly    resinous    gutta-perchas     the 
process  should  be  repeated  once  more.     The  united  clear 
alcohol-toluene  liquors  are  distilled  from  a  capacious  tared 
Soxhlet  flask,  and  the  residual  resin  is  dried  to  constancy 


172        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

and  weighed.  The  precipitated  gutta,  which  carries  with 
it  all  the  dirt  originally  present,  may  be  dealt  with 
quantitatively  as  described  below. 

The  resin  obtained  from  ordinary  gutta-perchas  is  of  a 
pale  amber  colour  and  semi-hard  consistency ;  that  from 
inferior  white  sorts  is   sometimes  completely  hard  and 
brittle.     Gutta-perchas  extracted  from  leaves  and  twigs 
yield   soft  resins  of  a   characteristic 
gree  i    colour.      Balata    resin,    when 
fresh,  is  a  thick  treacly  fluid.     Eesins 
extracted   from  manufactured   goods 
may    be    affected   as   to   colour   and 
smell    by    the    presence   of   a    little 
tarry  or  bituminous  matter. 

Dirt  and  Fillers. — Gutta-percha 
owes  its  brown  colour  to  the  invari- 
able presence  of  a  few  per  cent,  of 
finely-divided  humus,  which  cannot 
be  completely  removed  by  washing. 
Balata  contains  less  of  this  impurity, 
or  none  at  all.  The  presence  of 
pulverulent  compounding  materials 
can  generally  be  recognized  at  first 
sight ;  the  most  usual  ones  are  the 
pigments  zinc  white,  lithopone,  anti- 
mony red,  and  carbon  black,  also 
talc,  kaolin,  and  other  silicates  acting  merely  as  fillers. 
With  the  exception  of  the  three  pigments  last-named, 
mineral  admixtures  are  most  conveniently  determined  by 
incineration.  By  far  the  greater  number  of  manufactured 
goods  contain  no  intentionally  added  solid  matter.  Dirt 
in  gutta-percha  may  be  determined  as  follows  :— 

I,  Pontio's  Method. — Thi§  is  based  on  the  fact   that 


FIG.  22a. 


GUTTA-PERCHA   AND  B ALA  7 A 


173 


gutta-percha  is  readily  liquefied  by  toluene  in  the  form  of 

vapour,  and  is  a  remarkably  convenient  and  accurate, 

though  somewhat  slow,   method.     The    material,   which 

must  contain  only  a  few  per  cent,  of  moisture,  is  roughly 

cut  up,  and  1  gr.  is  weighed  into  a  tared  7  cm.  ashless 

filter   of    medium    density  (e.g.   Schleicher  and   Schiill's 

"  White  Band  >;)  folded  into  the  usual  conical  form.     The 

filter  is  fitted  into  a  cage  of  copper 

or  nickel  wire,  which  is  suspended  in 

the  vapour  of  toluene  boiling  under 

reflux  condensation.      For  one  filter 

only,  the  simple  outfit  shown  in  fig. 

22a  serves  very  well.      A  is  a  250  c.c. 

Soxhlet  flask,   aperture  about  4  cm., 

in  which  50  c.c.  of  toluene  are  kept 

boiling    on    a    sand-bath;    B    is    a 

bayonet-shaped  adapter,  the  sole  aim 

of    which  is   to    prevent    condensed 

drops    from    falling   into   the   filter ; 

C  is  an  air-cooled  condenser  which 

may  consist  of  a  simple  upright  tube 

or  a  spiral  worm.     Embedded  in  the 

lower  cork  is  a  wire    stirrup  which 

carries  the  cage.      If  the  bottom  of 

the  adapter  be  kept   flush  with  this 

cork,  or  slightly  higher,  the  condensed 

toluene  will  return   down   the   sides 

of  the  apparatus  and  there  will  be  no  danger  of  splashing. 

Fig.    226  shows  a  ground-in   modification    of   the  same 

apparatus,  with  which  the  inevitable  slow  loss  of  solvent 

attendant  upon  the  use  of  cork  is  avoided  ;  this  apparatus 

also   does   very   well   for    alcoholic    potash    extractions 

(of,   p.    35).      For   conducting   three,    four,  or   six   dirt- 


FIG.  22Z>. 


174        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

determinations  at  once,  large  boiling-vessels  of  the  type 
of  Fig.  23&  or  Fig.  236  are  used,  the  filter-cages  being 
suspended  from  six-rayed  stars  of  stout  wire.  Apparatus  a 
is  really  a  laboratory  vacuum-still ;  the  flange  of  the  glass 
upper  half  is  clamped  to  that  of  the  metal  or  porcelain 
lower  half  by  means  of  three  small  wooden  vices ;  a 
leather  washer  is  interposed,  or,  if  the  flange-surfaces  be 
very  true,  the  connexion  can  be  rendered  tight  with  a 
mixture  of  glucose  syrup  and  glycerine.  In  apparatus  b 


FIG.  23a  (Scale  1 :  6).  FIG.  23k  (Scale  1  : 7). 

the  thick  glass  globe,  aperture  about  11  cm.,  is  fitted  with 
a  flat  glass  ground-in  stopper  having  a  central  tubulure. 
The  six-filter  apparatus  devised  by  M.  Pontio,  which  is 
intended  for  other  determinations  beside  that  of  dirt, 
consists  of  apparatus  b  with  an  extensive  superstruc- 
ture. Mercury  lutes  are  undesirable  in  vapour-extraction 
apparatus,  since  drops  of  volatilized  and  condensed  metal 
are  apt  tq  find  their  way  into  the  filters. 

Under  the  action  of  toluene  vapour,  the  gutta-percha 


ix  GUTTA-PERCHA   AND  BALATA  175 

is  liquefied  and  gradually  passes  through  the  filter,  leaving 
solid  impurities  behind.  The  time  required  is  rarely  less 
than  ten  hours  and  sometimes  considerably  longer.  It 
may  happen  that  the  solids  are  so  fine  as  to  choke  the 
filter  and  prevent  the  solution  from  traversing  it  in  reason- 
able time  ;  in  this  case  relief  may  often  be  obtained  by 
substituting  xylene  or  solvent  naphtha  for  toluene,  so 
that  the  filter  is  exposed  to  higher  temperatures.  Again, 
some  materials  form  solutions  too  viscous  to  be  filtrable ; 
this  is  especially  likely  to  occur  with  balatas  and 
"  hardened  "  gums.  Dirt  will  then  have  to  be  determined 
by  the  alternative  method  given  below.  These  exceptions 
apart,  the  method  works  smoothly  and  is  widely  applicable. 

2.  Sedimentation  Method.  One  or  two  grammes  of 
material  are  dissolved  in  100  c.c.  of  hot  benzene  or  similar 
solvent  and  rinsed  into  a  wide  test-tube  or  Nessler  glass, 
which  is  then  corked  and  left  to  itself  on  a  water-bath. 
The  dirt  sinks  to  the  bottom  within  two  or  three  hours. 
As  much  as  possible  of  the  transparent  solution  is 
siphoned  off  without  disturbing  the  sediment,  which  latter 
is  brought  on  to  a  tared  filter  or  Gooch  crucible  and 
thoroughly  washed  with  solvent,  or— still  better — exposed 
for  half  an  hour  to  toluene  vapour.  The  filter  is  dried  at 
110°  and  weighed.  This  method,  though  comparatively 
laborious,  yields  results  within  a  few  hours,  and  may  be 
yet  further  expedited  by  the  use  of  a  centrifuge,  in  which 
case  the  volume  of  solvent  should  be  cut  down  to 
50  c.c. 

Whilst  washed  balata  is  remarkably  poor  in  dirt,  washed 
gutta-percha  always  contains  from  2  to  6  per  cent,  of 
impalpable  humus.  These  natural  impurities  usually 
contain  about  20  per  cent,  of  mineral  matter.  The  ash 
of  a  gutta-percha  incinerated  as  such  generally  comes 


176        INDIA-RUBBER  LABORATORY  PRACTICE     CHAP. 

out  a  little  higher  than  that  of  the  isolated  dirt,  because 
traces  of  metallic  humates  and  resinates  are  dissolved  out 
by  toluene.  Gutta-percha  solutions  are  always  slightly 
coloured,  whereas  balata  solutions  are  almost  water-white. 
In  any  case,  the  total  ash  of  washed  gutta-percha  should 
not  exceed  1'5  per  cent. 

Pulverulent  fillers  may  be  determined  together  with 
the  dirt,  but  it  is  to  be  noted  that  the  more  fine-grained 
sorts  of  pigment  are  apt  to  pass  through  the  filter  in 
colloidal  suspension.  Accurate  determinations  are  best 
effected  by  the  aid  of  the  centrifuge  (cf.  p.  142). 

Factice  is  determined  after  acetone  extraction  exactly 
as  in  the  case  of  rubber  (see  p.  123).  A  few  tenths  per 
cent,  of  saponifiable  matter  are  almost  always  extracted 
by  alcoholic  potash  from  factice-free  material.  As  an 
admixture,  factice  is  rather  uncommon,  and  is  never 
present  in  any  considerable  proportion. 

Bitumen  and  Pitch,  unless  present  in  mere  traces,  are 
detected  by  the  brown  colour  which  they  impart  to 
solutions  of  the  material.  Pitch,  moreover,  is  indicated 
by  its  fluorescence  in  solution  and  by  the  presence  of 
finely-divided  carbon.  Approximate  quantitative  deter- 
minations are  effected  by  the  method  described  under 
"  Chatterton's  Compound,"  due  regard  being  had  to 
the  fact  that  more  than  one-half  goes  into  the  acetone 
extract. 

Gutta.  In  most  cases  it  suffices  to  estimate  gutta  by 
difference.  When  it  is  desired  to  determine  gutta  directly, 
the  method  to  be  adopted  consists  in  precipitating  the 
hydrocarbon  from  benzene  or  toluene  solution  by  means 
of  alcohol.  Solid  matter  other  than  mere  dirt  should 
first  be  eliminated.  This  is  best  done  by  rinsing  the 
solution  into  a  measuring  cylinder  or  flask,  making  up  to 


IX  GUTTA-PERCHA   AND  BALATA  177 

the  mark,  and  allowing  the  insoluble  to  settle  out ; 
an  aliquot  part  of  clear  liquid  is  pipetted  off,  and  in  this 
the  gutta  is  precipitated.  Precipitation  is  effected  as  on 
p.  171,  and  should  be  repeated  at  least  once.  Ultimately 
the  clot  of  gutta  is  boiled  out  with  clean  alcohol,  trans- 
ferred to  a  flat  tared  dish,  dried  in  vacuo  or  in  indifferent 
gas,  and  weighed.  The  gutta  will  contain  all  the  solid 
impurities  which  were  present  when  it  was  precipitated, 
so  that  these  may  have  to  be  determined  in  the  weighed 
gutta  and  duly  taken  into  account.  The  guttas  isolated 
respectively  from  gutta-percha  and  balata  may  be  distin- 
guished, apart  from  the  peculiarities  of  colour  mentioned 
above,  by  the  fact  that  in  equivalent  solutions  balata 
hydrocarbon  is  about  twice  as  viscous  as  gutta. 

Chatterton's  Compound. — This  is  a  watertight  cement 
prepared  by  boiling  gutta-percha  with  Stockholm  tar, 
often  with  the  addition  of  rosin  or  bituminous  substances. 
Its  value  depends  mainly  on  the  amount  of  gutta  present. 
Volatile  matter,  which  will  include  moisture,  is  deter- 
mined by  the  method  described  under  "  Moisture."  By 
acetone  extraction  gutta-percha  resin  and  added  rosin  are 
isolated,  together  with  so  much  of  the  tar  as  does  not 
consist  of  volatile  matter  or  carbon.  The  extracted 
residue  is  dissolved  in  ten  parts  of  benzene  ;  if  the  settled 
solution  is  light  in  colour,  it  will  contain  nothing  but 
gutta,  apart  from  the  sediment.  If  the  colour  is  brown, 
the  presence  of  bitumen  is  indicated.  In  that  case  the 
solution  is  reprecipitated  three  times  with  .just  twice  its 
volume  of  alcohol ;  the  clear  united  benzene-alcohol 
solutions  will  then  contain  bitumen  insoluble  in  acetone, 
whilst  gutta  and  dirt  compose  the  residue.  Dirt,  which 
is  determined  as  usual,  may  include  a  little  carbon  in- 
troduced by  the  tar. 

N 


APPENDIX 


APPENDIX 


TABLE  I. 
ANALYTICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  CRUDE  RUBBER  SORTS. 

THE  number  of  wild  rubbers  figuring  in  trade  as 
distinct  sorts  and  sub-sorts  runs  to  two  hundred  or 
over.  Many  of  them,  especially  the  African  ones,  are  so 
ill-defined  and  variable  that  anything  like  a  sound 
comprehensive  classification  based  on  quantitative  data 
is  impossible.  The  subjoined  table  gives  no  more  than  a 
generalized  conspectus  of  some  of  the  principal  varieties. 
For  fuller  information  the  reader  is  referred  to  Weber's 
The  Chemistry  of  India  Rubber  (London,  1902),  now 
slightly  out  of  date  in  some  respects,  and  particularly  to 
Gimimi-Kalender  (Berlin),  1913.  For  details  of  the  several 
Congo  sorts,  see  J.  Liebschiitz,  Gummi-Zeitung,  21 
(1907),  p.  336. 

W.L.  =  Percentage  Washing  Loss. 

R.  =  Percentage  of  Resin  in  the  washed  and  dried  rubber. 
A.  =  Ash 


Designation. 

W.L. 

R. 

A. 

Para   Hard   Fine,   Acre  Para, 
Bolivian  Fine  (Hevea)    .    .    . 
Manaos  Scrappy  (ffevea)   .    .    . 
Para     Negrohead,      Sernamby 
(Hevea)  
Canieta  (ffevea) 

16—21 
20—25 

30-40 
45_50 

2-5-35 
1-6—2-0 

3-6 
1-4  i-g 

0-2—0-4 
0-6—0-7 

0-5—1-5 

0'5     0'8 

Mattogrosso  Virgin  (Hevea) 

18—22 

2-5—3-0 

0-5-07 

181 


1 82  APPENDIX 

ANALYTICAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  CRUDE  RUBBER  SORTS.— (contd.). 


Designation  . 

W.L. 

R. 

A. 

Mattogrosso  Negrohead  (ffevea) 
Mollendo  Fine  (Hevea)  .... 

20—25 
15—20 

1-5—2-0 
1-8—2-0 

1-5—2-0 
0-2—0-3 

Mollendo  Coarse  (Hevea)  .    .    . 

12—18 

2-0—2-5 

0-3—0-4 

Caucho    Ball,    Peruvian     Ball 

(Castilloa)      .           

20—30 

3—5 

0'5  —  1-5 

Mani£oba  (Manihot)    .    . 

25—35 

2-8—3-0 

3-0—4-5 

Ceara  Negrohead  (Manihot)  .    . 

20—30 

4-5 

1-0—1-5 

Jequie  (Manihot)     

25—30 

4-5—5-5 

1-5—2-0 

Mangabeira  (Hancornia)    .    .    . 
Ciudad  Bolivar,  Orinoco  (Hevea) 

30—40 
15—20 

20—25 

7—8 

1-0—1-5 
0-4—0-7 

Central  American  (Castilloa)    . 

20—40 

4  —  7 

1-0—2-5 

Guayule  (Parthenium)   .... 

22-26 

20—35 

1-0—1-5 

Sierra  Leone,  Conakry,  Massai, 

Soudan  (mostly  Landolphia) 

15—30 

5—7 

0-4—1-0 

Bassam,    Cape    Coast,    Accra, 

Lahou,    Ivory    Coast,    Gold 

Coast  (mostly  L.  )  .    . 

25—40 

7-11 

07—1-0 

Second  Accra  Lump,  Saltpond, 

&c.  (mostly  L.)    

30—40 

29—38 

1-4—2-0 

Gambia,  Bissao  (mostly  L  )  .    . 

30—50 

5-6 

1-0—2-0 

Gaboon,  Loango,  Ogowe,  Congo 

Ball  (mostly  L.)  

25—35 

8-18 

0-6—1-0 

Lagos,   Niger,  Benin  (Landol- 

phia and  Funtumia)    .        .    . 

30—40 

10—25 

0-3-0-7 

Batanga,  Cameroon  (L.  and  F.) 

25—35 

10-15 

0-5-1-0 

Lower  Congo,  Wamba  (mostly 

L  ) 

10  —  20 

5—6 

0.5  ro 

Angola,      Loanda.      Benguela 

(mostly  L  ) 

25—40 

5  7 

1-0  2-0 

Upper  Congo  sorts  (mostly  L)  . 

5—15 

4—10 

0-5—1-5 

Mozambique,  Beira  (mostly  L.) 

7-15 

5—8 

0-1—0-8 

Madagascar,    Tamatave,     Ma- 

junga  (mostly  L.)    

20—30 

7—10 

0-2—0-5 

Assam  (Ficus)       .           .... 

15—35 

5—11 

0-5  —  I'O 

Penang  (  Ficus,  Willuf/hbeia,  &c.  ) 

15—30 

5—7 

0-3—0-7 

Borneo  (mostly  Urceola)    .    .    . 

35—45 

10—11 

0-4—0-6 

Java  Plantation  (Ficus)      .    .    . 

1—2 

5—6 

0-3—04 

Ceylon    and    Malayan    Planta- 

tion (Hevea) 

1—2 

2-5—3-5 

0-2—0-6 

Plantation  Rambong  (Ficus)    . 

1—2 

7—8 

0-2—0-3 

APPENDIX 


183 


TABLE  II. 
COMPARISON  OF  PRICES  IN  DIFFERENT  MEASURES  AND  CURRENCIES. 

The  German  rate  of  exchange  is  taken  at  £1  =  20  m.  40  pf., 
the  French  rate  at  £1  =25  fr.  25  c. 


Per  Ib. 

Per  ton  avoird. 

Per  kg. 

Per  kg. 

S.        ((. 

&         s.     d. 

M.     pf. 

Fr.     c. 

10    0 

1,120    0    0 

22    50 

27    82 

9    0 

1,008    0    0 

20    25 

25     03 

8    0 

896    0     0 

18     00 

22    25 

7    0 

784    0    0 

15     75 

19     47 

6    0 

672    0    0 

13     50 

16     69 

5    0 

560    0    0 

11     25 

13     90 

4    51 

498     1     3 

10    00 

12    37 

4     0 

448    0    0 

9     00 

11     12 

3    7 

402    7  10 

8    08 

10    00 

3    0 

336    0    0 

6     75 

8     35 

2    0 

224    0    0 

4    50 

5    56 

1     0 

112    0    0 

2    25 

2    78 

11 

102  13    4 

2    06 

2    55 

10 

93    6     8 

1     87 

2    32 

9 

84    0    0 

69 

2    08 

8 

74  13    4 

50 

1     85 

7 

65    6    8 

31 

1     62 

6 

56    0    0 

12 

1     39 

54 

49  16     1 

00 

1     24 

5 

46  13    4 

94 

1     16 

*i 

40    4    9 

81 

1    00 

4 

37     6    8 

75 

93 

3 

28    0    0 

56 

70 

2 

18  13    4 

37 

46 

1 

968 

19 

23 

4  19    7 

10 

12 

i 

4  13    4 

9 

11 

406 

8 

10 

i       ' 

268 

5 

6 

1 84 


APPENDIX 


TABLE  III. — CONVERSION  OF  CRUDE 
If  a  crude  rubber  priced  at  A  shillings  per  Ib.  has  a  Washing  Loss  of 

cashing,  &c. ,  being  ignored)  is  _ — — -   shillings  per  Ib.    This  value  is 

100  —  .D 


A 

2% 

4% 

6% 

8% 

10% 

12% 

14% 

16% 

s.  d. 

s.  d. 

s.  d. 

s.  (Z. 

s.  d. 

s   d. 

g   d 

s   d 

*  d 

6  0 

6  14 

6  3 

6  44 

6  64 

6  8 

6  10 

6  llf 

7  1| 

5  10 

5  114 

6  1 

6  24 

6  4 

6  5f 

6  74 

6  94 

6  114 

5  8 

5  94 

5  lOf 

6  04 

6  2 

6  34 

6  54 

6  7 

6  9 

5  6 

5  74 

5  8f 

5  104 

5  11| 

6  14 

6  3 

6  4J 

6  6| 

5  4 

5  5| 

5  6| 

5  8 

5  94 

5  11 

6  Of 

6  24 

6  44 

5  2 

5  3£ 

5  44 

5  6 

5  74 

5  9 

5  104 

6  0 

6  1| 

5  0 

5  14 

5  24 

5  3| 

5  54 

5  6| 

5  84 

5  9f 

5  114 

4  10 

4  114 

5  04 

5  1| 

5  3 

5  44 

K    O1 

5  6 

K    OJ^ 

5  74 

5K 

^   Q 

5/i  1 

4  6 

4  7 

4  8* 

4  94 

4  10| 

0   Z% 

5  0 

ft  3% 
5  14 

O 

5  2| 

o§ 

5  44 

4  4 

4  5 

4  64 

4  74 

4  84 

4  9| 

4  11| 

5  04 

5  2 

4  2 

4  3 

4  4 

4  5j 

4  64 

4  74 

4  8| 

4  10 

4  114 

4  0 

4  1 

4  2 

4  3 

4  44 

4  5i 

4  64 

4  7| 

4  9 

3  10 

3  11 

4  0 

4  1 

4  2 

4  34 

4  44 

4  54 

4  6| 

3  8 

3  9 

3  10 

3  10| 

3  11| 

4  1 

4  2 

4  34 

4  44 

3  6 

3  7 

3  7| 

3  8| 

3  94 

3  lOf 

3  11| 

4  Of 

4  2 

3  4 

3  4| 

3  5| 

3  64 

3  74 

3  84 

3  94 

3  104 

3  114 

3  2 

3  2| 

3  34 

3  44 

3  54 

3  64 

3  74 

3  8 

3  94 

3  0 

3  Of 

3  14 

3  24 

3  3 

3  4 

3  5 

3  6 

3  7 

2  10 

2  lOf 

2  114 

3  0 

3  1 

3  If 

3  24 

3  34 

3  44 

2  8 

2  8| 

2  94 

2  10 

2  lOf 

2  114 

3  04 

3  H 

3  2 

2  6 

2  64 

2  74 

2  8 

2  84 

2  94 

2  10 

2  11 

2  11| 

2  4 

2  44 

2  5 

2  5| 

2  64 

2  7 

2  7| 

2  84 

Q   Ql 

2  2 

2  24 

2  3 

2  34 

2  4i 

2  5 

2  54 

2  64 

2  7 

2  0 

1  1^ 

2  1 

2  14 

2  2 

2  2| 

2  34 

2  4 

2  44 

1  10 

1  11 

2  0 

2  04 

2  1 

2  14 

2  24 

1  8 

i  ^4 

1  8| 

9| 

1  9| 

1  104 

1  10| 

Hi 

1  11| 

1  6 

1  64 

1  6{ 

74 

1  74 

1  8 

1  84 

9 

94 

1  4 

1  4| 

5 

1  54 

1  5| 

1  64 

64 

1  2 

i  24 

1  24 

2| 

1  34 

1  34 

1  4 

41 

4| 

1  0 

1  10* 

i  04 

Of 

1  1 

1  14 

1  14 

2 

10 

104 

10| 

11 

11 

lli 

0 

8 

— 

84 

81 

9 

9 

94 

6 

— 

64 

64 

64 

6| 

6| 

7 

74 

APPENDIX 


185 


INTO  WASHED  RUBBER  PRICES. 

B  per  cent. ,  then  the  actual  cost  of  the  clean  dry  rubber  (cost  of 

worked  out  in  the  subjoined  table  for  a  series  of  values  of  A  and  B. 


18% 

20% 

22% 

24% 

26% 

28% 

30% 

32% 

.4 

s   d 

s   d 

s   d 

s.  d. 

s.   d. 

s.  d 

8.   rf. 

S.   (Z 

s.  d 

7  4 

7  6 

7  8J 

7  lOf 

8  1* 

8  4 

8  7 

8  10 

6  0 

7  14 

7  34 

7  5f 

7  8 

7  10* 

8  H 

8  4 

8  7 

5  10 

6  11 

7  1 

7  3i 

7  o| 

7  8" 

7  104 

8  1 

8  4 

5  8 

6  84 

6  104 

7  04 

7  2f 

7  74 

7  10i 

8  1 

5  6 

6  6 

6  8 

6  10 

7  Oi 

7  5 

7  74 

7  10 

5  4 

6  ::.• 

6  5* 

6  74 

6  94 

7  2 

7  44 

7  7i 

5  2 

6  li 

6  3" 

6  5 

6  7 

6  9 

6  114 

7  If 

7  4£ 

5  0 

5  lOf 

6  04 

6  24 

6  4J 

6  64 

6  84 

6  11 

7  14 

4  10 

5  8i 

5  10 

5  11| 

6  If 

6  34 

6  6 

6  8 

6  104 

4  8, 

5  6 

5  74 

5  9i 

5  11 

6  1 

6  3 

6  5 

6  74 

4  6 

5  34 

5  5 

5  6f 

fi  84 

5  10i 

6  Oi 

6  2J 

6  44 

4  4 

5  1 

5  24 

5  4 

5  5f 

5  74 

5  94 

5  114 

6  14 

4  2 

4  10i 

5  0 

5  14 

5  3 

5  5 

5  6| 

5  84 

5  104 

4  0 

4  8 

4  94 

4  11 

5  04 

5  2i 

5  3f 

5  5f 

5  74 

3  10 

4  6| 

4  7 

4  84 

4  10 

4  114 

5  1 

5  3 

5  4f 

3  8 

4  3* 

4  44 

4  6| 

4  7i 

4  8f 

4  10i 

5  0 

5  If 

3  6 

4  Of 

4  2 

4  3J 

4  44 

4  6 

4  74 

4  9 

4  lOf 

3  4 

3  10J 

3  114 

4  Of 

4  2 

4  34 

4  4f 

4  6i 

4  8 

3  2 

3  8 

3  9 

3  10i 

3  114 

4  04 

4  2 

4  34 

4  5 

3  0 

3  54 

3  6i 

3  74 

3  8f 

3  10 

3  Hi 

4  04 

4  2 

2  10 

3  3~ 

3  4- 

3  5 

3  6 

3  7i 

3  84 

3  9f 

3  11 

2  8 

3  0* 

3  14 

3  24 

3  34 

3  44 

3  5f 

3  6f 

3  8 

2  6 

2  10" 

2  11 

3  0 

3  Of 

3  If 

3  3 

3  4 

3  5 

2  4 

2  7| 

2  84 

2  9J 

2  10J 

2  11 

3  0 

3  1 

3  2J 

2  2 

2  5i 

2  6 

2  6| 

2  74 

2  84 

2  9J 

2  10i 

2  Hi 

2  0 

2  2f 

2  3| 

2  4| 

2  5 

2  5f 

2  64 

2  74 

2  84 

1  10 

2  04 

2  1 

2  If 

2  2i 

2  3 

2  3f 

2  44 

2  54 

1  8 

1  10 

i  104 

1  11 

1  llf 

2  OJ 

2  1 

2  If 

2  24 

1  6 

1  74 

1  8 

1  84 

1  9 

1  91 

1  10i 

1  11 

1  H4 

1  4 

1  5 

1  54 

1  6 

1  64 

1  7 

1  74 

1  8 

1  84 

1  2 

13 

1  3 

1  04 

1  34 
1  Of 

1  3f 
1  1 

1  4i 
1  14 

1  4f 
1  2 

1  5 
1  2i 

1  54 
1  2| 

1  0 
10 

9| 

10 

101 

104 

10| 

11 

114 

HI 

8 

7i 

74 

71 

8 

8 

8| 

84 

8f 

6 

1 86 


APPENDIX 


TABLE  III.— CONVERSION  OF  CRUDE 
If  a  crude  rubber  priced  at  A  shillings  per  Ib.  has  a  Washing  Loss  of 

washing,  &c.,  being  ignored)  is shillings  perlb.   This  value  is 

100  -  B 


A 

34% 

36% 

38% 

40% 

42% 

44% 

46% 

s,     d. 

s.     d. 

s.     d. 

s.     d. 

*.      d. 

s.     d. 

*.      d. 

s.     d. 

6    0 
5  10 

9     1 

8  10 

9    44 
9     li 

9    8 
9    5 

10    0 

9    8| 

10    4 
10    01 

10    84 
10    5 

11      11 

10    9| 

5    8 

8    7 

8  10t 

9     li 

9    5t 

9    91 

10     H 

10    6 

5     6 

8    4 

8    7 

8  104 

9    2 

9    of 

9  10" 

10    2 

5    4 

8     1 

8     4 

8    7 

8  104 

9    21 

9    6i 

9  101 

5    2 

7  10 

8     1 

8    4 

8    71 

8  11 

9    21 

9    6f 

5077 

7     9f 

8    Of 

8    4 

8    71 

8  11 

9    3 

4  10 

7    4 

7    64 

7    9£ 

8    Of 

8     4 

8     71 

8  111 

4871 

7     3t 

7     64 

7    94 

8    01 

8    4 

8    71 

4    6 

6    9| 

7     0| 

7    3 

7    6 

7    9 

8    0^ 

8    4 

4    4 

6     6| 

6    9j 

6  llf 

7    2* 

7     5f 

7    9" 

8    01 

4    2 

6    4f 

6    6 

6     8f 

6  Hi 

7    11 

7    51 

7    81 

4    0 

6    Of 

6     3 

6    54 

6    8 

6  lOf 

7     If 

7    5 

3  10 

5     9f 

5  llf 

6     21 

6    4f 

6    71 

6  10 

7     1 

3    8 

5     6f 

5    8f 

5  11 

6     H 

6    4 

6    64 

6    91 

3    6 
3    4 

5     34 
5     0* 

5    2! 

5    7f 
5    4i 

5  10 
5    6f 

6    01 
5     9" 

6    3 
5  111 

6    5f 
6    2 

3    2 

4    9i 

4  ll| 

5     li 

5     3} 

5'51 

5    8 

5  101 

3    0 

4     64 

4    81 

4  10 

5    0 

5    2 

5    41 

5    6f 

2  10 

4     34 

4    5 

4    7 

4    8f 

4  101 

5    Of      5     3 

2    8 

4     04 

4    2 

4    34 

4    6J 

4    7i 

494  111 

2    6 

3    9* 

3  11 

4    04 

4    2 

4    3f 

4    51 

4     71 

2    4 

3    64 

3    7f 

3    9 

3  101 

4    01 

4    2 

4    4 

2    2 

3    3} 

3    44 

3    6 

3    74 

3    8f 

3  101      40 

2    0 

3    04 

3     14 

3    2f 

3    4 

3    51 

3    7 

3     81 

1  10 

2    94 

2  104 

2  11| 

3    04 

3    2 

3    31 

3    4f 

1     8 

2    61 

2    71 

2    81 

2    9| 

2  101 

2  llf 

3     1 

1     6 

2    31 

2    4 

2    5 

2    6 

2    7 

2    81 

2    91 

1     4 

2    01 

2     1 

2     If 

2    2f 

2    31 

2    41 

2    54 

1     2 

1     9* 

1  10 

1  10* 

1  114 

2    01 

2     1 

2    2 

1     0 

1     6 

1     6f 

1     7j 

1     8 

1     8| 

1     91 

1  101 

10 

1     3 

1     3* 

1     4 

1     41 

1     51 

1     5f 

1     64 

8 

1     0 

1     Of 

1     1 

1     14 

1     If 

1     21 

1     2f 

6 

9 

4 

9f 

10 

101 

lOf 

11 

APPENDIX 


187 


INTO  WASHED  RUBBER  PRICES  —  (continued). 

B  per  cent.,  then  the  actual  cost  of  the  clean  dry  rubber  (cost  of 

worked  out  in  the  subjoined  table  for  a  series  of  values  of  A  and  B. 


48% 

50% 

52% 

54% 

56% 

58% 

60% 

A. 

s.   d. 

s.   d. 

s.  d. 

s.  d. 

s.  d. 

s.  d. 

s.  d. 

s.  d. 

11  6£ 

12  0 

12  6 

13  Oi 

13  7| 

14  31 

15  0 

6  0 

11  2f 

11  8 

12  If 

12  8 

13  3 

13  101 

14  7 

5  10 

10  10$ 

11  4 

11  9£ 

12  4 

12  101 

13  6 

14  2 

5  8 

10  7 

11  0 

11  51 

11  Hi 

12  6 

13  1 

13  9 

5  6 

10  3 

10  8 

11  1| 

11  7 

12  11 

12  8i 

13  4 

5  4 

9  114 

10  4 

10  9 

11  2f 

11  9 

12  31 

12  11 

5  2 

9  71 

10  0 

10  5 

10  104 

11  41 

11  11 

12  6 

5  0 

9  31 

9  8 

10  1 

10  6 

11  0 

11  6 

12  1 

4  10 

8  Hi 

9  4 

9  81 

10  If 

10  74 

11  14 

11  8 

4  8 

8  8 

9  0 

9  41 

9  Hi 

10  2| 

10  81 

11  3 

4  6 

8  4 

8  8 

9  04 

9  5 

9  10 

10  3| 

10  10 

4  4 

8  04 

8  4 

8  8 

9  01 

9  51 

9  11 

10  5 

4  2 

7  8i 

8  0 

8  4 

8  8* 

9  1 

9  64 

10  0 

4  0 

7  44 

7  8 

8  0 

8  4" 

8  8* 

9  11 

9  7 

3  10 

7  01 

7  4 

7  7i 

7  llf 

8  4 

8  8f 

9  2 

3  8 

6  9 

7  0 

7  34 

7  74 

7  101 

8  4 

8  9 

3  6 

6  4| 

6  8 

6  iii 

7  3   7  7" 

7  114 

8  4 

3  4 

6  1 

6  4 

6  64 

6  101   7  2i 

7  61 

7  11 

3  2 

5  94 

6  0 

6  3 

6  64   6  9^ 

7  2| 

7  6 

3  0 

5  5| 

5  8 

5  lOf 

6  2 

6  54 

6  9 

7  1 

2  10 

5  H 

5  4 

5  6f 

5  9i 

6  Of 

6  44 

6  8 

2  8 

4  9f 

5  0 

5  2i 

5  54 

5  84 

5  Hi 

6  3 

2  6 

4  6 

4  8 

4  10£ 

5  1 

5  41 

5  6f 

5  10 

2  4 

4  2 

4  4 

4  64 

4  8| 

4  11 

5  2 

5  5 

2  2 

3  104 

4  0 

4  2 

4  44 

4  61 

4  9 

5  0 

2  0 

3  64 

3  8 

3  9f 

3  11£ 

4  2 

4  41 

4  7 

1  10 

3  21 

3  4 

3  5f 

3  71 

3  9i 

3  Hi 

4  2 

1  8 

2  101 

3  0 

3  H 

3  3 

3  5 

3  7 

3  9 

1  6 

2  6| 

2  8 

2  9f 

2  lOf 

3  04 

3  2 

3  4 

1  4 

2  3 

2  4 

2  54 

2  6i 

2  7f 

2  94 

2  11 

1  2 

1  11 

2  0 

2  1 

•2  2" 

2  34 

2  41 

2  6 

1  0 

l  74 

1  8 

1  8f 

1  9f   1  lOf 

1  llf 

2  1 

10 

1  3i 

1  4 

1  4| 

1  51   1  64 

1  7 

1  8 

8 

Wi 

1  0 

1  0^ 

11   1  H 

1  24 

1  3 

6 

TABLE  IV. 

CORRESPONDING  TEMPERATURES  AND  SATURATED  STEAM  PRESSURES. 
1  Atmosphere  =  1*033  kg.  per  sq.  cm.  =  14-72  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 


De- 
grees 
C. 

Degrees 
F. 

Atmo- 
spheres. 

Pounds 
per 
sq.  inch 

De- 
grees 
C. 

Degrees 
F. 

Atmo- 
spheres. 

Pounds 
sq.  inch. 

100 
101 

212-0 
213-8 

1-00 
1-03 

14-7 
15-2 

141 
142 

285-8 
287-6 

3-68 

3-78 

54-2 
55-7 

102 

215-6 

1.07 

15-7 

143 

289-4 

3-89 

57-3 

103 

217'4 

I'll 

16-3 

144 

291-2 

4-00 

58-9 

104 

219-2 

1-15 

16-9 

145 

293-0 

4-11 

60-5 

105 

221-0 

1-19 

17-5 

146 

294-8 

4-22 

62-2 

106 

222-8 

1-23 

18-1 

147 

296-6 

4-34 

63-9 

107 

224-6 

1-27 

18-7 

148 

298-4 

4-46 

65-7 

108 

226-4 

1  31 

19-3 

149 

300-2 

4-58 

67-5 

109 

228-2 

1-36 

20-0 

150 

302-0 

4-71 

69-4 

110 

230-0 

1-41 

20-7 

151 

303-8 

4'84 

71-3 

111 

231-8 

1-46 

21-4 

152 

305-6 

4-97 

732 

112 

233-6 

1-51 

22-2 

153 

307-4 

5-10 

75-1 

113 

235-4 

1-56 

23-0 

154 

309-2 

5-24 

77-1 

114 

237-2 

1-62 

23-8 

155 

311-0 

5-38 

79-2 

115 

239-0 

1-67 

24-6 

156 

312-8 

5-52 

81-3 

116 

240-8 

1-72 

25-4 

157 

314-6 

5-67 

83-4 

117 

242-6 

1-78 

26-2 

158 

316-4 

5-82 

85-6 

118 

244-4 

1-84 

27  vl 

159 

318-2 

5-97 

87-8 

119 

246-2 

1-90 

28-0 

160 

320-0 

6-12 

90-1 

120 

248-0 

1-96 

28-9 

161 

321-8 

6-28 

92-4 

121 

249-8 

2-02 

29-8 

162 

323-6 

6-44 

94-8 

122 

251-6 

2-08 

30-7 

163 

325-4 

6-60 

97-2 

123 

253-4 

2-15 

31-7 

164 

327-2 

6-77 

99-7 

124 

255-2 

2-22 

32-7 

165 

329-0 

6-94 

102-2 

125 

257-0 

2-29 

33-7 

166 

330-8 

7-11 

104-8 

126 

258-8 

2-36 

34-8 

167 

3326 

7-29 

107-4 

127 

260-6 

2-43 

35-9 

168 

334-4 

7-47 

110-0 

128 

262-4 

2-51 

37-0 

169 

336-2 

7-65 

112-6 

129 

264-2 

2-59 

38-1 

170 

338-0 

7-84 

115-3 

130 

266-0 

2-67 

39-3 

171 

339-8 

8-03 

118-1 

131 

267-8 

2-75 

40-5 

172 

341-6 

8-23 

121-0 

132 

269-6 

2-83 

41-7 

173 

343-4 

8-43 

123-9 

133 

271-4 

2-92 

43-0 

174 

345-2 

8-63 

126-9 

134 

273-2 

3-01 

44-3 

175 

347-0 

8-84 

130-0 

135 

275-0 

3-10 

45-6 

176 

348-8 

9-05 

133-1 

136 

276-8 

3-19 

47-0 

177 

350-6 

9-26 

136-3 

137 

278-6 

3-28 

48-4 

178 

352-4 

9-48 

139-5 

138 

280-4 

3-38 

49-8 

179 

354-2 

9-70 

142-8 

139 

282-2 

3-48 

51-2 

180 

356-0 

9-93 

146-1 

140 

284-0 

3-58 

52-7 

188 


APPENDIX 

TABLE  V. 
PHYSICAL  CONSTANTS  OF  VARIOUS  LIQUIDS. 


Substance. 

Boiling  point, 
Degrees  C. 

Sp.  Gr.  at  15°. 

Coeff  .  of 
Expansion 
at  ord.  temp. 

Bromine         .    . 

63 

3-15 

0-00116 

Sulphur  Chloride     .... 

137 

1-68 

o-ooioo 

Carbon  Disulphide  .    . 

46 

1-27 

0-00120 

Pentane         ...        ... 

37 

0-630 

0-00160 

Hexane  

70 

0-664 

0-00144 

Heptane    .  •     

98 

0-688 

0-00121 

Octane    

125 

0-703 

0-00112 

Nonane 

149 

0-721 



Decane 

173 

0-734 

0-00101 

Mineral  Naphtha             .    . 

70—150 

0-74—0-76 

0-0012 

Petroleum  (Lamp  Oil)     .    . 

150-300 

0-79—0-82 

o-ooio 

Benzene     

80 

0-880 

0-00124 

Toluene                          .    . 

110 

0-871 

0-00110 

o-Xylene    

142 

0-878 

0-00097 

m-Xylene  .    .        

140 

0-869 

o-ooioo 

p-Xylene    

138 

0-864 

0-00101  . 

Pseudocumene      

170 

0-872 

0-00095 

Mesitylene    

164 

0-865 

— 

Solvent  Naphtha     .... 

125—160 

0-86—0-87 

o-ooio 

Nitrobenzene    

205 

1-19 



Pinene  (Turpentine)    .    .    . 

160 

0-860 

0-00097 

Pyridine    

117 

0-986 

— 

Carbon  Tetrachloride     .    . 

77 

1-60 

0-00124 

Chloroform    ....... 

61 

1-49 

0-00127 

Dichlorethylene  .... 

55 

1-25 



Trichlorethylene     .... 

88 

1-47 

— 

Pentachlorethane    .... 

159 

1-70 

0-00091 

Epichlorhydriii    

116 

1-19 

— 

Ethyl  Alcohol  .... 

78 

0-794 

0-00110 

Do.            95  per  cent. 

— 

0-816 

0-00108 

Do.            90 

— 

0-833 

0-00105 

Methyl  Alcohol   

66 

0-797 

0-00126 

Diethyl  Ether  

35 

0-720 

0-00161 

Acetone 

56 

0-795 

0-00149 

Ethyl  Acetate  .    . 

77 

0-895 

0-00138 

Amyl  Acetate       

148 

0-865 

0-00116 

Acetic  Acid  (glacial)    .    .    . 

119 

1-056 

0-00107 

Glycerine  .        

290 

1-267 

0-00051 

Fatty  Oils 

0-915—0-930 

0-0007 

1 9o 


APPENDIX 


TABLE  VI. 

SPECIFIC  VOLUME  (INVERSE  DENSITY)  OF  WATER  FROM  0°  TO  31° 
REFERRED  TO  WATER  AT  4°. 

In  making  use  of  this  table  for  applying  corrections,  it  is 
convenient  to  add  or  subtract  parts  per  10,000  to  or  from  the 
quantity  under  correction,  as  one  would  add  or  subtract  a 
percentage.  A  comma  is  accordingly  inserted  between  the  fourth 
and  fifth  place  of  decimals. 


Temperature. 

Specific  Volume. 

Temperature. 

Specific  Volume. 

Degrees. 

0 

1-0001,3 

Degrees. 
16 

1-0010,3 

1 

1-0000,7 

17 

1-0012,0 

2 

1-0000,3 

18 

1-0013,8 

3 

1-0000,1 

19 

1-0015,7 

4 

1  0000,0 

20 

1-0017,7 

5 

1-0000,1 

21 

1-0018,5 

6 

1-0000,3 

22 

1-0022,1 

7 

1-0000,7 

23 

1-0024,4 

8 

1-0001,3 

24 

1-0026,8 

9 

1-0001,9 

25 

1,0029,4 

10 

1-0002,7 

26 

1-0032,0 

11 

1-0003,7 

27 

1-0034,7 

12 

1-0004,8 

28 

1-0037,5 

13 

1-0005,9 

29 

1-0040,5 

14 

1-0007,3 

30 

1-0043,5 

15 

1  -0008,7 

31 

1-0046,5 

APPENDIX 


191 


TABLE  VII. 
ANALYTICAL  FACTORS  OF  CONVERSION. 


Element. 

Found. 

i 
Required. 

Factor. 

Aluminium    

A1203 

Al 

0-5303 

Antimony      .            ... 

Sb02 

Sb 

0-7897 

Sb2S3 

Sb 

0-7142 

Barium  

BaS04 

BaO 

0-6571 

BaSO4 

BaCOs 

0-8455 

Bromine     

AgBr 

Br 

0-4255 

Calcium 

CaO 

CaC03 

1  -7843 

CaO 

Ca(OH)2 

1-3212 

CaO 

CaS04 

2-4271 

CaO 

CaS042Aq    i 

2-7481 

C02 

CaC03       i 

2-2750 

Carbon       

C02 

c 

^ 

0-2727 

Chlorine     

AgCl 

C1 

0-2472 

Iron        

Fe,0o 

Fe 

0-6996 

Magnesium    

•"•  ^2     o 

Mg2P207 

MgO 

0-3624 

MgO 

MgCOa 

0-2090 

C02 

MgC03 

0-1917 

MgO 

Mg 

0-6036 

Lead   

PbS04 

PbO 

0-7357 

PbS 

PbO 

0-9328 

PbO 

Pb 

0-9282 

S 

PbS 

7-4536 

Mercury     

Hg 

HgS 

1-1603 

S 

HgS 

7-2383 

Sulphur      

BaS04 

S 

0-1373 

BaS04 

S03 

0-3429 

BaS04 
BaS04 

S()4 
H2S04 

0-4114 
0-4201 

Tin      

Sn02 

Sn 

0-7880 

Zinc    

ZnO 

ZnS 

1-1973 

ZnO 

Zn 

0-8034 

8 

ZnS 

i 

3-0372 

INDEX 


Accelerators,  64-66,  134,  165 
Acetone  Extract,  see  also   Resin 

—  of  factice,  41 

—  of  reclaim,  49 

—  of  rubber  goods,  55,  115 
Acidity  in  factice,  44 

-  in  powders,  63 

—  in  sulphur,  92 
Acroides,  57 
Air-pump,  21,  23 
Alumina,  147,  153,  164 
Antimony,  determ.  of,  76,  147,  157 
Antimony  Red,  62,  74-79 

—  in  gutta-percha,  172 

—  in  rubber,  157,  159,  164 
Arsenic  Sulphide,  84 
Asbestos,  69,  144,  154 
Ash,  determ.  of,  8,  160 

-  analysis  of,  161-163 

—  of  crude  rubber,  8,  15 

—  of  factice,  44 

—  of  gutta-percha,  176 

—  of  reclaim,  50 

—  of  rubber  goods,  158-159 
Asphaltene,  52 

Atmoid,  67,  153 

Balance,  36 

—  hydrostatic,  101 
Balata,  see  Gutta-Percha 
Barium  Sulphate,  35,  72,  80,  83, 

145,  153 


Barium  Sulphate,  determ.  of,  67, 
80,  162 

—  precipitated,  67 
Barytes,  65,  66 

—  in  rubber  goods,  146,  158,  163 
Benzene,  86,  89 

Besk,  57 
Bitumen,  51—56 

—  determ.  of,  115,  120-123,  135, 
176 

Black  Hypo,  62,  82,  152,  164 
Bone-Black,  81,  147,  164 

Cadmium  Yellow,  83 
Calcium,  determ.  of,  77,  148 

—  carbonate,  see  Whiting 

—  sulphate,  74,  78,  80,  150,  164, 
165 

Carbohydrates,  8 
Carbon    Black,    see     Lampblack, 
Borie-Black,  Graphite 

—  determ.  of,  56,82, 145, 155-157 
Carbon  Bisulphide,  89,   90,    122- 

123,  135 

Carbon  Tetrachloride,  90,  135 
Carbonic  Acid,  determ.  of,  151 
Casein,  137 

Centrifuge,  10,  28-31,  142,  175 
Ceresine,  see  Paraffin  Wax 
Charge,  38,  111,  126 

—  anal,  of,  144-154 

—  determ.  of,  141-144 


194 


INDEX 


Chatterton's  Compound,  177 
China  Clay,  see  Kaolin 
Chlorine,  determ.  of,  43,  131 
Chrome  Green,  84,  146 
Chrome  Yellow,  83 
Coal-tar  Naphtha,  86,  135 
Coefficient  of  expansion,  102 

—  of  vulcanization,  54,  126 
Cold-Cure,  93,  111 
Combined  Sulphur,  43,  77 

—  in  rubber,  125-132 

—  mineral,  131 

Combined  Water,    see   Water    of 

hydration 
Compounding,  37 
Copal,  57,  137 
Copper,  63,  64,  98 
Cork  Dust,  137,  144,  152 
Crape,  2,  3,  21,  106,  112 
Crimson  Sulphide,  74 
Curing,  see  Vulcanization 

Dammar,  57 

Dead  Borneo,  57 

Degree  of  Sulphur,  54,  126 

Density,  see  Specific  Gravity 

Deresinification,  168 

Diluents,  38 

Dirt,  determ.  of,  59,  172-176 

Distillation  Test,  87 

Dough,  37 

-  anal,  of,  12,  134-135 
Drying  Ovens,  21-24 
Dyestuffs,  65,  81,  83,  144 

Ebonite,  37,  107,  112,  121,  143 

—  anal,  of,  127,  136-138 

-  Dust,  145,  152 
Epichlorhydrin,  137 
Extraction  with  acetone,  7,  41,  49, 

59,  81,  114,  171 

—  with     alcoholic    potash,    49, 
123-124,  134,  136,  176 

—  with   carbon   disulphide,    75, 
98,  122 

—  with  epichlorhydrin,  137 

—  with  toluene  vapour,   10,  59, 
172-175 

Extractor,  Soxhlet's,  33 

—  Knofler's,  31-33 


Fabrics  (textile),  97 

—  stripping  of ,  113 
Factice,  39-47 

—  in  doughs,  134 

—  in  gutta-percha,  176 

—  in  reclaim,  49 

—  in  rubber    goods,     115,     121, 
123-125 

Ferric  Oxide,  79,  146 

Fibres,  144,  152,  159 

Fillers,  66-70,  165,  172 

Filter-pump,  23 

Fineness,  degree  of,  62 

Floating  (rubber)   goods,    39,    50, 

108 

Flotation,  104,  106 
Fluorspar,  67,  164 
Free  Sulphur.  41,  49,  75,  116 
French  Chalk,  see  Talc 

Glass,  powdered,  70,  153 
Golden  Sulphide,  74 
Graphite,  82,  144 
Gutta,  determ.  of,  176 
Gutta-Percha,  167-170 
-  anal,  of,  170-177 

Hardening,  168 
Heat-cure,  110 
Hydrometer,  86,  99-101 

Infusorial  Earth,  67,  92 
Insoluble  Matter,  9-11 

Jelutong,  57 

Kaolin,  68,  72,  153,  164,  172 

Lakes,  83,  144 

Lampblack,  71,  81,  144,  159 

Latex,  1 

Lead,  64,  70,  72,  146 

-  sulphide,  64,  153,  164 
Lime,  65 

—  in  factice,  44 

—  in  rubber  goods,  154,  165 
Litharge,  64,  134,  153,  161,  163 
Lithopone,  62,  72,  154,  163,  165, 

172 

Magnesia,  44,  66,  154,  165 


INDEX 


195 


Magnesium  Carbonate,  66,  70,  154, 

166 

Manganese,  66,  67 
Manufactured  Rubber,  37,  60 

—  constituents  of,  111 
Mercury,  9,  147,  157,  175 
Metals,  powdered,  144 
Mica,  69,  153 

Mineral  Naphtha,  85,  90,  100 
Mineral  Rubber,  51,  54 
Mineral  Wax,  see  Paraffin  Wax 
Moisture,  6,  44,   53,   58,   62,    92, 

114,  170,  177 
Muffle,  35 

Naphtha,  85-90 

—  specific  gravity  of,  86,  100 
Naphthalene,  89 
Nitrate-fusion,  128 
Nitrogen  in  rubber,  9,  16 

Ochre,  68,  153 

—  red,  80 

—  yellow,  83 
Oil,  fatty,  94,  120 

—  mineral,  42,  95,  114,  117 

—  vulcanized,  39,  43,  45 

Painter's  Test,  71 
Palembang,  57 
Para  Frangais,  39,  46 
Paraffin  Wax,  41,  95-97,  156 

—  determ.  of,  43,  117-119 
Pectous  rubber,  10,  17 
Peroxide  Fusion,  43,  77,  129-131 
Petrolene,  52 

Petroleum,  11,  141,  143 
-  Ether,  43,  118 

—  Naphtha,   see  Mineral  Naph- 
tha 

-  Spirit,  42,  52,  116 
Phosphates,  81,  147,  152,  184 
Pigments,  70-84,  172 
Pitch,  56,114,  176 
Pontianak,  57 

Pontio's  Method,  59,  172-176 
Protein,  2,  15,  16 
Prussian  Blue,  84 
Pumice,  70,  153 
Pycnometer,  101-104 


Reclaim,  48-51 

—  in  rubber  goods,  138-139,  143, 
144 

Red  Lead,  65,  164 

Resin,  15,  56,  120,  137,  170,  172 

—  determ.  of,  7, 59, 114,  120,  137, 
171 

—  rubber-containing,  57-59 
Rinmann's  Green,  84 
Roller  Mills,  24-27 

Rosin,  56,  96,  137,  177 

Rouge,  79,  146,  164 

Rubber,  determ.  of,  11-15,  50,  58, 

132-133 

-  tetrabromide,  13,  133 

Sampling,  3-6 

Sandarac,  57 

Sawdust,  152, 

Shale  Naphtha,  90 

Shellac,  57,  137 

Silica,  67 

Silicates,    68-70,    146,    162,    163, 

172 

Slate  Powder,  68,  153 
Softening-point,  53,  56,  97 
Solutions,  12,  51,  85,  135-136 
Solvent  Naphtha,  86,  89,  100 
Specific  Gravity,  true  and  appar- 
ent, 102,  109 

—  of  liquids,  99-102 

—  of  naphtha,  86,  100 

—  of  powders,  102-104 

—  of  reclaim,  49 

—  of  rubber,  &c.,  104-109,  167 

—  bottle,  see  Pycnometer 
Starch,  144 
Substitute,  39 

Sulphide-sulphur,  75,  78,  150 
Sulphur,  91-92 

—  in  rubber  goods,  155 
Sulphuring-up,  115 
Sulphur  Chloride,  93-94 

Talc,  34,  68-69,  153,  172 

Talite,  68,  153 

Tetrabromide  Method,  14,  133J 

Thiocyanate  Method,  42,  116,  119 

Toluene,  89 

Tube-furnace,  35,  70,  83,  150 


196  INDEX 

Ultramarine,  67,  81,  84  Water  of  hydration,  65,  68,  69,  70, 

145,  156 

TT      v        ^  n«   n-  White  Lead,  65,  153,  164 

Vaseline,  42 5  96 ,117  _  subiimed,  65 

Vermilion,  80,  147  Whiting,  67,  154,  165 

Washing  Loss,  2,  3,  18-21,  169  Zinc,  determ.  of,  148-149 

Waste,  ground,  47,  138,  144  —  Sulphide,  73,  154,  161,  164 

Water,  see  Moisture  —  White,  71,  153,  161,  172 


RICHARD  CLAY    AND  SONS,  LTD.      BRUNSWICK  ST.,  S.E.,  AND   BUNGAY,   SUFFOLK. 


CHEMICAL  TECHNOLOGY  AND 
ANALYSIS  OF  OILS,  FATS  &  WAXES. 

BY  DR.  J.    LEWKOWITSCH,    M.A.,  F.I.C. 

Fifth   Edition   entirely  rewritten   and   enlarged.  Illustrated. 

Medium    8vo. 

VOL.    I.     25S.  NET.       VOLS.   II.    AND    III.     (In  Preparation.) 


. — "  The  arrangement  of  the  subject-matter  remains  much 
as  before,  but  its  bulk  has  increased  considerably,  in  spite  of  every 
endeavour  to  compress  it  and  eliminate  what  has  become  antiquated. 
Due  note  has  been  made  of  recent  progress  in  the  chemistry  and 
technology  of  fats  and  oils,  so  far  as  the  scope  of  the  present  volume 
allows  ...  In  short,  there  is  evidence  that  the  volume  has  undergone 
a  thorough  revision  in  bringing  it  up  to  date.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that 
the  lamented  decease  of  the  author  will  not  necessitate  any  considerable 
delay  in  the  completion  of  the  new  issue.  The  work  was  his  magnum 
opus,  and  will  remain  a  worthy  memorial  of  his  industry  and  knowledge." 

CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING.—  "The  volume  bears  on  every 
page  the  impress  of  the  true  technologist.  .  .  It  is  quite  indispensable 
to  the  worker  in  oils,  fats,  and  waxes/' 


LABORATORY  COMPANION  TO  FATS 
AND  OILS  INDUSTRIES. 

BY  DR.  J.  LEWKOWITSCH,    M.A.,   F.I.C. 

8vo.  6S.     NET 

OIL  AND  COLOURMAJSPS  JOURNAL.—" The  practical  man, 
whether  student  or  operative,  will  appreciate  the  carefully  compiled 
tables." 

BRITISH  TRADE  REVIEW.  —  "Consists  almost  exclusively  of 
tables,  which  can  hardly  fail  to  be  of  great  value  to  works  chemists 
who  require  reliable  data  in  a  clear  and  handy  form." 

LONDON:    MACMILLAN  AND  CO.,  LIMITED. 


A  Selection  of  Works  on  Applied  Chemistry 

THE   PIGMENTS  AND  MEDIUMS  OF 
THE    OLD    MASTEBS.      With    a    Special 

Chapter  on  the  Microphotographic  Study  of  Brushwork.     By  Prof. 
A.    P.  LAURIE,  M.A.,  D.Sc.      Illustrated.     8vo.     [Spring,  1914. 

FACTS     ABOUT     PROCESSES,      PIG- 
MENTS, AND  VEHICLES.    A  Manual  for 

Art  Students.     By  Prof.   A.  P.  LAURIE,  M.A.,  D.Sc.     Crown 
8vo.     35.  net. 

STUDIES    IN    WATER    SUPPLY.      By 

A.   C.    HOUSTON,   D.Sc.,    M.B.,    C.M.      With    Diagrams    and 
Charts.     8vo.     5*.  net. 

FRACTIONAL      DISTILLATION.         By 

SYDNEY  YOUNG,  D.Sc.,  F.R.S.     Crown  8vo.     &r.  6d. 

GAS    ANALYSIS.       By    Prof.    L.    M.    DENNIS. 

(Being    The    Second    Edition   of    Hempel's    "Methods   of    Gas 
Analysis.")     Crown  8vo.     gs.  net. 

THE     CHEMISTRY    OF    PHOTO- 
GRAPHY.    By  Prof.  RAPHAEL  MELDOLA,  F.R.S. 

Illustrated.     Crown  8vo.     6s. 

JENA  GLASS  &  ITS  SCIENTIFIC  AND 
INDUSTRIAL     APPLICATIONS. 

By  Dr.    H.    HOVESTADT.       Translated    by  J.    D.    and  ALICE 
EVERETT.     8vo.     15-5-.  net. 

PRINCIPLES     OF    DYEING.       By  G.   S. 

FRAPS,  PH.D.     Crown  8vo.     js.  net. 

THE   DIETETIC  VALUE   OF  BREAD. 

By  JOHN  GOODFELLOW,  F.R.M.S.    Illustrated.    Crown  8vo.    6s. 

THE  POLARISCOPE  IN  THE  CHEMI- 
CAL   LABORATORY.      An  Introduction  to 

Polarimetry    and     Related    Methods.       By    GEORGE    WILLIAM 
ROLFE,  A.M.     Crown  8vo.     8s.  net. 

LONDON:    MACMILLAN  AND  CO.,  LIMITED. 


Standard  Works  on  Chemistry 

A  COMPLETE  TREATISE  ON  INOR- 
GANIC &  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY. 

By  The  Right  Hon.  Sir  H.  E.  ROSCOE,  F.R.S.,  and  C.   SCHOR- 
LEMMER,  F.R.S.     8vo. 

VOL.  I.  THE  NON-METALLIC  ELEMENTS.  Fourth 
Edition.  Revised  by  The  Right  Hon.  Sir  H.  E.  ROSCOE  assisted 
by  Dr.  J.  C.  CAIN.  2is.  net. 

VOL.  IT.  THE  METALS.  Fifth  Edition.  Revised  by  Sir  H.  E; 
ROSCOE  and  others.  30^.  net. 

VOL.  III.  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY :  THE  CHEMISTRY  OF 
THE  HYDRO-CARBONS  AND  THEIR  DERIVATIVES.  Parts  II., 
IV.,  and  VI.  2is.  each.  Part  III.  iSs. 

CHEMISTRY  OP   THE   PROTEIDS.     By 

Dr.  GUSTAV  MANN.     Based  on  Professor  COHNHEIM'S  "  Chemie 
der  Eiweiss  Korper."     8vo.      15^.  net. 

ANALYTICAL   CHEMISTRY.     By  Professor 

A.  MENSCHUTKIN.     Translated  by  J.  LOCKE.    8vo.iyjr.net. 

HISTORY  OF  CHEMISTRY  FROM 
THE  EARLIEST  TIMES  TO  THE 
PRESENT  DAY.  By  ERNST  VON  MEYER, 

Ph.D.     Third  Edition.     Translated  by  Dr.  G.  McGowAN.     8vo. 
17^.  net. 

ESSAZS  IN  HISTORICAL  CHEM- 
ISTRY. By  Sir  EDWARD  THORPE,  C.B.,  LL.D., 

F.R.S.     Third  Edition.     8vo.      I2j.net. 

THEORETICAL  CHEMISTRY.  By  Pro- 
fessor WALTER  NERNST,  Ph.D.  Revised  in  accordance  with  the 
sixth  German  Edition  by  H.  T.  TIZARD.  8vo.  15^.  net. 

CRYSTALLINE  STRUCTURE  AND 
CHEMICAL  CONSTITUTION.  By  Dr. 

A.  E.  H.  TUTTON,  F.R.S.     8vo.     55-.  net. 
LONDON:    MACMILLAN  AND  CO.,  LIMITED. 

3 


Standard  Works  on  Chemistry 

INTRODUCTION  TO  PHYSICAL 
CHEMISTRY.  By  Prof.  JAMES  WALKER, 

F.R.S.     Sixth  Edition.     8vo.      los.  net. 

SCIENTIFIC  FOUNDATIONS  OF 
ANALYTICAL  CHE  MIST  BY.  By  Prof. 

WILHELM    OSTWALD.      Translated    by   G.    McGowAN,   Ph.D. 
Third  edition.     Crown  8vo.     6s.  net. 

PRINCIPLES  OF  INORGANIC  CHEM- 
ISTRY. By  Prof.  WILHELM  OSTWALD.  Translated 

by  A.  FINDLAY,  D.Sc.     Third  edition.     8vo.     iSs.  net. 

OUTLINES  OF  GENERAL  CHEM- 
ISTRY. By  Prof.  WILHELM  OSTWALD.  Translated 

by  W.  W.  TAYLOR,  D.Sc.     Third  edition.     8vo.      i-js.  net. 

GASES   OF    THE    ATMOSPHERE:     THE 

HISTORY  OF  THEIR   DISCOVERY.     By  Sir  WILLIAM  RAMSAY, 
K.C.B.     Third  edition.     Extra  crown  8vo.     6s.  net. 

THE     EXPERIMENTAL      STUDY    OF 

GASES.     By    Dr.    MORRIS    W.    TRAVERS,    F.R.S. 
With  Introduction  by  Sir  W.  RAMSAY,  K.C.B.     8vo.     10^.  net, 

THE  THEORY  OF  ELECTROLYTIC 
DISSOCIATION  AND  SOME  OF  ITS 

APPLICATIONS.      By  Prof.  HARRY  C.  JONES. 
Extra  crown  8vo.     7.r.  net 

INTRODUCTION  TO  PHYSICAL 
CHEMISTRY.  By  Prof.  HARRY  C.  JONES. 

Crown  8vo.     7.?.  net. 

PRINCIPLES  OF  INORGANIC  CHEM- 
ISTRY. By  Prof.  HARRY  C.  JONES.  8vo.  12$.  6d. 

net. 

A  TEXT-BOOK  OF  ELECTRO-CHEM- 
ISTRY. By  Prof.  MAX  LE  BLANC.  Translated 
from  the  4th  enlarged  German  edition  by  WILLIS  R.  WHITNEY, 
Ph.D.,  and  JOHN  W.  BROWN,  Ph.D.  8vo.  115-.  net. 

LONDON  :    MACMILLAN  AND  CO.,  LIMITED. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


15234 


1303070 


O?  CAU*ORNIA